Table of Contents

UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

WASHINGTON, DC 20549

FORM 10-K

 

þ ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2006

OR

 

¨ TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the transition period from                      to                     

Commission File Number 000-50831

REGIONS FINANCIAL CORPORATION

(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

 

Delaware   63-0589368

(State or other jurisdiction of

incorporation or organization)

 

(I.R.S. Employer

Identification No.)

1900 Fifth Avenue North, Birmingham, Alabama 35203

(Address of principal executive offices)

Registrant’s telephone number, including area code: (205) 944-1300

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:

 

Title of each class

   Name of each exchange on which registered

Common Stock, $.01 par value

   New York Stock Exchange

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act: None

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act.    Yes   þ     No   ¨

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Act.    Yes   ¨     No   þ

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.    Yes   þ     No   ¨

Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of registrant’s knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K.   ¨

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, or a non-accelerated filer. See definition of “accelerated filer and large accelerated filer” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. (Check one):

Large accelerated filer   þ                     Accelerated filer   ¨                     Non-accelerated filer   ¨

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Act).    Yes   ¨     No   þ

State the aggregate market value of the voting and non-voting common equity held by non-affiliates computed by reference to the price at which the common equity was last sold, or the average bid and asked price of such common equity, as of the last business day of the registrant’s most recently completed second fiscal quarter.

Common Stock, $.01 par value—$14,686,219,793 as of June 30, 2006.

Indicate the number of shares outstanding of each of the registrant’s classes of common stock, as of the latest practicable date.

Common Stock, $.01 par value—731,742,004 shares issued and outstanding as of February 20, 2007.

DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE

Portions of the annual report to shareholders for the year ended December 31, 2006 are incorporated into Parts I and II and portions of the proxy statement for the Annual Meeting to be held on April 19, 2007 are incorporated by reference into Part III.

 



Table of Contents

REGIONS FINANCIAL CORPORATION

Form 10-K

INDEX

 

         PAGE

PART I

  

Forward-Looking Statements

   1

Item 1.

  Business    2

Item 1A.

  Risk Factors    13

Item 1B.

  Unresolved Staff Comments    17

Item 2.

  Properties    17

Item 3.

  Legal Proceedings    17

Item 4.

  Submission of Matters to a Vote of Security Holders    17

PART II

  

Item 5.

  Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities    18

Item 6.

  Selected Financial Data    20

Item 7.

  Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operation    21

Item 7A.

  Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk    21

Item 8.

  Financial Statements and Supplementary Data    21

Item 9.

  Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure    21

Item 9A.

  Controls and Procedures    21

Item 9B.

  Other Information    21

PART III

  

Item 10.

  Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance    22

Item 11.

  Executive Compensation    24

Item 12.

  Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters    24

Item 13.

  Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence    24

Item 14.

  Principal Accounting Fees and Services    24

PART IV

  

Item 15.

  Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedules    25

SIGNATURES

   31

 

i


Table of Contents

PART I

FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

This Annual Report on Form 10-K, other periodic reports filed by Regions Financial Corporation (“Regions”) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and any other written or oral statements made by or on behalf of Regions may include forward-looking statements. The Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995 (the “Act”) provides a “safe-harbor” for forward-looking statements which are identified as such and are accompanied by the identification of important factors that could cause actual results to differ materially from the forward-looking statements. For these statements, we, together with our subsidiaries, unless the context implies otherwise, claim the protection afforded by the safe harbor in the Act. Forward-looking statements are not based on historical information, but rather are related to future operations, strategies, financial results or other developments. Forward-looking statements are based on management’s expectations as well as certain assumptions and estimates made by, and information available to, management at the time the statements are made. Those statements are based on general assumptions and are subject to various risks, uncertainties, and other factors that may cause actual results to differ materially from the views, beliefs, and projections expressed in such statements. These risks, uncertainties and other factors include, but are not limited to, those described below:

 

   

Regions’ ability to achieve the earnings expectations related to businesses that have been acquired, including its merger with AmSouth Bancorporation (“AmSouth”) in November 2006, or that may be acquired in the future, which in turn depends on a variety of factors, including:

 

   

Regions’ ability to achieve the anticipated cost savings and revenue enhancements with respect to the acquired operations, or lower than expected revenues from continuing operations;

 

   

the assimilation of the combined companies’ corporate cultures;

 

   

the continued growth of the markets that the acquired entities serve, consistent with recent historical experience;

 

   

difficulties related to the integration of the businesses, including integration of information systems and retention of key personnel;

 

   

the effect of required divestitures of branches operated by AmSouth prior to the merger.

 

   

Regions’ ability to expand into new markets and to maintain profit margins in the face of competitive pressures.

 

   

Regions’ ability to keep pace with technological changes.

 

   

Regions’ ability to develop competitive new products and services in a timely manner and the acceptance of such products and services by Regions’ customers and potential customers.

 

   

Regions’ ability to effectively manage interest rate risk, market risk, credit risk, operational risk, and legal risk.

 

   

Regions’ ability to manage fluctuations in the value of assets and liabilities and off-balance sheet exposure so as to maintain sufficient capital and liquidity to support Regions’ business.

 

   

The cost and other effects of material contingencies, including litigation contingencies.

 

   

The effects of increased competition from both banks and non-banks.

 

   

Further easing of restrictions on participants in the financial services industry, such as banks, securities brokers and dealers, investment companies and finance companies, may increase competitive pressures.

 

   

Possible changes in interest rates may increase funding costs and reduce earning asset yields, thus reducing margins.

 

1


Table of Contents
   

Possible changes in general economic and business conditions in the United States in general and in the communities Regions serves in particular.

 

   

Possible changes in the credit worthiness of customers and the possible impairment of collectibility of loans.

 

   

The effects of geopolitical instability and risks such as terrorist attacks.

 

   

Possible changes in trade, monetary and fiscal policies, laws and regulations, and other activities of governments, agencies, and similar organizations, including changes in accounting standards, may have an adverse effect on business.

 

   

Possible changes in consumer and business spending and saving habits could affect Regions’ ability to increase assets and to attract deposits.

 

   

The effects of weather and natural disasters such as hurricanes.

The words “believe,” “expect,” “anticipate,” “project,” and similar expressions often signify forward-looking statements. You should not place undue reliance on any forward-looking statements, which speak only as of the date made. We assume no obligation to update or revise any forward-looking statements that are made from time to time.

 

Item 1. Business

Regions Financial Corporation (together with its subsidiaries on a consolidated basis, “Regions” or “Company”) is a financial holding company headquartered in Birmingham, Alabama which operates throughout the South, Midwest and Texas. Regions’ operations consist of banking, brokerage and investment services, mortgage banking, insurance brokerage, credit life insurance, leasing, commercial accounts receivable factoring and specialty financing. At December 31, 2006, Regions had total consolidated assets of approximately $143.4 billion, total consolidated deposits of approximately $101.2 billion and total consolidated stockholders’ equity of approximately $20.7 billion.

Regions is a Delaware corporation. Its principal executive offices are located at 1900 Fifth Avenue North, Birmingham, Alabama 35203, and its telephone number at such address is (205) 944-1300.

Banking Operations

Regions conducts its banking operations through Regions Bank, an Alabama chartered commercial bank that is a member of the Federal Reserve System. At December 31, 2006, Regions operated approximately 2,000 full service banking offices in Alabama, Arkansas, Florida, Georgia, Illinois, Indiana, Iowa, Kentucky, Louisiana, Mississippi, Missouri, North Carolina, South Carolina, Tennessee, Texas and Virginia.

 

2


Table of Contents

The following chart reflects the distribution of total assets, loans, deposits and full services branches in each of the states in which Regions conducts its banking operations

 

     Assets     Loans     Deposits     Branches

Alabama

   19 %   19 %   22 %   298

Arkansas

   5     5     5     100

Florida

   24     24     18     417

Georgia

   9     9     6     147

Illinois

   1     1     1     67

Indiana

   3     3     2     59

Iowa

   *     *     1     17

Kentucky

   *     *     1     17

Louisiana

   6     6     9     142

Mississippi

   4     4     7     162

Missouri

   4     4     4     67

North Carolina

   3     3     *     7

South Carolina

   3     3     2     37

Tennessee

   15     15     19     342

Texas

   4     4     3     77

Virginia

   *     *     *     1
                      

Totals

   100 %   100 %   100 %   1,957
                      

* less than 1%

Other Financial Services Operations

In addition to its banking operations, Regions provides additional financial services through the following subsidiaries or divisions:

Morgan Keegan & Company, Inc. (“Morgan Keegan”), a subsidiary of Regions Financial Corporation, is a full-service regional brokerage and investment banking firm. Morgan Keegan offers products and services including securities brokerage, asset management, financial planning, mutual funds, securities underwriting, sales and trading, and investment banking. Morgan Keegan, one of the largest investment firms in the South, employs approximately 1,260 financial advisors offering products and services from 319 offices located in Alabama, Arkansas, Florida, Georgia, Illinois, Kentucky, Massachusetts, Mississippi, New York, Louisiana, North Carolina, South Carolina, Tennessee, Texas and Virginia.

Regions Mortgage, a division of Regions Bank, and EquiFirst Corporation (“EquiFirst”), a subsidiary of Regions Bank, are engaged in mortgage banking. Regions Mortgage’s primary business and source of income is the origination and servicing of mortgage loans for long-term investors. EquiFirst typically originates mortgage loans which are sold to third-party investors. Regions Mortgage’s servicing portfolio totaled approximately $43.0 billion and included approximately 397,000 real estate mortgages at December 31, 2006. Regions Mortgage and EquiFirst operate loan production offices in Alabama, Arizona, Arkansas, Florida, Georgia, Illinois, Indiana, Iowa, Kentucky, Louisiana, Mississippi, Missouri, North Carolina, South Carolina, Tennessee and Texas. On January 19, 2007, Regions Bank announced that it has entered into an agreement to sell EquiFirst to Barclays Bank PLC. Completion of the transaction is expected in the first half of 2007 subject to receipt of regulatory approvals.

Regions Insurance Group, Inc., a subsidiary of Regions Financial Corporation, offers insurance products through the following subsidiaries: Rebsamen Insurance, headquartered in Little Rock, AR; ICT Insurance, headquartered in New Iberia, LA; and Regions Insurance Services, headquartered in Memphis, TN. Through its insurance brokerage operations in Tennessee, Texas, Missouri, Arkansas, Indiana, Alabama, Mississippi and

 

3


Table of Contents

Louisiana, Regions Insurance Group offers all lines of personal and commercial insurance, including property, casualty, life, health and accident. Regions Insurance Services offers credit-related insurance products (title, term life, credit life, debt cancellation, environmental, crop and mortgage insurance) to customers of Regions. With $91 million in annual revenues and 30 offices in eight states, Regions Insurance Group is one of the largest bank-owned insurance brokers in the United States.

Regions Agency, Inc., a subsidiary of Regions Financial Corporation, acts as an insurance agent or broker with respect to credit life insurance, accident and health insurance and other types of insurance relating to extensions of credit by Regions Bank or Regions’ banking-related subsidiaries.

Regions Life Insurance Company, a subsidiary of Regions Financial Corporation, acts as a re-insurer of credit life insurance and accident and health insurance in connection with the activities of certain affiliates of Regions.

Regions Interstate Billing Service, Inc., a subsidiary of Regions Financial Corporation, factors commercial accounts receivable and performs billing and collection services, focusing primarily on clients in the trucking and automotive service industry.

Regions Equipment Finance Corporation, a subsidiary of Regions Bank, provides domestic and international equipment financing products, focusing on commercial clients.

Acquisition Program

In November 2006, Regions and AmSouth completed a merger of the two companies. AmSouth was a $52 billion bank holding company headquartered in Birmingham, Alabama. The merger was accounted for as a purchase of AmSouth by Regions for accounting and financial reporting purposes.

A substantial portion of the growth of Regions from its inception as a bank holding company in 1971 to the merger with AmSouth has been through the acquisition of other financial institutions, including commercial banks and thrift institutions, and the assets and deposits thereof. As part of its ongoing strategic plan, Regions continually evaluates business combination opportunities. Any future business combination or series of business combinations that Regions might undertake may be material, in terms of assets acquired or liabilities assumed, to Regions’ financial condition. Recent business combinations in the financial services industry have typically involved the payment of a premium over book and market values. This practice could result in dilution of book value and net income per share for the acquirer.

Segment Information

Reference is made to Note 21 “Business Segment Information” to the consolidated financial statements included under Item 8 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K for information required by this item.

Supervision and Regulation

Regions and it subsidiaries are subject to the extensive regulatory framework applicable to bank holding companies and their subsidiaries. Regulation of financial institutions such as Regions and its subsidiaries is intended primarily for the protection of depositors, the deposit insurance fund of the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (“FDIC”) and the banking system as a whole, and generally is not intended for the protection of stockholders or other investors. Described below are the material elements of selected laws and regulations applicable to Regions and its subsidiaries. The descriptions are not intended to be complete and are qualified in their entirety by reference to the full text of the statutes and regulations described. Changes in applicable law or regulation, and in their application by regulatory agencies, cannot be predicted, but they may have a material effect on the business and results of Regions and its subsidiaries.

 

4


Table of Contents

General.     Regions is a bank holding company, registered with the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System and a financial holding company under the Bank Holding Company Act of 1956, as amended (“BHC Act”). As such, Regions and its subsidiaries are subject to the supervision, examination and reporting requirements of the BHC Act and the regulations of the Federal Reserve.

The Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act, adopted in 1999 (“GLB Act”), significantly relaxed previously existing restrictions on the activities of banks and bank holding companies. Under such legislation, an eligible bank holding company may elect to be a “financial holding company” and thereafter may engage in a range of activities that are financial in nature and that were not previously permissible for banks and bank holding companies. A financial holding company may engage directly or through a subsidiary in the statutorily authorized activities of securities dealing, underwriting and market making, insurance underwriting and agency activities, merchant banking and insurance company portfolio investments. A financial holding company also may engage in any activity that the Federal Reserve determines by rule or order to be financial in nature, incidental to such financial activity, or complementary to a financial activity and that does not pose a substantial risk to the safety and soundness of an institution or to the financial system generally.

In addition to these activities, a financial holding company may engage in those activities permissible for a bank holding company that has not elected to be treated as a financial holding company, including factoring accounts receivable, acquiring and servicing loans, leasing personal property, performing certain data processing services, acting as agent or broker in selling credit life insurance and certain other types of insurance in connection with credit transactions and conducting certain insurance underwriting activities. The BHC Act does not place territorial limitations on permissible nonbanking activities of bank holding companies. Despite prior approval, the Federal Reserve has the power to order any bank holding company or its subsidiaries to terminate any activity or to terminate its ownership or control of any subsidiary when the Federal Reserve has reasonable grounds to believe that continuation of such activity or such ownership or control constitutes a serious risk to the financial soundness, safety or stability of any bank subsidiary of the bank holding company.

The GLB Act provides generally for “umbrella” regulation of financial holding companies by the Federal Reserve, and for functional regulation of banking activities by bank regulators, securities activities by securities regulators, and insurance activities by insurance regulators.

For a bank holding company to be eligible for financial holding company status, all of its subsidiary insured depository institutions must be well-capitalized and well-managed. A bank holding company may become a financial holding company by filing a declaration with the Federal Reserve that it elects to become a financial holding company. The Federal Reserve must deny expanded authority to any bank holding company with a subsidiary insured depository institution that received less than a satisfactory rating on its most recent Community Reinvestment Act of 1977 (the “CRA”) review as of the time it submits its declaration. If, after becoming a financial holding company and undertaking activities not permissible for a bank holding company, the company fails to continue to meet any of the prerequisites for financial holding company status, the company must enter into an agreement with the Federal Reserve to comply with all applicable capital and management requirements. If the company does not return to compliance within 180 days, the Federal Reserve may order the company to divest its subsidiary banks or the company may discontinue or divest investments in companies engaged in, activities permissible only for a bank holding company that has elected to be treated as a financial holding company.

The BHC Act requires every bank holding company to obtain the prior approval of the Federal Reserve before: (1) it may acquire direct or indirect ownership or control of any voting shares of any bank or savings and loan association, if after such acquisition, the bank holding company will directly or indirectly own or control more than 5.0% of the voting shares of the institution; (2) it or any of its subsidiaries, other than a bank, may acquire all or substantially all of the assets of any bank or savings and loan association; or (3) it may merge or consolidate with any other bank holding company.

 

5


Table of Contents

The BHC Act further provides that the Federal Reserve may not approve any transaction that would result in a monopoly or would be in furtherance of any combination or conspiracy to monopolize or attempt to monopolize the business of banking in any section of the United States, or the effect of which may be substantially to lessen competition or to tend to create a monopoly in any section of the country, or that in any other manner would be in restraint of trade, unless the anticompetitive effects of the proposed transaction are clearly outweighed by the public interest in meeting the convenience and needs of the community to be served. The Federal Reserve is also required to consider the financial and managerial resources and future prospects of the bank holding companies and banks concerned and the convenience and needs of the community to be served. Consideration of financial resources generally focuses on capital adequacy, and consideration of convenience and needs issues includes the parties’ performance under the CRA, both of which are discussed below. In addition, the Federal Reserve must take into account the institutions’ effectiveness in combating money laundering.

Regions Bank is a member of the FDIC, and as such, its deposits are insured by the FDIC to the extent provided by law. It is also subject to numerous statutes and regulations that affect its business activities and operations, and is supervised and examined by one or more state or federal bank regulatory agencies.

Regions Bank is a state bank, chartered in Alabama and is a member of the Federal Reserve System. Regions Bank is generally subject to supervision and examination by both the Federal Reserve and the Alabama Department of Banking. The Federal Reserve and the Alabama Department of Banking regularly examine the operations of Regions Bank and are given authority to approve or disapprove mergers, consolidations, the establishment of branches and similar corporate actions. The federal and state banking regulators also have the power to prevent the continuance or development of unsafe or unsound banking practices or other violations of law. Various consumer laws and regulations also affect the operations of Regions Bank. In addition, commercial banks are affected significantly by the actions of the Federal Reserve Board as it attempts to control the money and credit availability in order to influence the economy.

Community Reinvestment Act.     Regions Bank is subject to the provisions of the CRA. Under the terms of the CRA, the bank has a continuing and affirmative obligation consistent with safe and sound operation to help meet the credit needs of its communities, including providing credit to individuals residing in low- and moderate-income neighborhoods. The CRA does not establish specific lending requirements or programs for financial institutions nor does it limit an institution’s discretion to develop the types of products and services that it believes are best suited to its particular community, consistent with the CRA. The CRA requires each appropriate federal bank regulatory agency, in connection with its examination of a depository institution, to assess such institution’s record in assessing and meeting the credit needs of the community served by that institution, including low- and moderate-income neighborhoods. The regulatory agency’s assessment of the institution’s record is made available to the public. The assessment also is part of the Federal Reserve’s consideration of applications to acquire, merge or consolidate with another banking institution or its holding company, to establish a new branch office that will accept deposits or to relocate an office. In the case of a bank holding company applying for approval to acquire a bank or other bank holding company, the Federal Reserve will assess the records of each subsidiary depository institution of the applicant bank holding company, and such records may be the basis for denying the application. Regions Bank received a “satisfactory” CRA rating in its most recent examination.

USA PATRIOT Act.     In 2001, President Bush signed into law comprehensive anti-terrorism legislation known as the USA PATRIOT Act. The USA PATRIOT Act broadened the application of anti-money laundering regulations to apply to additional types of financial institutions such as broker-dealers, investment advisors and insurance companies, and strengthened the ability of the U.S. Government to help prevent, detect and prosecute international money laundering and the financing of terrorism. The principal provisions of Title III of the USA PATRIOT Act require that regulated financial institutions, including state member banks: (i) establish an anti-money laundering program that includes training and audit components; (ii) comply with regulations regarding the verification of identity of any person seeking to open an account; (iii) take additional required precautions with non-U.S. owned accounts; and (iv) perform certain verification and certification of money laundering risk

 

6


Table of Contents

for their foreign correspondent banking relationships. Failure of a financial institution to comply with the USA PATRIOT Act’s requirements could have serious legal and reputational consequences for the institution. Regions’ banking, broker-dealer and insurance subsidiaries have augmented their systems and procedures to meet the requirements of these regulations and will continue to revise and update their policies, procedures and controls to reflect changes required by the USA PATRIOT Act and implementing legislation.

Payment of Dividends.     Regions is a legal entity separate and distinct from its banking and other subsidiaries. The principal source of cash flow of Regions, including cash flow to pay dividends to its stockholders and principal on any debt of Regions, is dividends from Regions Bank. There are statutory and regulatory limitations on the payment of dividends by Regions Bank to Regions, as well as by Regions to its stockholders.

As to the payment of dividends, Regions Bank is subject to the laws and regulations of the state of Alabama and to the regulations of the Federal Reserve.

If, in the opinion of a federal regulatory agency, an institution under its jurisdiction is engaged in or is about to engage in an unsafe or unsound practice (which, depending on the financial condition of the institution, could include the payment of dividends), such agency may require, after notice and hearing, that such institution cease and desist from such practice. The federal banking agencies have indicated that paying dividends that deplete an institution’s capital base to an inadequate level would be an unsafe and unsound banking practice. Under the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation Act (“FDIA”), an insured institution may not pay any dividend if payment would cause it to become undercapitalized or if it already is undercapitalized. See “Regulatory Remedies under the FDIA” below. Moreover, the Federal Reserve and the FDIC have issued policy statements stating that bank holding companies and insured banks should generally pay dividends only out of current operating earnings.

At December 31, 2006, under dividend restrictions imposed under federal and state laws, Regions Bank, without obtaining governmental approvals, could declare aggregate dividends to Regions of approximately $858.8 million.

The payment of dividends by Regions and Regions Bank may also be affected or limited by other factors, such as the requirement to maintain adequate capital above regulatory guidelines.

Capital Adequacy.     Regions and Regions Bank are required to comply with the applicable capital adequacy standards established by the Federal Reserve. There are two basic measures of capital adequacy for bank holding companies that have been promulgated by the Federal Reserve: a risk-based measure and a leverage measure.

The risk-based capital standards are designed to make regulatory capital requirements more sensitive to differences in credit and market risk profiles among banks and financial holding companies, to account for off- balance-sheet exposure, and to minimize disincentives for holding liquid assets. Assets and off-balance-sheet items are assigned to broad risk categories, each with appropriate weights. The resulting capital ratios represent capital as a percentage of total risk-weighted assets and off-balance sheet items.

The minimum guideline for the ratio of total capital (“Total Capital”) to risk-weighted assets (including certain off-balance-sheet items, such as standby letters of credit) is 8.0%. At least half of the Total Capital must be composed of common equity, undivided profits, minority interests in the equity accounts of consolidated subsidiaries (including, for bank holding companies but not banks, trust preferred securities), noncumulative perpetual preferred stock and for bank holding companies but not banks a limited amount of cumulative perpetual preferred stock, less goodwill and certain other intangible assets (“Tier 1 Capital”). Tier 2 Capital may consist of, among other things, qualifying subordinated debt, mandatorily convertible debt securities, other preferred stock and trust preferred securities and a limited amount of the allowance for loan and lease losses. Noncumulative perpetual preferred stock, trust preferred securities and other so called “restricted core capital elements” are currently limited to 25% of Tier 1 Capital. The minimum guideline for Tier 1 Capital is 4.0%. At December 31, 2006, Regions’ consolidated Tier 1 Capital ratio was 8.07% and its Total Capital ratio was 11.54%.

 

7


Table of Contents

In addition, the Federal Reserve has established minimum leverage ratio guidelines for bank holding companies. These guidelines provide for a minimum ratio of Tier 1 Capital to average total assets, less goodwill and certain other intangible assets (the “Leverage Ratio”), of 3.0% for bank holding companies that meet certain specified criteria, including having the highest regulatory rating. All other bank holding companies generally are required to maintain a Leverage Ratio of at least 3.0%, plus an additional cushion of 100 to 200 basis points. Regions’ Leverage Ratio at December 31, 2006, was 8.3%. The guidelines also provide that bank holding companies experiencing internal growth or making acquisitions will be expected to maintain strong capital positions substantially above the minimum supervisory levels without significant reliance on intangible assets. Furthermore, the Federal Reserve has indicated that it will consider a “tangible Tier 1 Capital leverage ratio” (deducting all intangibles) and other indicators of capital strength in evaluating proposals for expansion or new activities.

A subsidiary bank is subject to substantially similar risk-based and leverage capital requirements as those applicable to Regions. Regions Bank was in compliance with applicable minimum capital requirements as of December 31, 2006. Neither Regions nor Regions Bank has been advised by any federal banking agency of any specific minimum capital ratio requirement applicable to it as of December 31, 2006.

In 2004, the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision published a new set of risk-based capital standards (“Basel II”) in order to update the original international capital standards that had been put in place in 1988 (“Basel I”). Basel II provides two approaches for setting capital standards for credit risk—an internal ratings-based approach tailored to individual institutions’ circumstances and a standardized approach that bases risk weighting on external credit assessments to a much greater extent than permitted in the existing risk-based capital guidelines. Basel II also would set capital requirements for operational risk and refine the existing capital requirements for market risk exposures. The U.S. banking and thrift agencies are developing proposed revisions to their existing capital adequacy regulations and standards based on Basel II. In September 2006, the agencies issued a notice of proposed rulemaking (“NPR”) setting forth a definitive proposal for implementing Basel II in the United States that would apply only to internationally active banking organizations—defined as those with consolidated total assets of $250 billion or more or consolidated on-balance sheet foreign exposures of $10 billion or more—but that other U.S. banking organizations could elect but would not be required to apply. Regions Bank is not required to comply with Basel II. In December 2006, the agencies issued an NPR describing proposed amendments to their existing risk-based capital guidelines to make them more risk-sensitive, generally following aspects of the standardized approach of Basel II. These latter proposed amendments, often referred to as “Basel I-A”, would apply to banking organizations that are not internationally active banking organizations subject to the approach for internationally active banking organizations and do not “opt in” to that approach. The comment period for both NPRs expires on March 26, 2007. The agencies have indicated their intent to have the provisions for internationally active U.S. banking organizations first become effective in March 2009 and that those provisions and the Basel 1-A provisions for others will be implemented on similar timeframes.

Failure to meet capital guidelines could subject a bank to a variety of enforcement remedies, including the termination of deposit insurance by the FDIC, and to certain restrictions on its business. See “Regulatory Remedies under the FDIA” below.

Support of Subsidiary Banks.     Under Federal Reserve policy, Regions is expected to act as a source of financial strength to, and to commit resources to support, its subsidiary bank. This support may be required at times when, absent such Federal Reserve policy, Regions may not be inclined to provide it. In addition, any capital loans by a bank holding company to its subsidiary bank are subordinate in right of payment to deposits and to certain other indebtedness of such subsidiary bank. In the event of a bank holding company’s bankruptcy, any commitment by the bank holding company to a federal bank regulatory agency to maintain the capital of a subsidiary bank will be assumed by the bankruptcy trustee and entitled to a priority of payment.

Transactions with Affiliates.     There are various legal restrictions on the extent to which Regions and its nonbank subsidiaries may borrow or otherwise obtain funding from Regions Bank. Under Sections 23A and 23B

 

8


Table of Contents

of the Federal Reserve Act and the Federal Reserve’s Regulation W, Regions Bank (and its subsidiaries) may only engage in lending and other “covered transactions” with nonbank and nonsavings bank affiliates to the following extent: (a) in the case of any single such affiliate, the aggregate amount of covered transactions of Regions Bank and its subsidiaries may not exceed 10 percent of the capital stock and surplus of Regions Bank; and (b) in the case of all affiliates, the aggregate amount of covered transactions of Regions Bank and its subsidiaries may not exceed 20 percent of the capital stock and surplus of Regions Bank. Covered transactions also are subject to certain collateralization requirements. “Covered transactions” are defined by statute to include a loan or extension of credit, as well as a purchase of securities issued by an affiliate, a purchase of assets (unless otherwise exempted by the Federal Reserve Board) from the affiliate, the acceptance of securities issued by the affiliate as collateral for a loan, and the issuance of a guarantee, acceptance, or letter of credit on behalf of an affiliate.

Regulatory Remedies under the FDIA.     The FDIA establishes a system of regulatory remedies to resolve the problems of undercapitalized institutions. The federal banking regulators have established five capital categories (“well capitalized,” “adequately capitalized,” “undercapitalized,” “significantly undercapitalized,” and “critically undercapitalized”) and must take certain mandatory supervisory actions, and are authorized to take other discretionary actions, with respect to institutions in the three undercapitalized categories, the severity of which will depend upon the capital category in which the institution is placed. Generally, subject to a narrow exception, the FDIA requires the banking regulator to appoint a receiver or conservator for an institution that is critically undercapitalized. The federal banking agencies have specified by regulation the relevant capital level for each category.

Under the agencies’ rules implementing the FDIA’s remedy provisions, an institution that (1) has a Total Capital ratio of 10.0% or greater, a Tier 1 Capital ratio of 6.0% or greater, and a Leverage Ratio of 5.0% or greater and (2) is not subject to any written agreement, order, capital directive, or regulatory remedy directive issued by the appropriate federal banking agency is deemed to be “well capitalized.” An institution with a Total Capital ratio of 8.0% or greater, a Tier 1 Capital ratio of 4.0% or greater, and a Leverage Ratio of 4.0% or greater is considered to be “adequately capitalized.” A depository institution that has a Total Capital ratio of less than 8.0%, a Tier 1 Capital ratio of less than 4.0%, or a Leverage Ratio of less than 4.0% is considered to be “undercapitalized.” An institution that has a Total Capital ratio of less than 6.0%, a Tier 1 Capital ratio of less than 3.0%, or a Leverage Ratio of less than 3.0% is considered to be “significantly undercapitalized,” and an institution that has a tangible equity capital to assets ratio equal to or less than 2.0% is deemed to be “critically undercapitalized.” For purposes of the regulation, the term “tangible equity” includes core capital elements counted as Tier 1 Capital for purposes of the risk-based capital standards plus the amount of outstanding cumulative perpetual preferred stock (including related surplus), minus all intangible assets with certain exceptions. A depository institution may be deemed to be in a capitalization category that is lower than is indicated by its actual capital position if it receives an unsatisfactory examination rating.

An institution that is categorized as undercapitalized, significantly undercapitalized, or critically undercapitalized is required to submit an acceptable capital restoration plan to its appropriate federal banking agency. Under the FDIA, a bank holding company must guarantee that a subsidiary depository institution meets its capital restoration plan, subject to certain limitations. The obligation of a controlling bank holding company under the FDIA to fund a capital restoration plan is limited to the lesser of 5.0% of an undercapitalized subsidiary’s assets or the amount required to meet regulatory capital requirements. An undercapitalized institution is also generally prohibited from increasing its average total assets, making acquisitions, establishing any branches, or engaging in any new line of business, except in accordance with an accepted capital restoration plan or with the approval of the FDIC. In addition, the appropriate federal banking agency is given authority with respect to any undercapitalized depository institution to take any of the actions it is required to or may take with respect to a significantly undercapitalized institution as described below if it determines “that those actions are necessary to carry out the purpose” of the FDIA.

Institutions that are significantly undercapitalized or undercapitalized and either fail to submit an acceptable capital restoration plan or fail to implement an approved capital restoration plan may be subject to a number of

 

9


Table of Contents

requirements and restrictions, including orders to sell sufficient voting stock to become adequately capitalized, requirements to reduce total assets and cessation of receipt of deposits from correspondent banks. Critically undercapitalized depository institutions are subject to appointment of a receiver or conservator.

At December 31, 2006, Regions Bank had the requisite capital levels to qualify as well capitalized.

FDIC Insurance Assessments.     Regions Bank pays deposit insurance premiums to the FDIC based on an assessment rate established by the FDIC. In 2006, the FDIC enacted various rules to implement the provisions of the Federal Deposit Insurance Reform Act of 2005 (the “FDI Reform Act”). Pursuant to the FDI Reform Act, in 2006 the FDIC merged the Bank Insurance Fund with the Savings Association Insurance Fund to create a newly named Deposit Insurance Fund (the “DIF”) that covers both banks and savings associations. The FDIC also revised, effective January 1, 2007, the risk-based premium system under which the FDIC classifies institutions based on the factors described below and generally assesses higher rates on those institutions that tend to pose greater risks to the DIF. For most banks and savings associations, including Regions Bank, FDIC rates will depend upon a combination of CAMELS component ratings and financial ratios. CAMELS ratings reflect the applicable bank regulatory agency’s evaluation of the financial institution’s capital, asset quality, management, earnings, liquidity and sensitivity to risk. For large banks and savings associations that have long-term debt issuer ratings, assessment rates will depend upon such ratings and CAMELS component ratings. For institutions such as Regions Bank, which are in the lowest risk category, assessment rates will vary initially from five (5) to seven (7) basis points per $100 of insured deposits. The FDIA, as amended by the FDI Reform Act, requires the FDIC to set a ratio of deposit insurance reserves to estimated insured deposits, the designated reserve ratio (the “DRR”), for a particular year within a range of 1.15% to 1.50%. For 2007, the FDIC has set the initial DRR at 1.25%. Under the FDI Reform Act and the FDIC’s revised premium assessment program, every FDIC-insured institution will pay some level of deposit insurance assessments regardless of the level of the DRR. In 2006 Regions Bank paid $7.1 million in FDIC deposit premiums. We cannot predict whether, as a result of an adverse change in economic conditions or other reasons, the FDIC will be required in the future to increase deposit insurance assessments above 2007 levels. The FDIC has also finalized rules providing for a one-time credit assessment to each eligible insured depository institution based on the assessment base of the institution on December 31, 1996. The credit may be applied against the institution’s 2007 assessment, and for the three years thereafter the institution may apply the credit against up to 90 percent of its assessment. Preliminary estimates are that Regions Bank will qualify for a credit of approximately $110 million; this is an estimate only and is subject to final confirmation by the FDIC.

Under the FDIA, insurance of deposits may be terminated by the FDIC upon a finding that the institution has engaged in unsafe and unsound practices, is in an unsafe or unsound condition to continue operations, or has violated any applicable law, regulation, rule, order or condition imposed by the FDIC.

Safety and Soundness Standards.     The FDIA requires the federal bank regulatory agencies to prescribe standards, by regulations or guidelines, relating to internal controls, information systems and internal audit systems, loan documentation, credit underwriting, interest rate risk exposure, asset growth, asset quality, earnings, stock valuation and compensation, fees and benefits and such other operational and managerial standards as the agencies deem appropriate. Guidelines adopted by the federal bank regulatory agencies establish general standards relating to internal controls and information systems, internal audit systems, loan documentation, credit underwriting, interest rate exposure, asset growth and compensation, fees and benefits. In general, the guidelines require, among other things, appropriate systems and practices to identify and manage the risk and exposures specified in the guidelines. The guidelines prohibit excessive compensation as an unsafe and unsound practice and describe compensation as excessive when the amounts paid are unreasonable or disproportionate to the services performed by an executive officer, employee, director, or principal stockholder. In addition, the agencies adopted regulations that authorize, but do not require, an agency to order an institution that has been given notice by an agency that it is not satisfying any of such safety and soundness standards to submit a compliance plan. If, after being so notified, an institution fails to submit an acceptable compliance plan or fails in any material respect to implement an acceptable compliance plan, the agency must issue an order

 

10


Table of Contents

directing action to correct the deficiency and may issue an order directing other actions of the types to which an undercapitalized institution is subject under the “prompt corrective action” provisions of FDIA. See “Regulatory Remedies under the FDIA” above. If an institution fails to comply with such an order, the agency may seek to enforce such order in judicial proceedings and to impose civil money penalties.

Depositor Preference.     The Omnibus Budget Reconciliation Act of 1993 provides that deposits and certain claims for administrative expenses and employee compensation against an insured depository institution would be afforded a priority over other general unsecured claims against such an institution in the “liquidation or other resolution” of such an institution by any receiver.

Regulation of Morgan Keegan.     As a registered investment adviser and broker-dealer, Morgan Keegan is subject to regulation and examination by the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”), the NASD, Inc. (“NASD”), the New York Stock Exchange (“NYSE”) and other self regulatory organizations (“SROs”), which may affect its manner of operation and profitability. Such regulations cover a broad range of subject matter. Rules and regulations for registered broker-dealers cover such issues as: capital requirements; sales and trading practices; use of client funds and securities; the conduct of directors, officers, and employees; record-keeping and recording; supervisory procedures to prevent improper trading on material non-public information; qualification and licensing of sales personnel; and limitations on the extension of credit in securities transactions. Rules and regulations for registered investment advisers include limitations on the ability of investment advisers to charge performance-based or non-refundable fees to clients, record-keeping and reporting requirements, disclosure requirements, limitations on principal transactions between an adviser or its affiliates and advisory clients, and anti-fraud standards.

Morgan Keegan is subject to the net capital requirements set forth in Rule 15c3-1 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934. The net capital requirements measure the general financial condition and liquidity of a broker-dealer by specifying a minimum level of net capital that a broker-dealer must maintain, and by requiring that a significant portion of its assets be kept liquid. If Morgan Keegan failed to maintain its minimum required net capital, it would be required to cease executing customer transactions until it came back into compliance. This could also result in Morgan Keegan losing its NASD membership, its registration with the SEC or require a complete liquidation.

The SEC’s risk assessment rules also apply to Morgan Keegan as a registered broker-dealer. These rules require broker-dealers to maintain and preserve records and certain information, describe risk management policies and procedures, and report on the financial condition of affiliates whose financial and securities activities are reasonably likely to have a material impact on the financial and operational condition of the broker-dealer. Certain “material associated persons” of Morgan Keegan, as defined in the risk assessment rules, may also be subject to SEC regulation.

In addition to federal registration, state securities commissions require the registration of certain broker-dealers and investment advisers. Morgan Keegan is registered as a broker-dealer with every state, the District of Columbia, and Puerto Rico. Morgan Keegan is registered as an investment adviser in the following states: Alabama, Arkansas, California, Connecticut, Delaware, Florida, Georgia, Hawaii, Idaho, Illinois, Indiana, Iowa, Kansas, Kentucky, Louisiana, Maine, Maryland, Massachusetts, Michigan, Minnesota, Mississippi, Missouri, Montana, Nebraska, Nevada, New Hampshire, New Jersey, New Mexico, New York, North Carolina, Ohio, Oklahoma, Oregon, Pennsylvania, Rhode Island, South Carolina, South Dakota, Tennessee, Texas, Utah, Vermont, Virginia, Washington, West Virginia, Wisconsin and the District of Columbia.

Violations of federal, state, and SRO rules or regulations may result in the revocation of broker-dealer or investment adviser licenses, imposition of censures or fines, the issuance of cease and desist orders, and the suspension or expulsion of officers and employees from the securities business firm. In addition, Morgan Keegan’s business may be materially affected by new rules and regulations issued by the SEC or SROs as well as any changes in the enforcement of existing laws and rules that affect its securities business.

 

11


Table of Contents

Regulation of Insurers and Insurance Brokers.     Regions’ operations in the areas of insurance brokerage and reinsurance of credit life insurance are subject to regulation and supervision by various state insurance regulatory authorities. Although the scope of regulation and form of supervision may vary from state to state, insurance laws generally grant broad discretion to regulatory authorities in adopting regulations and supervising regulated activities. This supervision generally includes the licensing of insurance brokers and agents and the regulation of the handling of customer funds held in a fiduciary capacity. Certain of Regions’ insurance companies are subject to extensive regulatory supervision and to insurance laws and regulation requiring, among other things, maintenance of capital, record keeping, reporting and examinations.

Financial Privacy .    The federal banking regulators have adopted rules that limit the ability of banks and other financial institutions to disclose non-public information about consumers to nonaffiliated third parties. These limitations require disclosure of privacy policies to consumers and, in some circumstances, allow consumers to prevent disclosure of certain personal information to a nonaffiliated third party. These regulations affect how consumer information is transmitted through diversified financial companies and conveyed to outside vendors.

Office of Foreign Assets Control Regulation .    The United States has imposed economic sanctions that affect transactions with designated foreign countries, nationals and others. These are typically known as the “OFAC” rules based on their administration by the U.S. Treasury Department Office of Foreign Assets Control (“OFAC”). The OFAC-administered sanctions targeting countries take many different forms. Generally, however, they contain one or more of the following elements: (i) restrictions on trade with or investment in a sanctioned country, including prohibitions against direct or indirect imports from and exports to a sanctioned country and prohibitions on “U.S. persons” engaging in financial transactions relating to making investments in, or providing investment-related advice or assistance to, a sanctioned country; and (ii) a blocking of assets in which the government or specially designated nationals of the sanctioned country have an interest, by prohibiting transfers of property subject to U.S. jurisdiction (including property in the possession or control of U.S. persons). Blocked assets (e.g., property and bank deposits) cannot be paid out, withdrawn, set off or transferred in any manner without a license from OFAC. Failure to comply with these sanctions could have serious legal and reputational consequences.

Other.     The United States Congress and state law-making bodies continue to consider a number of wide-ranging proposals for altering the structure, regulation and competitive relationships of the nation’s financial institutions. It cannot be predicted whether or in what form further legislation may be adopted or the extent to which Regions’ business may be affected thereby.

Competition

All aspects of Regions’ business are highly competitive. Regions’ subsidiaries compete with other financial institutions located in the states in which they operate and other adjoining states, as well as large banks in major financial centers and other financial intermediaries, such as savings and loan associations, credit unions, consumer finance companies, brokerage firms, insurance companies, investment companies, mutual funds, mortgage companies and financial service operations of major commercial and retail corporations.

Customers for banking services and other financial services offered by Regions’ subsidiaries are generally influenced by convenience, quality of service, personal contacts, price of services and availability of products. Although Regions’ position varies in different markets, Regions believes that its affiliates effectively compete with other financial services companies in their relevant market areas.

Employees

As of December 31, 2006, Regions and its subsidiaries had approximately 35,900 full-time-equivalent employees.

 

12


Table of Contents

Available Information

Regions maintains a website at www.regions.com . Regions makes available on its website free of charge its annual reports on Form 10-K, quarterly reports on Form 10-Q and current reports on Form 8-K, and amendments to those reports which are filed with or furnished to the SEC pursuant to Section 13(a) of the Exchange Act. These documents are made available on Regions’ website as soon as reasonably practicable after they are electronically filed with or furnished to the SEC. Also available on the website are Regions’ (i) Corporate Governance Principles, (ii) Code of Business Conduct and Ethics and (iii) the charters of its Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee, Audit Committee, Compensation Committee and Risk Committee. You may also request a copy of any of these documents, at no cost, by writing or telephoning Regions at the following address:

A TTENTION : Investor Relations

R EGIONS F INANCIAL C ORPORATION

1900 Fifth Avenue North

Birmingham, Alabama 35203

(205) 581-7890

 

Item 1A. Risk Factors

Making or continuing an investment in securities issued by Regions, including our common stock, involves certain risks that you should carefully consider. The risks and uncertainties described below are not the only risks that may have a material adverse effect on Regions. Additional risks and uncertainties also could adversely affect our business and our results. If any of the following risks actually occur, our business, financial condition or results of operations could be negatively affected, the market price for your securities could decline, and you could lose all or a part of your investment. Further, to the extent that any of the information contained in this Annual Report on Form 10-K constitutes forward-looking statements, the risk factors set forth below also are cautionary statements identifying important factors that could cause Regions’ actual results to differ materially from those expressed in any forward-looking statements made by or on behalf of Regions.

Our ability to achieve the benefits expected from the merger with AmSouth Bancorporation.

Regions’ ability to achieve the benefits of the merger with AmSouth in November 2006 depend on a variety of factors, including:

 

   

Regions’ ability to achieve the anticipated cost savings and revenue enhancements with respect to the acquired operations, or lower than expected revenues from continuing operations;

 

   

The assimilation of the combined companies’ corporate cultures;

 

   

the continued growth of the markets that the acquired entities serve, consistent with recent historical experience;

 

   

difficulties related to the integration of the businesses, including integration of information systems and retention of key personnel;

 

   

the effect of the required divestitures of branches operated by AmSouth prior to the merger.

Our success will be dependent on our ability to profitably manage our growth.

We expect to continue to expand our franchise through continued branch expansion. Our ability to manage our growth successfully will depend on our ability to maintain cost controls and asset quality while attracting additional loans and deposits on favorable terms. Although we have been able to achieve significant growth, our expansion strategy could have an adverse impact on our profitability in the short term due to the operating and other noninterest expenses associated with growth and branching. The opening of new branches requires an investment of funds that will not generate profits for a period of time, if at all.

 

13


Table of Contents

We may need to raise additional capital in the future and such capital may not be available when needed or at all.

We may need to raise additional capital in the future to support growth or for other capital needs. Our ability to raise additional capital, if needed, will depend on, among other things, conditions in the capital markets at that time, which are outside of our control, and on our financial performance. We cannot assure you that such capital will be available to us on acceptable terms or at all. If we are unable to raise additional capital on acceptable terms when needed, our ability to further expand our operations through internal growth could be limited.

Rapid and significant changes in market interest rates may adversely affect our performance.

Most of our assets and liabilities are monetary in nature and subject us to significant risks from changes in interest rates. Our profitability depends to a large extent on our net interest income, and changes in interest rates can impact our net interest income as well as the valuation of our assets and liabilities.

Our current one-year interest rate sensitivity position is moderately asset sensitive, meaning that a gradual increase in interest rates over a twelve month horizon does not have a pronounced impact on net interest income over a twelve-month forecast horizon. However, like most financial institutions, our results of operations are affected by changes in interest rates and our ability to manage interest rate risks. Changes in market interest rates, or changes in the relationships between short-term and long-term market interest rates, or changes in the relationships between different interest rate indices, can affect the interest rates charged on interest-earning assets differently than the interest rates paid on interest-bearing liabilities. This difference could result in an increase in interest expense relative to interest income, or a decrease in our interest rate spread. For a more detailed discussion of these risks and our management strategies for these risks, see “Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operation,” and “Item 7A. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk.”

Our net interest margin depends on many factors that are partly or completely out of our control, including competition, federal economic monetary and fiscal policies, and general economic conditions. Despite our strategies to manage interest rate risks, changes in interest rates can still have a material adverse impact on our profitability.

The performance of our investment portfolio is subject to fluctuations due to changes in interest rates and market conditions.

Changes in interest rates can negatively affect the performance of most of our investments. Interest rate volatility can reduce unrealized gains or create unrealized losses in our portfolios. Interest rates are highly sensitive to many factors, including governmental monetary policies, domestic and international economic and political conditions and other factors beyond our control. Fluctuations in interest rates affect our returns on, and the market value of, our investment securities.

The fair market value of the securities in our portfolio and the investment income from these securities also fluctuate depending on general economic and market conditions. In addition, actual net investment income and/or cash flows from investments that carry prepayment risk, such as mortgage-backed and other asset-backed securities, may differ from those anticipated at the time of investment as a result of interest rate fluctuations.

Changes in the policies of monetary authorities and other government action could adversely affect our profitability.

The results of operations of Regions are affected by credit policies of monetary authorities, particularly the Federal Reserve Board. The instruments of monetary policy employed by the Federal Reserve Board include

 

14


Table of Contents

open market operations in U.S. government securities, changes in the discount rate or the federal funds rate on bank borrowings and changes in reserve requirements against bank deposits. In view of changing conditions in the national economy and in the money markets, particularly in light of the continuing threat of terrorist attacks and the current military operations in the Middle East, we cannot predict possible future changes in interest rates, deposit levels, and loan demand on our business and earnings. Furthermore, the actions of the United States government and other governments in responding to such terrorist attacks or the military operations in the Middle East may result in currency fluctuations, exchange controls, market disruption and other adverse effects.

If we experience greater credit losses than anticipated, our earnings may be adversely affected.

As a lender, we are exposed to the risk that our customers will be unable to repay their loans according to their terms and that any collateral securing the payment of their loans may not be sufficient to assure repayment. Credit losses are inherent in the business of making loans and could have a material adverse effect on our operating results. Our credit risk with respect to our real estate and construction loan portfolio will relate principally to the creditworthiness of corporations and the value of the real estate serving as security for the repayment of loans. Our credit risk with respect to our commercial and consumer loan portfolio will relate principally to the general creditworthiness of businesses and individuals within our local markets.

We make various assumptions and judgments about the collectibility of our loan portfolio and provide an allowance for estimated credit losses based on a number of factors. We believe that our allowance for credit losses is adequate. However, if our assumptions or judgments are wrong, our allowance for credit losses may not be sufficient to cover our actual credit losses. We may have to increase our allowance in the future in response to the request of one of our primary banking regulators, to adjust for changing conditions and assumptions, or as a result of any deterioration in the quality of our loan portfolio. The actual amount of future provisions for credit losses cannot be determined at this time and may vary from the amounts of past provisions.

Our profitability and liquidity may be affected by changes in economic conditions in the areas where our operations or loans are concentrated.

Regions’ success depends to a certain extent on the general economic conditions of the geographic markets served by Regions Bank in the states of Alabama, Arkansas, Florida, Georgia, Illinois, Indiana, Iowa, Kentucky, Louisiana, Mississippi, Missouri, North Carolina, South Carolina, Tennessee, Texas and Virginia. The local economic conditions in these areas have a significant impact on Regions Bank’s commercial, real estate and construction loans, the ability of borrowers to repay these loans and the value of the collateral securing these loans. Adverse changes in the economic conditions of these geographical areas in general or any one or more of these local markets could negatively impact the financial results of Regions’ banking operations and have a negative effect on its profitability.

Hurricanes could cause a disruption in our operations which could have an adverse impact on the results of operations.

A significant portion of our operations are located in the areas bordering the Gulf of Mexico and Atlantic Ocean, regions that are susceptible to hurricanes. Such weather events can cause disruption to our operations and could have a material adverse effect on our overall results of operations . We maintain hurricane insurance including coverage for lost profits and extra expense; however, there is no insurance against the loss of market that a catastrophic hurricane could produce. Further, a hurricane in any of our market areas could adversely impact the ability of borrowers to timely repay their loans and may adversely impact the value of any collateral held by us.

We need to stay current on technological changes in order to compete and meet customer demands.

The financial services market, including banking services, is undergoing rapid changes with frequent introductions of new technology-driven products and services. In addition to better serving customers, the

 

15


Table of Contents

effective use of technology increases efficiency and may enable financial institutions to reduce costs. Our future success may depend, in part, on our ability to use technology to provide products and services that provide convenience to customers and to create additional efficiencies in our operations.

Industry competition may have an adverse effect on our success.

Our profitability depends on our ability to compete successfully. We operate in a highly competitive environment. Certain of our competitors are larger and have more resources than we do. In our market areas, we face competition from other commercial banks, savings and loan associations, credit unions, internet banks, finance companies, mutual funds, insurance companies, brokerage and investment banking firms, and other financial intermediaries that offer similar services. Some of our nonbank competitors are not subject to the same extensive regulations that govern Regions or Regions Bank and may have greater flexibility in competing for business.

We are subject to extensive governmental regulation, which could have an adverse impact on our operations.

The banking industry is extensively regulated and supervised under both federal and state law. We are subject to the regulation and supervision of the Federal Reserve Board, the FDIC, and the Superintendent of Banking of the State of Alabama. These regulations are intended primarily to protect depositors, the public, and the FDIC insurance fund, and not our shareholders. These regulations govern matters ranging from the regulation of certain debt obligations, changes in the control of bank holding companies and state-chartered banks, and the maintenance of adequate capital to the general business operations and financial condition of Regions Bank, including permissible types, amounts and terms of loans and investments, to the amount of reserves against deposits, restrictions on dividends, establishment of branch offices, and the maximum interest rate that may be charged by law. Additionally, certain subsidiaries of Regions and Regions Bank, such as Morgan Keegan, are subject to regulation, supervision and examination by other regulatory authorities, such as the SEC, NASD and state securities and insurance regulators. We are subject to changes in federal and state law, as well as regulations and governmental policies, income tax laws, and accounting principles. Regulations affecting banks and other financial institutions are undergoing continuous change, and the ultimate effect of such changes cannot be predicted. Regulations and laws may be modified at any time, and new legislation may be enacted that will affect us, Regions Bank and our subsidiaries. We cannot assure you that such modifications or new laws will not adversely affect us. Our regulatory position is discussed in greater detail under “Item 1. Business—Supervision and Regulation.”

Future issuances of additional securities could result in dilution of your ownership.

We may determine from time to time to issue additional securities to raise additional capital, support growth, or to make acquisitions. Further, we may issue stock options or other stock grants to retain and motivate our employees. These issuances of our securities will dilute the ownership interests of our shareholders.

Anti-takeover laws and certain agreements and charter provisions may adversely affect share value.

Certain provisions of state and federal law and our certificate of incorporation may make it more difficult for someone to acquire control of us without our Board of Directors’ approval. Under federal law, subject to certain exemptions, a person, entity, or group must notify the federal banking agencies before acquiring 10% or more of the outstanding voting stock of a bank holding company, including our shares. Banking agencies review the acquisition to determine if it will result in a change of control. The banking agencies have 60 days to act on the notice, and take into account several factors, including the resources of the acquiror and the antitrust effects of the acquisition. There also are provisions in our certificate of incorporation that may be used to delay or block a takeover attempt. As a result, these statutory provisions and provisions in our certificate of incorporation could result in Regions being less attractive to a potential acquiror.

 

16


Table of Contents

Securities issued by Regions, including our common stock, are not FDIC insured.

Securities issued by Regions, including our common stock, are not savings or deposit accounts or other obligations of any bank and are not insured by the FDIC, the Deposit Insurance Fund, or any other governmental agency or instrumentality, or any private insurer, and are subject to investment risk, including the possible loss of principal.

 

Item 1B. Unresolved Staff Comments

None.

 

Item 2. Properties

Regions’ corporate headquarters occupy several floors of the main banking facility of Regions Bank, located at 1900 Fifth Avenue North, Birmingham, Alabama 35203.

Regions Bank, Regions’ banking subsidiary, operates through approximately 2,000 banking offices. Regions provides investment banking and brokerage services through 319 offices of Morgan Keegan, while Regions’ mortgage divisions operate 436 offices. For offices in premises leased by Regions and its subsidiaries, annual rentals totaled approximately $89.3 million as of December 31, 2006. During 2006, Regions and its subsidiaries received approximately $21.1 million in rentals for space leased to others. At December 31, 2006, there were no significant encumbrances on the offices, equipment and other operational facilities owned by Regions and its subsidiaries.

See Item 1. “Business” of this annual report for a description of the states in which Regions Bank branches and Morgan Keegan’s offices are located.

 

Item 3. Legal Proceedings

Reference is made to Note 22 “Commitments and Contingencies,” to the consolidated financial statements incorporated by reference under Item 8 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

Regions is subject to litigation, including class action litigation, and claims in the ordinary course of business. Punitive damages are routinely claimed in these cases. Regions continues to be concerned about the general trend in litigation involving large damage awards against financial service company defendants.

Regions evaluates these contingencies based on information currently available, including advice of counsel and assessment of available insurance coverage. Although it is not possible to predict the ultimate resolution or financial liability with respect to these litigation contingencies, management is of the opinion that the outcome of pending and threatened litigation would not have a material effect on Regions’ consolidated financial position or results of operations.

 

Item 4. Submission Of Matters to a Vote Of Security Holders

A special meeting of the stockholders of Regions was held on October 3, 2006 at which meeting the stockholders of Regions approved the Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated May 24, 2006, between Regions and AmSouth. The vote was as follows:

 

    Votes For        Votes Against    Abstentions    Broker Nonvotes
304,822,019    8,869,309    3,484,674    0

 

17


Table of Contents

PART II

 

Item 5. Market For Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities

Regions’ common stock, par value $.01 per share, is listed for trading on the New York Stock Exchange under the symbol RF. Quarterly high and low sales prices of and cash dividends declared on Regions common stock are set forth in Table 25 of Management’s Discussion and Analysis, which is incorporated herein by reference pursuant to Item 7 of this Form 10-K. As of February 20, 2007, there were 86,690 holders of record of Regions’ common stock (including participants in the Computershare Investment Plan for Regions Financial Corporation).

Restrictions on the ability of Regions Bank to transfer funds to Regions at December 31, 2006, are set forth in Note 12 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements, which are incorporated herein by reference pursuant to Item 8 of this Form 10-K. A discussion of certain limitations on the ability of Regions Bank to pay dividends to Regions and the ability of Regions to pay dividends on its common stock is set forth in Item 1. “Business” under the heading “Supervision and Regulation – Payment of Dividends”.

The following table presents information regarding issuer purchases of equity securities during the fourth quarter of 2006.

 

Period

  

Total Number

of Shares

Purchased

  

Average
Price

Paid Per

Share

  

Total Number of

Shares Purchased

As Part of Publicly

Announced Plans

or Programs

  

Maximum Number

of Shares that May

Yet Be Purchased

Under the Plans or

Programs

October 1, 2006—October 31, 2006

   364,800    $ 37.91    364,800    18,534,513

November 1, 2006—November 30, 2006

   2,447,400      36.85    2,447,400    16,087,113

December 1, 2006—December 31, 2006

   2,160,700      37.01    2,160,700    13,926,413
               

Total

   4,972,900    $ 37.00    4,972,900    13,926,413
               

On October 20, 2005, Regions’ Board of Directors assessed the repurchase authorization of Regions and authorized the repurchase of up to 25.0 million shares of Regions’ common stock through open market or privately negotiated transactions, in addition to the remaining 6.4 million shares under a previously-announced plan. The authorization was announced on October 21, 2005.

On January 18, 2007, Regions’ Board of Directors assessed the repurchase authorization of Regions and authorized the repurchase of an additional 50.0 million shares of Regions’ common stock through open market or privately negotiated transactions, in addition to the remaining 13.9 million shares under a previously-announced plan, and announced the authorization of this repurchase.

 

18


Table of Contents

PERFORMANCE GRAPH

Set forth below is a graph comparing the yearly percentage change in the cumulative total return of Regions’ common stock against the cumulative total return of the S&P 500 Index and the S&P Banks Index for the past five years. This presentation assumes that the value of the investment in Regions’ common stock and in each index was $100 and that all dividends were reinvested.

LOGO

 

     Period Ending
     12/31/2001    12/31/2002    12/31/2003    12/31/2004    12/31/2005    12/31/2006

Regions

   $ 100.00    $ 115.23    $ 133.23    $ 164.28    $ 164.33    $ 188.84

S&P 500 Index

     100.00      76.63      96.85      105.56      108.73      123.54

S&P Banks Index

     100.00      96.05      117.91      130.73      124.52      139.79

Source: Thomson Financial

 

19


Table of Contents
ITEM 6. Selected Financial Data

The following table sets forth selected financial data for the last five years.

 

    2006     2005     2004     2003     2002     2001     Annual
Change
2005-2006
    Compound
Growth Rate
2001-2006
 
    (In thousands, except per share data)  

Summary of operating results

               

Net interest income

  $ 3,353,442     $ 2,820,619     $ 2,113,034     $ 1,474,598     $ 1,497,588     $ 1,425,493     18.89 %   18.66 %

Provision for loan losses

    142,500       165,000       128,500       121,500       127,500       165,402     (13.64 )   (2.94 )
                                                   

Net interest income after provision for loan losses

    3,210,942       2,655,619       1,984,534       1,353,098       1,370,088       1,260,091     20.91     20.57  

Non-interest income

    2,062,104       1,813,432       1,662,431       1,351,336       1,221,297       979,549     13.71     16.05  

Non-interest expense

    3,314,031       3,046,956       2,471,383       1,792,862       1,722,145       1,521,689     8.77     16.84  
                                                   

Income before income taxes

    1,959,015       1,422,095       1,175,582       911,572       869,240       717,951     37.76     22.23  

Income taxes

    605,870       421,551       351,817       259,731       249,338       209,017     43.72     23.72  
                                                   

Net income

  $ 1,353,145     $ 1,000,544     $ 823,765     $ 651,841     $ 619,902     $ 508,934     35.24     21.60  
                                                   

Net income available to common shareholders

  $ 1,353,145     $ 1,000,544     $ 817,745     $ 651,841     $ 614,458     $ 508,934     35.24     21.60  
                                                   

Weighted-average number of shares outstanding:

               

Basic

    501,681       461,171       368,656       274,212       276,936       277,455      

Diluted

    506,989       466,183       373,732       277,930       281,043       280,332      

Earnings per share—basic

  $ 2.70     $ 2.17     $ 2.22     $ 2.38     $ 2.22     $ 1.83     24.32     8.02  

Earnings per share—diluted

    2.67       2.15       2.19       2.35       2.19       1.82     24.36     8.01  

Cash dividends declared per share

    1.40       1.36       1.33       1.00       0.94       0.91     2.94     9.00  

Selected year end balances

               

Loans, net of unearned income

  $ 94,550,602     $ 58,404,913     $ 57,526,954     $ 32,184,323     $ 30,985,774     $ 30,885,348     61.89     25.08  

Assets

    143,369,021       84,785,600       84,106,438       48,597,996       47,938,840       45,382,712     69.10     25.87  

Deposits

    101,227,969       60,378,367       58,667,023       32,732,535       32,926,201       31,548,323     67.66     26.26  

Long-term debt

    8,642,649       6,971,680       7,239,585       5,711,752       5,386,109       4,747,674     23.97     12.73  

Stockholders’ equity

    20,701,454       10,614,283       10,749,457       4,452,115       4,178,422       4,035,765     95.03     38.68  

Selected average balances

               

Loans, net of unearned income

  $ 64,765,653     $ 58,002,167     $ 44,667,472     $ 31,455,173     $ 30,871,093     $ 30,946,736     11.66     15.92  

Assets

    95,800,277       85,096,467       66,838,148       48,476,392       46,139,872       44,655,132     12.58     16.49  

Deposits

    67,466,447       59,712,895       45,015,279       32,108,452       31,353,470       31,035,245     12.98     16.80  

Long-term debt

    6,855,601       7,175,075       6,519,193       5,493,097       5,156,481       4,793,657     (4.45 )   7.42  

Stockholders’ equity

    12,368,632       10,677,831       7,548,207       4,328,618       4,058,819       3,772,029     15.83     26.81  

Selected ratios

               

Net income to:

               

Average stockholders’ equity

    10.94 %     9.37 %     10.91 %     15.06 %     15.27 %     13.49 %    

Average total assets

    1.41       1.18       1.23       1.34       1.34       1.14      

Efficiency*

    60.01       64.30       65.36       62.52       62.85       61.82      

Dividend payout ratio

    51.85       62.67       59.91       42.02       42.34       49.73      

Average loans to average deposits

    96.00       97.14       99.23       97.97       98.46       99.71      

Average stockholders’ equity to average total assets

    12.91       12.55       11.29       8.93       8.80       8.45      

Average interest-bearing deposits to average total deposits

    79.30       79.64       80.77       83.24       84.26       85.07      

Note: 2006 information includes the effect of Regions’ acquisition of AmSouth on November 4, 2006. See Note 2 “Business Combinations” to the consolidated financial statements for further discussion (incorporated by reference pursuant to Item 8 of this 10-K from Regions’ Annual Report to Shareholders). 2004 information includes the effect of Regions’ acquisition of Union Planters on July 1, 2004.

 

* The efficiency ratio is the quotient of non-interest expense divided by the sum of net interest income (on a tax equivalent basis) and non-interest income (excluding securities gains and losses). This ratio is commonly used by financial institutions as a measure of productivity.

 

20


Table of Contents
Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operation

The section entitled “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” of Regions 2006 Annual Report to Shareholders is hereby incorporated herein by reference.

 

Item 7A. Qualitative and Quantitative Disclosures About Market Risk

The information required by this item is included under the caption “Risk Management” in “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations”, which is incorporated herein by reference pursuant to Item 7, above.

 

Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data

The Consolidated Financial Statements of Regions and Subsidiaries, the accompanying Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements, the Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm and Table 25 in “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” contained in Regions 2006 Annual Report to Shareholders are hereby incorporated herein by reference.

 

Item 9. Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure

Not Applicable.

 

Item 9A. Controls and Procedures

Based on an evaluation, as of the end of the period covered by this Form 10-K, under the supervision and with the participation of Regions’ management, including its Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, the Chief Executive Officer and the Chief Financial Officer have concluded that Regions’ disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Rule 13a-15(e) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934) are effective. During the fourth fiscal quarter of the year ended December 31, 2006, there have been no changes in Regions’ internal control over financial reporting that have materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, Regions’ control over financial reporting, except changes resulting from the merger with AmSouth being implemented to incorporate the AmSouth operations within Regions’ systems of internal controls.

The Report on Management’s Assessment of Internal Control Over Financial Reporting and the Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm pertaining to internal control over financial reporting contained in Regions 2006 Annual Report to Shareholders are hereby incorporated herein by reference.

 

Item 9B. Other Information

Not Applicable.

 

21


Table of Contents

PART III

 

Item 10. Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance

Biographical and business experience information about the Directors and Director nominees of Regions included in Regions’ Proxy Statement for the Annual Meeting of Shareholders to be held on April 19, 2007 (the “Proxy Statement”) under the caption “ELECTION OF DIRECTORS” and the information incorporated by reference pursuant to Item 13 below are hereby incorporated herein by reference. Information on Regions’ executive officers is included below.

Information regarding Regions’ Audit Committee included under the captions “ELECTION OF DIRECTORS—The Board of Directors— Audit Committee ” and “— Audit Committee Financial Experts ” of the Proxy Statement is hereby incorporated herein by reference.

Information regarding late filings under Section 16(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 included in the Proxy Statement under the caption “VOTING SECURITIES AND PRINCIPAL HOLDERS THEREOF—Section 16(a) Beneficial Ownership Reporting Compliance” is hereby incorporated herein by reference.

Information regarding Regions’ Code of Ethics for Senior Financial Officers included in the Proxy Statement under the caption “ELECTION OF DIRECTORS—Code of Conduct for Senior Financial Officers” is hereby incorporated herein by reference.

Executive officers of the registrant as of December 31, 2006, are as follows:

 

Executive Officer

   Age   

Position and

Offices Held with

Registrant and Subsidiaries

  

Executive
Officer

Since*

Jackson W. Moore

   58    Executive Chairman and Director, registrant and Regions Bank; Director Regions Interstate Billing Service, Inc. and Regions Insurance Group, Inc.    1989

C. Dowd Ritter

   59    President and Chief Executive Officer and Director, registrant and Regions Bank. Previously Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer of AmSouth Bancorporation and AmSouth Bank.    1991

Candice W. Bagby

   57    Senior Executive Vice President and Consumer Banking Group Head, registrant and Regions Bank. Previously Senior Executive Vice President and Consumer Banking Group Head of AmSouth Bancorporation and AmSouth Bank. Director, Regions Bank.    1995

R. Alan Deer**

   43    Executive Vice President, General Counsel and Corporate Secretary, registrant and Regions Bank.    2006

David B. Edmonds

   53    Senior Executive Vice President and Head of Human Resources, registrant and Regions Bank. Previously, Senior Executive Vice President and Head of Human Resources of AmSouth Bancorporation and AmSouth Bank. Director, Regions Bank.    1994

G. Douglas Edwards

   55    President and Chief Executive Officer, Morgan Keegan & Company, Inc.    2006

David C. Gordon

   58    Senior Executive Vice President and Director of Operations and Technology, registrant and Regions Bank. Director, Regions Bank.    2003

 

22


Table of Contents

Executive Officer

   Age   

Position and

Offices Held with

Registrant and Subsidiaries

  

Executive
Officer

Since*

O. B. Grayson Hall, Jr.  

   49    Senior Executive Vice President and Head of General Banking Group, Operations & Technology and Properties, registrant and Regions Bank. Previously Senior Executive Vice President and Lines of Business/Operations and Technology Group Head of AmSouth Bancorporation and AmSouth Bank. Director, Regions Bank.    1993

Richard D. Horsley ***

   64    Head of Transaction and Integration, registrant and Regions Bank; Director and Vice President, Regions Agency, Inc.; Director, Regions Life Insurance Company and EFC Holdings Corporation.    1972

D. Bryan Jordan

   45    Senior Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer, registrant and Regions Bank; Director and President, Regions Asset Management Company, Inc. and RAMCO-FL Holding, Inc.; Director, Regions Bank and Rebsamen Insurance, Inc.    2000

W. Charles Mayer, III

   52    Senior Executive Vice President, registrant and Regions Bank; Previously Senior Executive Vice President of AmSouth Bancorporation and AmSouth Bank and General Banking Group Head. Director, Regions Bank and Regions Interstate Billing Service, Inc.    1994

Samuel E. Upchurch, Jr. **

   55    Senior Executive Vice President, registrant and Regions Bank. Director, Regions Bank, Regions Interstate Billing Service, Inc., EFC Holdings Corporation, and Rebsamen Insurance, Inc.    1994

William C. Wells, II

   48    Senior Executive Vice President and Chief Risk Officer, registrant and Regions Bank. Previously Senior Executive Vice President, Chief Risk Officer and Head of Risk Management Group, AmSouth Bancorporation and AmSouth Bank and Executive Vice President and Chief Risk Officer, SouthTrust Corporation and Senior Vice President of Loan Review, Compliance, Community Reinvestment, and Retail Risk Assessment, SouthTrust Corporation and SouthTrust Bank; Director, Regions Bank.    2005

Alton E. Yother

   54    Executive Vice President and Controller, registrant and Regions Bank. Previously Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer, AmSouth Bancorporation and AmSouth Bank. Previously, Executive Vice President—Treasurer and Controller (Principal Financial Officer), SouthTrust Corporation.    2006

* The years indicated are those in which the individual was first deemed to be an executive officer of registrant, including its predecessor companies former Regions Financial Corporation, Union Planters Corporation and AmSouth Bancorporation.
** Resigned from Regions effective during first quarter 2007.
*** Retired from Regions December 31, 2006.

 

23


Table of Contents
Item 11. Executive Compensation

All information presented under the captions “COMPENSATION DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS”, “2006 COMPENSATION”, “COMPENSATION COMMITTEE REPORT”, and “ELECTION OF DIRECTORS—Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation” of the Proxy Statement are incorporated herein by reference.

 

Item 12. Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters

All information presented under the caption “VOTING SECURITIES AND PRINCIPAL HOLDERS THEREOF” of the Proxy Statement is incorporated herein by reference.

Equity Compensation Plan Information

The following table gives information about the common stock that may be issued upon the exercise of options, warrants and rights under all of Regions existing equity compensation plans as of December 31, 2006.

 

Plan Category

  

Number of Securities

to be Issued Upon

Exercise of

Outstanding Options,

Warrants and Rights

   

Weighted Average

Exercise Price of

Outstanding Options,

Warrants and Rights

  

Number of Securities

Remaining Available for

Future Issuance Under Equity

Compensation Plans

(Excluding Securities

Reflected in First Column)

 

Equity Compensation Plans Approved by Stockholders

   20,629,773 (a)   $ 29.17    18,846,100 (b)

Equity Compensation Plans Not Approved by Stockholders

   28,175,374 (c)   $ 28.81    27,531,797 (d)
               

Total

   48,805,147     $ 28.97    46,377,897  
               

(a) Does not include outstanding restricted stock awards.
(b) Consists of shares available for future issuance under the Regions Financial Corporation 2006 Long Term Incentive Plan.
(c) Consists of outstanding stock options issued under certain plans assumed by Regions in connection with business combinations, including 24,809,968 options assumed in connection with the Regions-AmSouth merger, 22,096,835 of which were issued under plans previously approved by AmSouth stockholders but not pre-merger Regions stockholders. In each instance, the number of shares subject to option and the exercise price of outstanding options have been adjusted to reflect the applicable exchange ratio. Does not include 441,765 shares issuable pursuant to outstanding rights under AmSouth deferred compensation plans.
(d) This number of shares includes 626,866 shares reserved under the AmSouth Stock Option Plan for Outside Directors and 263,923 shares reserved under the AmSouth Deferred Compensation Plan for future issuance.

 

Item 13. Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence

All information presented under the captions “ELECTION OF DIRECTORS—Other Transactions”, “—Review, Approval or Ratification of Transactions with Related Persons” and “—Director Independence” of the Proxy Statement are incorporated herein by reference.

 

Item 14. Principal Accounting Fees and Services

All information presented under the caption “RATIFICATION OF SELECTION OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM” of the Proxy Statement is incorporated herein by reference.

 

24


Table of Contents

PART IV

 

Item 15. Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedules

(a) 1. Consolidated Financial Statements.     The following report of independent registered public accounting firm and consolidated financial statements of Regions and its subsidiaries included in Regions 2006 Annual Report to Shareholders are incorporated by reference pursuant to Item 8 of this report:

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm;

Consolidated Statements of Condition—December 31, 2006 and 2005;

Consolidated Statements of Income—Years ended December 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004;

Consolidated Statements of Changes in Stockholders’ Equity—Years ended December 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004; and

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows—Years ended December 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

2. Consolidated Financial Statement Schedules.     The following consolidated financial statement schedules are included in Item 8 hereto:

None. The Schedules to consolidated financial statements are not required under the related instructions or are inapplicable.

(b) Exhibits.     The exhibits indicated below are either included or incorporated by reference as indicated.

 

SEC Assigned

Exhibit Number

  

Description of Exhibits

2.1      Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated as of May 24, 2006, by and between Regions Financial Corporation and AmSouth Bancorporation, incorporated by reference to Annex A to the joint proxy statement/prospectus contained in Registration Statement No. 333-135732 filed July 12, 2006.
3.1      Certificate of Incorporation as last amended on July 1, 2004, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1 to Form 10-Q Quarterly Report filed by registrant on August 6, 2004.
3.2      Restated Bylaws as last amended on November 4, 2006
4        Instruments defining the rights of security holders, including indentures. The registrant hereby agrees to furnish to the Commission upon request copies of instruments defining the rights of holders of long term debt of the registrant and its consolidated subsidiaries; the total amount of such debt does not exceed 10% of the assets of the registrant and its subsidiaries on a consolidated basis.
10.1*      Regions Amended and Restated 1991 Long-Term Incentive Plan, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to Form 10-K Annual Report filed by registrant on March 14, 2005.
10.2*      Regions 1999 Long-Term Incentive Plan, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to Form 10-K Annual Report filed by registrant on March 14, 2005.
10.3*      Union Planters Corporation 1992 Stock Incentive Plan as Amended and Restated February 19, 2002, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10(b) to Form 10-Q Quarterly Report filed by Union Planters Corporation on August 12, 2002.
10.4*      Union Planters 1998 Stock Incentive Plan for Officers and Employees, as amended, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10(c) to Form 10-K Annual Report filed by Union Planters Corporation on March 14, 2003.
10.5*      Morgan Keegan 2000 Equity Compensation Plan, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to Form S-8 registration statement filed by former Regions Financial Corporation on April 10, 2001, file no. 333-58638.

 

25


Table of Contents

SEC Assigned

Exhibit Number

  

Description of Exhibits

10.6*      Regions Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan, as amended, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.5 to Form 10-K Annual Report filed by former Regions Financial Corporation on March 24, 2003.
10.7*      Amendment to Regions Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.8 to Form 10-K Annual Report filed by registrant on March 9, 2006.
10.8*      Regions Financial Corporation Amended and Restated 1996 Deferred Compensation Plan for former Executives of Union Planters Corporation, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.9 to Form 10-K Annual Report filed by registrant on March 9, 2006.
10.9*      Trust Under Union Planters Corporation Deferred Compensation Plan for Executives, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10(m) to Form 10-Q Quarterly Report filed by Union Planters Corporation on November 12, 1999.
10.10*    Amendment to Trust Under Union Planters Corporation Deferred Compensation Plan for Executives, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10(n) to Form 10-Q Quarterly Report filed by Union Planters Corporation on November 12, 1999.
10.11*    Regions Directors’ Deferred Stock Investment Plan, as amended, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.6 to Form 10-K Annual Report filed by former Regions Financial Corporation on March 24, 2003.
10.12*    Amendment to Regions Directors’ Deferred Stock Investment Plan, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.13 to Form 10-K Annual Report filed by registrant on March 9, 2006.
10.13*    Regions Supplemental 401(k) Plans, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2.1 to Form S-8 registration statement filed by former Regions Financial Corporation on December 27, 2000, file no. 333-52764.
10.14*    Union Planters Corporation 2002 Senior Management Performance Incentive Plan, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10(a) to Form 10-Q Quarterly Report filed by Union Planters Corporation on August 12, 2002.
10.15*    Union Planters Corporation Supplemental Retirement Plan for Executive Officers, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.14 to Form 10-K Annual Report filed by registrant on March 14, 2005.
10.16*    Amendment to Union Planters Corporation Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan for Executive Officers, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.15 to Form 10-K Annual Report filed by registrant on March 14, 2005.
10.17*    Amended and Restated Trust Under Union Planters Corporation Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan for Certain Executive Officers, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.16 to Form 10-K Annual Report filed by registrant on March 14, 2005.
10.18*    Amended Executive Financial Service Plan 2000, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10(bb) to Form 10-K Annual Report filed by Union Planters Corporation on March 23, 2001.
10.19*    Regions Financial Corporation Executive Bonus Plan, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 99 to Form 8-K Current Report dated May 19, 2005, and filed by registrant on May 25, 2005.
10.20*    Form of deferred compensation agreement implementing deferred compensation arrangements with certain directors who were formerly directors of Union Planters Corporation, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.19 to Form 10-K Annual Report filed by registrant on March 14, 2005.

 

26


Table of Contents

SEC Assigned

Exhibit Number

  

Description of Exhibits

10.21*    Employment Agreement dated as of September 1, 2001, between registrant and Carl E. Jones, Jr., Chairman and Chief Executive Officer, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.4 to Form 10-K Annual Report filed by former Regions Financial Corporation on March 22, 2002.
10.22*    Amended and Restated Employment Agreement dated April 17, 1997 between registrant and Jackson W. Moore, Vice Chairman, President and CEO Designate, with amendment dated as of September 26, 2000, and amendment dated as of January 22, 2004, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.21 to Form 10-K Annual Report filed by registrant on March 14, 2005.
10.23*    Supplemental Executive Retirement Agreement between registrant and Jackson W. Moore, dated February 23, 1995, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.22 to Form 10-K Annual Report filed by registrant on March 14, 2005.
10.24*    Letter of Understanding, dated May 16, 2005, between Jackson W. Moore and Regions Financial Corporation, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 99.1 to Form 8-K Current Report dated May 16, 2005, and filed by registrant on May 17, 2005.
10.25*    Amended and Restated Employment Agreement, dated June 29, 2005, between Jackson W. Moore and Regions Financial Corporation, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 99.1 to Form 8-K Current Report dated June 29, 2005, and filed by registrant on July 6, 2005.
10.26*    Employment Agreement, dated as of May 24, 2006, by and between Regions Financial Corporation and Jackson W. Moore, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to Form 8-K Annual Report filed by registrant on May 31, 2006.
10.27*    Employment Agreement dated as of September 1, 2001, between registrant and Richard D. Horsley, Chief Operating Officer, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.10 to Form 10-K Annual Report filed by former Regions Financial Corporation on March 22, 2005.
10.28*    Amendment, executed June 29, 2005, to Employment Agreement dated September 1, 2001 between Richard D. Horsley and Regions Financial Corporation, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 99.2 to Form 8-K Current Report dated June 29, 2005, and filed by registrant on July 6, 2005.
10.29*    Career award agreement dated December 20, 2005, between Richard D. Horsley and Regions Financial Corporation, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 99.4 to Form 8-K Current Report dated December 20, 2005, and filed by registrant on December 23, 2005.
10.30*    Amended and restated Employment Agreement dated as of October 18, 2006, with Richard D. Horsley, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 99.1 to Form 8-K Current Report dated October 24, 2006 and filed by the registrant on October 27, 2006.
10.31*    Employment Agreement dated as of September 1, 2001, between registrant and Allen B. Morgan, Jr., Chairman of Morgan Keegan & Company, Inc., incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.6 to Form 10-K Annual Report filed by former Regions Financial Corporation on March 22, 2002.
10.32*    Form of change of control agreement between registrant and various officers, including executive officers R. Alan Deer, David C. Gordon, D. Bryan Jordan, and Samuel E. Upchurch, Jr., dated as of December 14, 2005 and executed December 20, 2005, by registrant and each of such parties as a separate agreement, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 99.1 to Form 8-K Current Report dated December 20, 2005, and filed by registrant on December 23, 2005.
10.33*    Form of career award agreement between registrant and various officers, including executive officers R. Alan Deer, D. Bryan Jordan, and, Samuel E. Upchurch, Jr., dated as of December 20, 2005, and executed by registrant and each of such parties as a separate agreement, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 99.3 to Form 8-K Current Report dated December 20, 2005, and filed by registrant on December 23, 2005.

 

27


Table of Contents

SEC Assigned

Exhibit Number

  

Description of Exhibits

10.34*    Career award agreement between registrant and David C. Gordon, dated and executed as of December 20, 2005, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 99.5 to Form 8-K Current Report dated December 20, 2005, and filed by registrant on December 23, 2005.
10.35*    Form of Regions Financial Corporation career award severance arrangement effective December 20, 2005, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 99.8 to Form 8-K Current Report dated December 20, 2005, and filed by registrant on December 23, 2005.
10.36*    Regions Financial Corporation 2006 Long Term Incentive Plan, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 99.1 to Form 8-K Current Report dated May 18, 2006, and filed by registrant on May 23, 2006.
10.37*    Form of memorandum distributed commencing September 6, 2006, to participants in the Regions Career Award Program, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 99.1 to Form 8-K Current Report dated September 6, 2006 and filed by registrant on September 11, 2006.
10.38*    Form of memorandum distributed commencing September 6, 2006, to certain Regions executive officers with change of control agreements (or change of control provisions in employment agreements), incorporated by reference to Exhibit 99.1 to Form 8-K Current Report dated September 6, 2006 and filed by registrant on September 11, 2006.
10.39*    Employment agreement dated as of October 18, 2006 with G. Douglas Edwards, the President and Chief Executive Officer of Morgan Keegan & Company, Inc., incorporated by reference to Exhibit 99.2 to Form 8-K Current Report dated October 24, 2006 and filed by registrant on October 27, 2006.
10.40*    Revisions to performance restricted stock awards adopted October 18, 2006, incorporated by reference to Form 8-K Current Report dated October 18, 2006 and filed by registrant on October 24, 2006.
10.41*    Form of Award Agreement for Incentive Stock Options, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 99.9 to Form 8-K Current Report dated December 20, 2005 and filed by registrant on December 23, 2005.
10.42*    Form of Award Agreement for Nonqualified Stock Options, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 99.10 to Form 8-K Current Report dated December 20, 2005 and filed by registrant on December 23, 2005.
10.43*    Form of Award Agreement for Restricted Stock Awards, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 99.11 to Form 8-K Current Report dated December 20, 2005 and filed by registrant on December 23, 2005.
10.44*    AmSouth Bancorporation Executive Incentive Plan, as amended, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to AmSouth Bancorporation’s Form 10-Q Quarterly Report for the quarter ended September 30, 2004.
10.45*    AmSouth Bancorporation Amended and Restated Supplemental Retirement Plan, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to AmSouth Bancorporation’s Form 10-Q Quarterly Report for the quarter ended June 30, 2004.
10.46*    Amendment Number One to the AmSouth Bancorporation Supplemental Retirement Plan adopted November 3, 2006.
10.47*    AmSouth Bancorporation 1996 Long Term Incentive Compensation Plan, as amended, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to AmSouth Bancorporation’s Form 10-Q Quarterly Report for the quarter ended September 30, 2004.

 

28


Table of Contents

SEC Assigned

Exhibit Number

  

Description of Exhibits

10.48*    Amendment Number 1 to the AmSouth Bancorporation 1996 Long Term Incentive Compensation Plan, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to AmSouth’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q Quarterly Report for the quarter ended March 31, 2006.
10.49*    Amended and Restated Deferred Compensation Plan for Directors of AmSouth Bancorporation, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10-q to AmSouth’s Form 10-K Annual Report for the year ended December 31, 1997, filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission in Washington, D.C., SEC File No. 1-7476, former File No. 0-6907.
10.50*    Amendment No. 1 to the Amended and Restated Deferred Compensation Plan for Directors of AmSouth Bancorporation adopted effective November 4, 2006.
10.51*    AmSouth Bancorporation Amended and Restated Supplemental Thrift Plan, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to AmSouth Bancorporation’s Form 10-Q Quarterly Report for the quarter ended June 30, 2004.
10.52*    Amendment No. 1 to the AmSouth Bancorporation Supplemental Thrift Plan, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.10 to AmSouth Bancorporation’s Form 10-K Annual Report for the year ended December 31, 2005.
10.53*    Amendment Number Two to the AmSouth Bancorporation Supplemental Thrift Plan adopted November 3, 2006.
10.54*    Employment Agreement for C. Dowd Ritter, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10-m to AmSouth Bancorporation’s Form 10-K Annual Report for the year ended December 31, 1999, filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission in Washington, D.C., SEC File No. 1-7476, former File No. 0-6907.
10.55*    Amendment to Employment Agreement for C. Dowd Ritter, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to AmSouth Bancorporation’s Form 10-Q Quarterly Report for the quarter ended March 31, 2004.
10.56*    Letter from C. Dowd Ritter to AmSouth Bancorporation dated May 24, 2006, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to AmSouth Bancorporation’s Form 8-K Current Report filed May 31, 2006.
10.57*    Form of AmSouth Bancorporation Change-in-Control Agreement for certain Executive Officers, including David B. Edmonds, O.B. Grayson Hall, Jr., W. Charles Mayer, III, Candice W. Bagby, and William C. Wells, II, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.12 of AmSouth Bancorporation’s Form 10-K Annual Report for the year ended December 31, 2005.
10.58*    AmSouth Bancorporation Deferred Compensation Plan, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.13 to AmSouth Bancorporation’s Form 10-K Annual Report for the year ended December 31, 2004.
10.59*    Amendment Number 1 to the AmSouth Bancorporation Deferred Compensation Plan effective November 4, 2006.
10.60*    AmSouth Bancorporation Amended and Restated Stock Option Plan for Outside Directors, incorporated by reference to Appendix E to AmSouth Bancorporation’s Proxy Statement dated March 10, 2004 for the Annual Meeting of Shareholders held April 15, 2004.
10.61*    Life Insurance Agreements incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.16 of AmSouth Bancorporation’s Form 10-K Annual Report for the year ended December 31, 2005.
10.62*    Supplemental Long-Term Disability Plan, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10-b to AmSouth Bancorporation’s Form 10-Q Quarterly Report for the quarter ended March 31, 1998, filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission in Washington, D.C., SEC File No. 1-7476, former File No. 0-6907.

 

29


Table of Contents

SEC Assigned

Exhibit Number

  

Description of Exhibits

10.63*    AmSouth Bancorporation Amended and Restated 1991 Employee Stock Incentive Plan, incorporated by reference to attachment A to Proxy Statement of First American Corporation dated and filed March 20, 1997, SEC File No. 0-6198.
10.64*    First American Corporation Directors’ Deferred Compensation Plan, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10-a to AmSouth Bancorporation’s Form 10-Q Quarterly Report for the quarter ended March 31, 2002.
10.65*    AmSouth Bancorporation Form of Performance Unit Grant Agreement, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to AmSouth Bancorporation’s Form 8-K Current Report filed on February 11, 2005.
10.66*    AmSouth Bancorporation Form of Stock Option Grant Agreement, incorporated by reference as Exhibit 10.2 to AmSouth Bancorporation’s Form 8-K Current Report filed on February 11, 2005.
10.67*    AmSouth Bancorporation Form of Stock Option Grant Agreement for Directors, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to AmSouth Bancorporation’s Form 8-K Current Report filed on April 26, 2005.
10.68*    AmSouth Bancorporation 2006 Long Term Incentive Compensation Plan, incorporated by reference to Appendix C to AmSouth Bancorporation’s Proxy Statement dated March 10, 2006 for the AmSouth Annual Meeting of Shareholders held April 20, 2006.
10.69*    Form of Restricted Stock Grant Agreement under AmSouth Bancorporation 1996 Long Term Incentive Compensation Plan, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to AmSouth Bancorporation’s Form 8-K Current Report filed April 5, 2006.
10.70*    Form of Indemnification Agreement for Directors of AmSouth Bancorporation, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to AmSouth Bancorporation’s Form 8-K Current Report filed April 20, 2006.
10.71*    Morgan Keegan & Company Deferred Compensation Plan and form of deferral agreement.
12          Statements re computation of ratios.
13          Regions Financial Corporation’s 2006 Annual Report to Shareholders, excluding the portions thereof not incorporated by reference in this Form 10-K Annual Report.
21          List of subsidiaries of registrant.
23          Consent of independent registered public accounting firm.
24          Powers of Attorney.
31.1        Certifications of Chief Executive Officer pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
31.2        Certifications of Chief Financial Officer pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
32      Certifications pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.

* Compensatory plan or agreement.

Copies of the exhibits are available to stockholders upon request to:

Investor Relations

1900 Fifth Avenue North

Post Office Box 11007

Birmingham, Alabama 35203

 

30


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.

 

REGIONS FINANCIAL CORPORATION
By:   /s/    C. D OWD R ITTER        
  C. Dowd Ritter
  President and Chief Executive Officer

Date: March 1, 2007

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

 

Signature

  

Title

 

Date

/s/    C. D OWD R ITTER        

C. Dowd Ritter

   President, Chief Executive Officer, and Director (principal executive officer)   March 1, 2007

/s/    D. B RYAN J ORDAN        

D. Bryan Jordan

   Senior Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer (principal financial officer)   March 1, 2007

/s/    A LTON E. Y OTHER        

Alton E. Yother

   Executive Vice President and Controller (principal accounting officer)   March 1, 2007

/s/    J ACKSON W. M OORE        

Jackson W. Moore

   Executive Chairman and Director   March 1, 2007

*

Allen B. Morgan, Jr.

   Vice Chairman, Director and Chairman, Morgan Keegan & Company, Inc.   March 1, 2007

*

Samuel W. Bartholomew, Jr.

   Director   March 1, 2007

*

George W. Bryan

   Director   March 1, 2007

*

David J. Cooper, Sr.

   Director   March 1, 2007

*

Earnest W. Deavenport, Jr.

   Director   March 1, 2007

*

Don DeFosset

   Director   March 1, 2007

 

31


Table of Contents

Signature

  

Title

 

Date

*

Martha R. Ingram

   Director   March 1, 2007

*

Ronald L. Kuehn, Jr.

   Director   March 1, 2007

*

James R. Malone

   Director   March 1, 2007

*

Susan W. Matlock

   Director   March 1, 2007

*

Charles D. McCrary

   Director   March 1, 2007

*

Claude B. Nielsen

   Director   March 1, 2007

*

Jorge M. Perez

   Director   March 1, 2007

*

Malcolm Portera

   Director   March 1, 2007

*

John R. Roberts

   Director   March 1, 2007

*

Lee J. Styslinger, III

   Director   March 1, 2007

*

Robert R. Waller

   Director   March 1, 2007

*

Spence L. Wilson

   Director   March 1, 2007

*

Harry W. Witt

   Director   March 1, 2007

* John D. Buchanan, by signing his name hereto, does sign this document on behalf of each of the persons indicated above pursuant to powers of attorney executed by such persons and filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

By:   /s/    J OHN D. B UCHANAN        
  John D. Buchanan
  Attorney in Fact

 

32

EXHIBIT 3.2

BY-LAWS OF REGIONS FINANCIAL CORPORATION

(as amended through November 4, 2006)

ARTICLE I. OFFICES

 

Section 1. Registered Office:

The registered office shall be established and maintained at the office of the Corporation Service Company, in the City of Wilmington, in the County of New Castle, in the State of Delaware, and said corporation shall be the registered agent of this Corporation in charge thereof.

 

Section 2. Other Offices:

The Corporation may have other offices, either within or without the State of Delaware, at such place or places as the Board of Directors may from time to time appoint or the business of the Corporation may require. The principal place of business of the Corporation shall be in Birmingham, Alabama.

ARTICLE II. MEETINGS OF STOCKHOLDERS

 

Section 1. Annual Meetings:

Annual meetings of stockholders for the election of Directors and for such other business as may be stated in the notice of the meeting, shall be held at such place, either within or without the State of Delaware, and at such time and date as the Board of Directors, by resolution, shall determine and as set forth in the notice of the meeting.

At each annual meeting, the stockholders entitled to vote shall elect Directors, and they may transact such other corporate business as may properly come before the meeting.

 

Section 2. Other Meetings:

Meetings of stockholders for any purpose other than the election of Directors may be held at such time and place, within or without the State of Delaware, as shall be stated in the notice of the meeting.

 

Section 3. Voting:

Each stockholder entitled to vote in accordance with the terms of the Certificate of Incorporation and in accordance with the provisions of these By-Laws shall be entitled to one vote, in person or by proxy, for each share of stock entitled to vote held by such stockholder, but no proxy shall be voted after eleven (11) months from its date unless such proxy provides for a longer period. A stockholder may authorize another person to act as proxy by transmitting, or authorizing the transmission of, a telegram, cablegram or other means of electronic transmission to the person authorized to act as proxy or to a proxy solicitation firm, proxy support service organization, or other person authorized by the person who will act as proxy to receive the transmission, in each case as the Board of Directors, the Chairman of the Board of Directors or the presiding officer of the meeting may determine from time to time. Such proxy shall be filed with the secretary of the Corporation before or at the time of the meeting. All elections for Directors shall be decided by a plurality vote; all other questions shall be decided by a majority vote except as otherwise provided by the Certificate of Incorporation or the laws of the State of Delaware.


A complete list of the stockholders entitled to vote at the ensuing election, arranged in alphabetical order, with the address of each, and the number of shares held by each, shall be open to the examination of any stockholder, for any purpose germane to the meeting, during ordinary business hours for a period of at least ten days prior to the meeting, either at a place within the city where the meeting is to be held, which place shall be specified at the notice of the meeting, or if not so specified, at the place where the meeting is to be held. The list shall also be produced and kept at the time and place of the meeting during the whole time thereof, and may be inspected by any stockholder who is present.

 

Section 4. Quorum:

A majority of the outstanding shares of the Corporation entitled to vote, represented in person or by proxy, shall constitute a quorum at meetings of stockholders. For purposes of the foregoing, where a separate vote by class or classes is required for any matter, the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of such class or classes, present in person or represented by proxy, shall constitute a quorum to take action with respect to that vote on that matter. Two or more classes or series of stock shall be considered a single class if the holders thereof are entitled to vote together as a single class at the meeting. In determining whether a quorum is present, shares held by a subsidiary corporation owned by this Corporation, and treasury shares, shall not be counted. If less than a majority of the outstanding shares are represented, a majority of the shares so represented may adjourn the meeting from time to time without further notice, but until a quorum is secured no other business may be transacted. The stockholders present at a duly organized meeting may continue to transact business until an adjournment notwithstanding the withdrawal of enough stockholders to leave less than a quorum. At any duly organized meeting, a vote of a majority of the stock represented thereat shall decide any question brought before the meeting.

 

Section 5. No Stockholder Action by Consent:

No action required to be taken or which may be taken at any annual or special meeting of stockholders of the Corporation may be taken without a meeting, and the power of stockholders to consent in writing, without a meeting, to the taking of any action is specifically denied.

 

Section 6. Special Meetings:

Special meetings of the stockholders for any purpose or purposes may be called by the Chief Executive Officer, the President, the Secretary, or by resolution of the Directors.

 

Section 7. Notice of Meetings:

Written notice, stating the place, date and time of the meeting, and the general nature of the business to be considered, shall be given to each stockholder entitled to vote thereat at his address as it appears on the records of the Corporation, not less than ten nor more than sixty days before the date of the meeting. If mailed, such notice shall be deemed to be given when deposited in the United States mail, postage prepaid, directed to the stockholder at such stockholder’s address as it appears on the records of the Corporation.

 

Section 8. Notice of Stockholder Business and Nominations:

(A) Annual Meetings of Stockholders. (1) Nominations of persons for election to the Board of Directors of the Corporation and the proposal of business to be considered by the

 

2


stockholders may be made at an annual meeting of stockholders (a) pursuant to the Corporation’s notice of meeting, (b) by or at the direction of the Board of Directors (including pursuant to Section 10 of Article III) or (c) by any stockholder of the Corporation who was a stockholder of record at the time of giving of notice provided for in this By-Law, who is entitled to vote at the meeting and who complied with the notice procedures set forth in this By-Law.

(2) For nominations or other business to be properly brought before an annual meeting by a stockholder pursuant to clause (c) of paragraph (A)(1) of Section 8 of this Article II, the stockholder must have given timely notice thereof in writing to the Secretary of the Corporation and such other business must be a proper matter for stockholder action. To be timely, a stockholder’s notice shall be delivered to the Secretary at the principal executive offices of the Corporation not later than the close of business on the 120th day prior to the first anniversary of the date of the preceding year’s proxy statement; provided, however, that in the event that no annual meeting were held the previous year or that the date of the annual meeting is more than 30 days before or after the first anniversary of the preceding year’s annual meeting, notice by the stockholder to be timely must be so delivered not later than the close of business on the later of the 120th day prior to such annual meeting or the 10th day following the day on which public announcement of the date of such meeting is first made. In no event shall the public announcement of an adjournment of an annual meeting commence a new time period for the giving of a stockholder’s notice as described above. Such stockholder’s notice shall set forth (a) as to each person whom the stockholder proposes to nominate for election or reelection as a Director all information relating to such person that is required to be disclosed in solicitations of proxies for election of Directors in an election contest, or is otherwise required, in each case pursuant to Regulation 14A under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”) (including such person’s written consent to being named in the proxy statement as a nominee and to serving as a Director if elected); (b) as to any other business that the stockholder proposes to bring before the meeting, a brief description of the business desired to be brought before the meeting, the reasons for conducting such business at the meeting and any material interest in such business of such stockholder and the beneficial owner, if any, on whose behalf the proposal is made; (c) as to the stockholder giving the notice and the beneficial owner, if any, on whose behalf the nomination or proposal is made (i) the name and address of such stockholder, as they appear on the Corporation’s books, and of such beneficial owner, (ii) the class and number of shares of the Corporation which are owned beneficially and of record by such stockholder and such beneficial owner, and (iii) with respect to nominations, a description of all arrangements or understandings between such stockholder and such beneficial owner and each proposed nominee and any other person or persons (including their names) pursuant to which the nominations are to be made by such stockholder; and (d) the names and addresses of any other stockholders or beneficial owners known to be supporting such nomination or business by the proposing stockholder or beneficial owner, if any, on whose behalf the nomination or proposal is made.

(B) Special Meetings of Stockholders. Only such business shall be conducted at a special meeting of stockholders as shall have been brought before the meeting pursuant to the Corporation’s notice of meeting. Nominations of persons for election to the Board of Directors may be made at a special meeting of stockholders at which Directors are to be elected pursuant to the Corporation’s notice of meeting (a) by or at the direction of the Board of Directors or (b) by any stockholder of the Corporation who is a stockholder of record at the time of giving of notice provided for in this By-Law, who shall be entitled to vote at the meeting and who complies with the notice procedures set forth in this By-Law. In the event the Corporation calls a special meeting of

 

3


stockholders for the purpose of electing one or more Directors to the Board of Directors, any such stockholder may nominate a person or persons (as the case may be), for election to such position(s) as specified in the Corporation’s notice of meeting, if the stockholder’s notice required by paragraph (A)(2) of Section 8 of this Article II shall be delivered to the Secretary at the principal executive offices of the Corporation not later than the last to occur of (a) the close of business on the 120th day prior to such special meeting and not later than the close of business on the 90th day prior to such special meeting or (b) the 10th day following the day on which public announcement is first made of the date of the special meeting and of the nominees proposed by the Board of Directors to be elected at such meeting. In no event shall the public announcement of an adjournment of a special meeting commence a new time period for the giving of a stockholder’s notice as described above.

(C) General. (1) Only such persons who are nominated in accordance with the procedures set forth in this By-Law shall be eligible to serve as Directors (except as provided by Section 10 of Article III) and only such business shall be conducted at a meeting of stockholders as shall have been brought before the meeting in accordance with the procedures set forth in this By-Law. Except as otherwise provided by Delaware law, the Chairman of the meeting shall have the power and duty to determine whether a nomination or any business proposed to be brought before the meeting was made, or proposed, as the case may be, in accordance with the procedures set forth in this By-Law and, if any proposed nomination or business is not in compliance with this By-Law, to declare that such defective proposal or nomination shall be disregarded.

(2) For purposes of this By-Law, “public announcement” shall mean disclosure in a press release reported by the Dow Jones News Service, Associated Press or comparable national news service or in a document publicly filed by the Corporation with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to Section 13, 14 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act.

(3) Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this By-Law, a stockholder shall also comply with all applicable requirements of the Exchange Act and the rules and regulations thereunder with respect to the matters set forth in this By-Law. Nothing in this By-Law shall be deemed to affect any rights of (i) stockholders to request inclusion of proposals in the Corporation’s proxy statement pursuant to Rule 14a-8 under the Exchange Act or (ii) the holders of any series of Preferred Stock to elect Directors under specified circumstances.

ARTICLE III. DIRECTORS

 

Section 1. Number and Term:

The number of Directors which shall constitute the whole Board shall be fixed, from time to time, by resolutions adopted by the Board of Directors, in compliance with Section 10 of this Article III, but from and after the Effective Time (as defined in Section 10 of this Article III), shall not be less than three persons. The Directors shall be of three classes, so that approximately one-third in number of the Directors shall be elected at each annual meeting of stockholders and, except as hereinafter provided, each Director shall hold office for three years, or until his successor is elected and qualified, or until his earlier retirement, death, resignation or removal. Directors need not be residents of Delaware.

 

4


Section 2. Resignations:

Any Director or other officer may resign at any time. Such resignation shall be made in writing, and shall take effect at the time of its receipt by the Chief Executive Officer, the President, or the Secretary or at such other time as may be specified therein. The acceptance of a resignation shall not be necessary to make it effective.

 

Section 3. Vacancies:

Except as provided in Section 10 of this Article III, if the office of any Director or other officer becomes vacant, the remaining Directors in office, though less than a quorum, by a majority vote, may appoint any qualified person to fill such vacancy, who shall hold office for the unexpired term and until his successor shall be duly chosen.

 

Section 4. Removal:

Notwithstanding the fact that some lesser percentage may be specified by law, any Director or the entire Board of Directors of the Corporation may be removed at any time, but only for cause and only by the affirmative vote of the holders of 75% or more of the outstanding shares of capital stock of the Corporation entitled to vote generally in the election of directors (considered for this purpose as one class) cast at a meeting of the stockholders called for that purpose.

 

Section 5. Powers:

The Board of Directors shall exercise all the powers of the Corporation except such as are by law, by the Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation or by these By-Laws conferred upon or reserved to the stockholders.

 

Section 6. Meetings:

A regular meeting of the Board of Directors shall be held immediately before or after the Annual Meeting of Stockholders. Additional meetings of the Directors may be held without notice at such places and times as shall be determined from time to time by resolution of the Directors.

Special meetings of the Board of Directors may be called by the Chief Executive Officer, the President, or by the Secretary on the written request of a majority of the Board of Directors on at least two days’ notice to each Director and shall be held at such place or places as may be determined by the Directors, or as shall be stated in the call of the meeting.

Unless otherwise restricted by the Certificate of Incorporation or these By-Laws, members of the Board of Directors, or any committee designated by the Board of Directors, may participate in a meeting of the Board of Directors, or any committee, by means of conference telephone or similar communications equipment by means of which all persons participating in the meeting can hear each other, and such participation in a meeting shall constitute presence in person at the meeting.

 

Section 7. Quorum:

A majority of the Directors shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business. If at any meeting of the Board of Directors there shall be less than a quorum present, a majority of those present may adjourn the meeting from time to time until a quorum is obtained, and no further notice thereof need be given other than by announcement at the meeting which shall be so adjourned. Notwithstanding the withdrawal of enough directors to leave less than a quorum, the directors present at a duly organized meeting may continue to transact business until adjournment.

 

5


Section 8. Compensation:

Directors shall not receive any stated salary for their services as Directors or as members of committees, except that by resolution of the Board of Directors, retainer fees, meeting fees, and expenses of attendance at meetings may be authorized. Nothing herein contained shall be construed to preclude any Director from serving the Corporation in any other capacity as an officer, agent or otherwise, and receiving compensation therefor.

 

Section 9. Action Without Meeting:

Any action required or permitted to be taken at any meeting of the Board of Directors or of any committee thereof, may be taken without a meeting, if prior to such action a written consent thereto is signed by all members of the Board of Directors, or of such committee as the case may be, and such written consent is filed with the minutes of proceedings of the Board of Directors or committee.

 

Section 10. Board Composition:

[Superceded by amendment effective November 4, 2006.]

 

Section 11. Committees:

A majority of the whole Board of Directors shall have the authority to designate one or more committees, each committee to consist of one or more of the Directors of the Corporation. The Board may designate one or more Directors as alternate members of any committee, who may replace any absent or disqualified member or any meeting of the committee. Any such committee, to the extent provided in the resolution or in these By-Laws of the Corporation, shall have and may exercise the powers of the Board of Directors in the management of the business and affairs of the Corporation, and may authorize the seal of the Corporation to be affixed to all papers which may require it; provided, however, these By-Laws may provide that in the absence or disqualification of any member of such committee or committees, the member or members thereof present at any meeting and not disqualified from voting, whether or not he or they constitute a quorum, may unanimously appoint another member of the Board of Directors to act at the meeting in the place of any such absent or disqualified member.

ARTICLE IV. OFFICERS

 

Section 1. Officers:

The officers of the Corporation shall be a Chief Executive Officer, a President, such Vice-Presidents as shall from time to time be deemed necessary, a Secretary, a Comptroller, and such other officers as may be deemed appropriate. A Chairman of the Board and one or more Vice-Chairman may also be elected. All such officers shall be elected by the Board of Directors and shall hold office until their successors are elected and qualified. None of the officers of the Corporation need be Directors. More than one office may be held by the same person.

 

Section 2. Chairman of the Board:

In the event there is a Chairman of the Board, he shall preside at all meetings of the Board of Directors and stockholders. He shall have and perform such duties as usually devolve upon his office and such other duties as are prescribed by the By-Laws and by the Board of Directors. In the absence or inability to act of the Chairman of the Board in such capacity, the Chief Executive

 

6


Officer shall have and exercise all the powers and duties of such office and shall preside at all meetings of the Board of Directors, and in the absence or inability to act of the Chief Executive Officer pursuant to the foregoing, the President shall have and exercise all the powers and duties of such office and shall preside at all meetings of the Board of Directors, and in the absence or inability to act of the President pursuant to the foregoing, any Vice-Chairman shall have and exercise all the powers and duties of such office and shall preside at all meetings of the Board of Directors, and in the absence or inability to act of any Vice-Chairman pursuant to the foregoing, the other Directors shall appoint an officer or director of the Corporation to have and exercise all such powers and duties of such office as may be appropriate and shall elect one of their number to preside at the meeting.

 

Section 3. Chief Executive Officer:

The Chairman of the Board or the President, as may be designated by the Board of Directors, shall serve as the Chief Executive Officer of the Corporation. Subject to the control of the Board of Directors, he shall be vested with authority to act for the Corporation, and shall have general and active management of the business of the Corporation and such other general powers and duties of supervision and management as usually devolve upon such office and as may be prescribed from time to time by the Board of Directors.

 

Section 4. Vice-Chairman:

In the event there is a Vice-Chairman of the Board, he shall have and perform such duties as are prescribed from time to time by the Board of Directors.

 

Section 5. President:

The President shall perform such duties as usually devolve upon his office and such other duties as are prescribed by the By-Laws, by the Board of Directors, and by the Chairman of the Board.

 

Section 6. Vice-Presidents:

The Vice-Presidents shall perform such duties as may be assigned to them from time to time by the By-Laws, the Board of Directors, the Chairman of the Board, or the President.

 

Section 7. Comptroller:

The Comptroller shall have custody of all funds of the Corporation. He shall have and perform such duties as are incident to the office of Comptroller and such other duties as may from time to time be assigned to him by the Board of Directors, the Chairman of the Board, or the President.

 

Section 8. Secretary:

The Secretary shall keep minutes of all meetings of the stockholders and the Board of Directors unless otherwise directed by those bodies. He shall have custody of the corporate seal, and the Secretary or any Assistant Secretary shall affix the same to all instruments or papers requiring the seal of the Corporation. The Secretary, or in his absence, any Assistant Secretary, shall attend to the giving and serving of all notices of the Corporation. He shall perform all the duties incident to the office of Secretary, subject to the control of the Board of Directors, and shall do and perform such other duties as may from time to time be assigned by the Board of Directors, the Chairman of the Board, or the President.

 

7


Section 9. Other Officers and Agents:

The Board of Directors may appoint such other officers and agents as it may deem advisable, who shall exercise such powers and perform such duties as shall be determined from time to time by the Board of Directors.

 

Section 10. Election and Term:

The officers of the Corporation shall be elected annually by the Board of Directors. Except as provided in Section 11 of this Article IV, each officer shall hold office at the pleasure of the Board of Directors until his death, resignation, retirement, or removal.

 

Section 11. Chairman and CEO Positions; Board Composition:

(A) The Board of Directors of the Corporation has resolved that, effective as of the Effective Time (as defined in the Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated as of May 24, 2006, by and between Regions Financial Corporation and AmSouth Bancorporation, as the same may be amended from time to time (the “MERGER AGREEMENT”)), and notwithstanding any other provision of these By-Laws that may be to the contrary, C. Dowd Ritter shall serve as President and Chief Executive Officer of the Corporation and Jackson W. Moore shall serve as the Chairman of the Board of Directors of the Corporation. During the period that Jackson W. Moore is serving as Chairman of the Board of Directors of the Corporation, and notwithstanding any other provision of these By-Laws that may be to the contrary, the Chairman of the Board of Directors shall, in addition to any other duties that usually devolve upon his office and such other duties as are prescribed by the By-Laws and by the Board of Directors, preside at all meetings of the Board of Directors and stockholders (subject to the third sentence of Section 2 of this Article IV), shall, subject to applicable law or stock exchange rule, attend all meetings of committees of the Board of Directors and shall participate in any regular meetings of management of the Corporation; and the President and Chief Executive Officer of the Corporation shall have the authority and duties contemplated for the Chief Executive Officer of the Corporation by Section 3 of this Article IV. In the event that, prior to the third anniversary of the Closing Date, Jackson W. Moore resigns or retires from his position as Chairman of the Board of Directors of the Corporation and C. Dowd Ritter is then continuing to serve as the President and Chief Executive Officer of the Corporation, C. Dowd Ritter will also assume the position of Chairman of the Board of Directors of the Corporation.

(B) Effective as of the Effective Time, the Board of Directors of the Corporation shall be comprised of twenty-one (21) directors (plus up to two additional directors solely as contemplated by the following parenthetical phrases), of which twelve (12) (plus up to one additional director to be added after the date of the Merger Agreement and prior to the Effective Time with the mutual agreement of Regions and AmSouth) shall be members of the Board of Directors of the Corporation prior to the Effective Time (as defined in the Merger Agreement) chosen by the Corporation prior to the Effective Time (the “FORMER REGIONS DIRECTORS”) and nine (9) (plus up to one additional director to be added after the date of the Merger Agreement and prior to the Effective Time with the mutual agreement of Regions and AmSouth) of which shall be former members of the Board of Directors of AmSouth chosen by AmSouth prior to the Effective Time (the “FORMER AMSOUTH DIRECTORS”) and the Former Regions Directors and the Former AmSouth Directors shall be apportioned among the three classes of the Board of Directors in a manner as nearly equal as possible. From and after the Effective Time through the third anniversary of the Closing Date (as defined in the Merger Agreement), all vacancies on the Board of Directors

 

8


of the Corporation created by the cessation of service of a Former Regions Director shall be filled by a nominee proposed to the nominating committee of the Board of Directors of the Corporation by a majority of the remaining Former Regions Directors, and all vacancies on the Board of Directors of the Corporation created by the cessation of service of a Former AmSouth Director shall be filled by a nominee proposed to the nominating committee of the Board of Directors of the Corporation by a majority of the remaining Former AmSouth Directors, and all directors so nominated and appointed or elected to the Board of Directors of the Corporation by proposal of the Former Regions Directors shall be considered “Former Regions Directors” for purposes of this Section 11 and all directors so nominated and appointed or elected to the Board of Directors of the Corporation by proposal of the Former AmSouth Directors shall be considered “Former AmSouth Directors” for purposes of this Section 11.

(C) The removal of C. Dowd Ritter or Jackson W. Moore from, or the failure to appoint or re-elect C. Dowd Ritter or Jackson W. Moore to, any of the positions specifically provided for in this Section 11, and any amendment to or termination of any employment agreement with C. Dowd Ritter or Jackson W. Moore or of the authorities or duties thereof pursuant to Section (a) hereof, prior to the third anniversary of the Closing Date and any determination not to nominate C. Dowd Ritter or Jackson W. Moore as a Director of the Corporation, prior to the third anniversary of the Closing Date, shall each require the affirmative vote of at least 75% of the full Board of Directors.

(D) Until the third anniversary of the Closing Date, each of the Applicable Committees shall be chaired by one member of the Board of Directors (each, a “Committee Chairman”), and, subject to any relevant independence and expertise requirements under applicable law or stock exchange rule, at any particular time two Committee Chairmen shall have been selected from among the Former Regions Directors and two Committee Chairmen shall have been selected from among the Former AmSouth Directors. For purposes of this Section 11(d), “Applicable Committees” shall mean the Audit Committee, the Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee, the Compensation Committee and the Risk Management Committee of the Board of Directors (or any successor committee to any such committee). Until the third anniversary of the Closing Date, subject to any relevant independence and expertise requirements under applicable law or stock exchange rule, the membership of the Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee shall include an equal number of Former Regions Directors and Former AmSouth Directors.

(E) The provisions of this Section 11 may be modified, amended or repealed, and any By-law provision inconsistent with the provisions of this Section 11 may be adopted, only by an affirmative vote of at least 75% of the full Board of Directors. In the event of any inconsistency between any provision of this Section 11 and any other provision of these By-laws or the Corporation’s other constituent documents, the provisions of this Section 11 are intended to control.

ARTICLE V. MISCELLANEOUS

 

Section 1. Certificates of Stock:

The shares of stock in the Corporation shall be represented by certificates, provided that the Board of Directors may provide by resolution or resolutions that some or all of any or all classes or series of the Corporation’s stock shall be uncertificated shares. Any such resolution shall not apply to shares represented by a certificate theretofore issued until such certificate is surrendered to the Corporation. Notwithstanding the adoption of such a resolution by the Board of Directors, every

 

9


holder of stock represented by certificates, and upon request every holder of uncertificated shares, shall be entitled to have a certificate signed by or in the name of the Corporation by the Chairman of the Board, the Chief Executive Officer, the President or a Vice-President, the Comptroller or an Assistant Comptroller, and the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary, of the Corporation, representing the number of shares of stock registered in certificate form owned by such holder. Any or all of the signatures may be facsimiles. In case any officer, transfer agent or registrar who has signed or whose facsimile signature has been placed upon a certificate shall have ceased to be such officer, transfer agent or registrar before such certificate is issued, it may be issued by the Corporation with the same effect as if such person were such officer, transfer agent or registrar at the date of issue.

 

Section 2. Lost Certificates:

The Board of Directors may order a new certificate or certificates of stock to be issued in the place of any certificate or certificates of the Corporation alleged to have been lost or destroyed, but in every such case the owner of the lost certificate or certificates shall first cause to be given to the Corporation or its authorized agent a bond in such sum as said Board may direct, as indemnity against any loss that the Corporation may incur by reason of such replacement of the lost certificate or certificates; but the Board of Directors may, at their discretion refuse to replace any lost certificate of stock save upon the order of some court having jurisdiction in such matter and may cause such legend to be inscribed on the new certificate or certificates as in the Board’s discretion may be necessary to prevent loss to the Corporation.

 

Section 3. Transfer of Shares:

The shares of stock of the Corporation shall be transferable only upon its books by the holders thereof in person or by their duly authorized attorneys or legal representatives, and upon such transfer the old certificates shall be surrendered to the Corporation by the delivery thereof to the person in charge of the stock and transfer books, and ledgers, or to the authorized agent of the Corporation, by whom they shall be canceled, and new certificates shall thereupon be issued. A record shall be made of each transfer and whenever a transfer shall be made for collateral security, and not absolutely, it shall be expressed in the entry of the transfer.

The Corporation may decline to register on its stock books transfers of stock standing in the name of infants, unless (a) the law of the state of which the infant is a resident relieves the Corporation of all liability therefor in case the infant or anyone acting for him thereafter elects to rescind such transfer, or (b) a court having jurisdiction of the infant and the subject matter enters a valid decree authorizing such transfer.

 

Section 4. Fractional Shares:

No fractional part of a share of stock shall ever be issued by this Corporation.

 

Section 5. Stockholders Record Date:

In order that the Corporation may determine the stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at any meeting of stockholders or any adjournment thereof, or entitled to receive payment of any dividend or other distribution or allotment of any rights, or entitled to exercise any rights in respect of any change, conversion or exchange of stock or for the purpose of any other lawful action, the Board of Directors may fix, in advance, a record date, which shall not be more than sixty nor less than ten days before the date of such meeting, nor more than sixty days prior to any other action. A determination of stockholders of record entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall apply to adjournment of the meeting; provided, however, that the Board of Directors may fix a new record date for the adjourned meeting.

 

10


Section 6. Dividends:

Subject to the provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation, the Board of Directors may, out of funds legally available therefore at any regular or special meeting, declare dividends upon the capital stock of the Corporation as and when they deem expedient. Before declaring any dividend there may be set apart out of any fund of the Corporation available for dividends, such sum or sums as the Directors from time to time in their discretion deem proper for working capital or as a reserve fund to meet contingencies or for equalizing dividends or for such other purposes as the Directors shall deem conducive to the interests of the Corporation.

The Corporation may decline to pay cash dividends to infant stockholders except where full and valid release may be granted by the infant or under a decree of court of competent jurisdiction.

 

Section 7. Seal:

The corporate seal shall consist of two concentric circles between which shall be “REGIONS FINANCIAL CORPORATION DELAWARE” with a representation of the Corporate Logogram in the center.

 

Section 8. Fiscal Year:

The fiscal year of the Corporation shall be determined by resolution of the Board of Directors.

 

Section 9. Checks:

All checks, drafts or other orders for the payment of money, notes or other evidences of indebtedness issued in the name of the Corporation shall be signed by such officer or officers, agent or agents of the Corporation, and in such manner as shall be determined from time to time by resolution of the Board of Directors.

 

Section 10. Notice and Waiver of Notice:

Whenever any notice is required by these By-Laws to be given, personal notice is not meant unless expressly so stated, and any notice so required shall be deemed to be sufficient if given by depositing the same in the United States mail, postage prepaid, or by telegram, teletype, facsimile transmission or other form of wire, wireless, or other electronic communication or by private carrier addressed to the person entitled thereto at his address as it appears on the records of the Corporation, and such notice shall be deemed to have been given on the date of such mailing. Stockholders not entitled to vote shall not be entitled to receive notice of any meetings except as otherwise provided by statute.

Whenever any notice whatever is required to be given under the provisions of any law, or under the provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation or these By-Laws, a waiver thereof in writing, signed by the person or persons entitled to said notice, whether before or after the time stated therein, shall be deemed equivalent thereto.

 

11


Section 11. Indemnification of Officers, Directors, Employees, Agents and Fiduciaries; Insurance:

(A) The Corporation shall indemnify, in accordance with and to the fullest extent permitted by law, any person made or threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative, by reason of the fact that such person is or was a Director, Advisory Director, officer, employee, agent or fiduciary of the Corporation or any constituent corporation absorbed in a consolidation or merger, or serves as such with another corporation, or with a partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise at the request of the Corporation or any such constituent corporation.

(B) The indemnification provided by this Section 11 shall not be deemed exclusive of and shall be in addition to any other rights (whether created prior or subsequent to the adoption of these By-Laws) to which those indemnified may be entitled under any statute, rule of law, articles of incorporation, by-law, agreement, vote of stockholders or disinterested Directors or otherwise, both as to action in their official capacity and as to action in another capacity and as to action in another capacity while holding such office, and shall continue as to a person who has ceased to be a Director, employee or agent of the Corporation, and shall inure to the benefit of the heirs, executors and administrators of such a person.

(C) By action of the Board of Directors notwithstanding any interest of the Directors in such action, the Corporation may purchase and maintain insurance in such amounts as the Board of Directors deems appropriate on behalf of any person who is or was a Director, officer, employee, agent or fiduciary of the Corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as a Director, officer, employee, agent or fiduciary of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise against any liability asserted against him and incurred by him in any such capacity, or arising out of his status as such, whether or not the Corporation shall have the power to indemnify him against such liability under the provisions of this Section 11.

ARTICLE VI. AMENDMENTS

These By-Laws may be amended, altered or repealed and By-Laws may be adopted (A) by the affirmative vote of a majority of the Board of Directors or (B) by the stockholders at any annual meeting of the stockholders, or at any special meeting thereof if notice of the proposed alteration or repeal or By-Law or By-Laws to be adopted is contained in the notice of such special meeting, by the affirmative vote of seventy-five percent (75%) of the stock issued and outstanding and entitled to vote thereat, subject to the provisions of Section 10 of Article III and Section 11 of Article IV.

 

12

EXHIBIT 10.46

AMENDMENT NUMBER ONE

TO THE

AMSOUTH BANCORPORATION SUPPLEMENTAL RETIREMENT PLAN

AmSouth Bancorporation (the “Company”) hereby amends the AmSouth Bancorporation Supplemental Retirement Plan (“Plan”) as follows:

1. Effective November 1, 2006, by adding to the end of Section 2.01 the following:

Notwithstanding the foregoing, effective November 1, 2006, this Supplemental Plan shall be frozen so that no employees or rehired former employees shall become Participants on and after such date. Effective November 4, 2006, Participants in this Supplemental Plan who transfer employment to Morgan Keegan in connection with the merger of AmSouth Bancorporation into Regions Financial Corporation shall continue to accrue benefits under this Supplemental Plan on and after the date of transfer to Morgan Keegan, and service with Morgan Keegan shall count for vesting purposes under this Supplemental Plan.

2. Effective November 4, 2006, by adding as the final paragraph of Section 3.01 the following:

Calculation of Benefits of Participants Transferred to Morgan Keegan

Participants in this Supplemental Plan who transfer employment to Morgan Keegan in connection with the merger of AmSouth Bancorporation into Regions Financial Corporation shall have their compensation and Average Monthly Earnings as of the date of the transfer frozen for purposes of calculating benefits under this Supplemental Plan.

3. Effective November 1, 2006, add the following to the end of Section 3.02:

Notwithstanding the foregoing, effective November 1, 2006, determination of benefits under this Supplemental Plan under optional forms of payment will be based on the revised actuarial factors adopted for the Retirement Plan effective October 1, 2004.

4. All of the other terms, provisions and conditions of the Plan not herein amended shall remain in full force and effect.


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, AmSouth Bancorporation has caused this Amendment Number One to be executed by its duly authorized officer this 3 rd day of November, 2006, effective as herein stated.

 

    AMSOUTH BANCORPORATION
ATTEST:     By:   /s/ C. Dowd Ritter
      Its:   Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer
By:   /s/ Carl L. Gorday      
Its:   Assistant Secretary      

EXHIBIT 10.50

AMENDMENT NUMBER 1

TO THE

AMENDED AND RESTATED

DEFERRED COMPENSATION PLAN

FOR DIRECTORS OF

AMSOUTH BANCORPORATION

(the “Plan”)

Regions Financial Corporation, successor to AmSouth Bancorporation, hereby amends the Plan effective November 4, 2006, as follows:

 

1. By adding a new section 2.5 as follows:

2.5 Termination of Deferrals and Participation. On and after November 4, 2006, no new Participants shall be admitted into the Plan. On and after January 1, 2007, no retainers or fees earned on or after that date may be deferred into the Plan. Earnings on Accounts shall continue to accrue as described in Article IV until payment of Benefits is made in accordance with Article V hereof.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Regions Financial Corporation has executed this Amendment Number 1 on this day of November, 2006, to be effective as provided above.

 

REGIONS FINANCIAL CORPORATION
By:   /s/ C. Dowd Ritter
  C. Dowd Ritter
Its:   President and Chief Executive Officer

 

ATTEST:
By:   /s/ Carl L. Gorday
Its:   Assistant Secretary

EXHIBIT 10.53

AMENDMENT NUMBER TWO

TO THE

AMSOUTH BANCORPORATION SUPPLEMENTAL THRIFT PLAN

AmSouth Bancorporation (the “Company”) hereby amends the AmSouth Bancorporation Supplemental Thrift Plan (“Plan”) as follows:

1. Effective November 4, 2006, by adding to the end of Section 2.8 the following:

Notwithstanding the foregoing, associates of Regions Financial Corporation and its affiliates including, but not limited to, Morgan Keegan, hired prior to November 4, 2006, and associates hired on and after November 4, 2006 on the Regions PeopleSoft payroll system shall not be “Employees” eligible to participate in this Plan. Additionally, Participants transferring employment to Morgan Keegan as a result of the merger of AmSouth Bancorporation into Regions Financial Corp. shall cease active participation in this Plan as of the date of the transfer to Morgan Keegan.

2. Effective January 1, 2007, by adding as the last sentence of paragraph (b) of Section 3.1 the following:

Notwithstanding the foregoing, any Employee hired on or after January 1, 2007 shall be eligible to participate hereunder as of the first day of the month coinciding with or next following the later of the Employee’s date of hire and the date the Employee’s Base Salary equals or exceeds $175,000. Any Employee hired prior to January 1, 2007 who is not a Participant on January 1, 2007 shall be eligible to participate hereunder as of the later of January 1, 2007 or the date the Employee’s Base Salary equals or exceeds $175,000.

3. Effective November 4, 2006, by adding as paragraph (d) of Section 3.1 the following:

(d) Notwithstanding the foregoing, associates of Regions Financial Corporation and its affiliates including, but not limited to, Morgan Keegan, hired prior to November 4, 2006 and associates hired on and after November 4, 2006 on the Regions PeopleSoft payroll system shall not be “Employees” eligible to participate in this Plan. Additionally, Participants transferring employment to Morgan Keegan as a result of the merger of AmSouth Bancorporation into Regions Financial Corporation shall cease active participation in this Plan as of the date of the transfer to Morgan Keegan.


4. Effective January 1, 2007, by amending Section 4.2(a) to add as the last sentence thereof the following:

Effective January 1, 2007, a Participant shall not be eligible to receive matching contributions under this Plan until the first day of the month following completion of one (1) Year of Service as defined in the Thrift Plan.

5. Effective January 1, 2007, by amending the second sentence of Section 4.2(b) to delete clause (A) and substitute in lieu thereof the following:

(A) no matching contributions shall be made on salary reduction contributions or deferrals under (i) or (ii) above to the extent that such salary reduction contributions or deferrals (determined on an annual basis) exceed six percent (6%) of a Participant’s Compensation;

Additionally, add to the end of Section 4.2(b) the following:

Notwithstanding any other provision of this Plan to the contrary, effective January 1, 2007, matching contributions shall be calculated on an annual basis. In calculating matching contributions for a Plan Year, salary reduction contributions or deferrals made prior to the first day of the month after a Participant’s completion of one (1) Year of Service (as defined in the Thrift Plan) shall not be matched.

6. All of the other terms, provisions and conditions of the Plan not herein amended shall remain in full force and effect.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, AmSouth Bancorporation has caused this Amendment Number Two to be executed by its duly authorized officers this 3rd day of November, 2006, effective as herein stated.

 

    AMSOUTH BANCORPORATION
ATTEST:     By:   /s/ C. Dowd Ritter
        Chairman, President and
        Chief Executive Officer
By:   /s/ Carl L. Gorday      
Its:   Assistant Secretary      

EXHIBIT 10.59

AMENDMENT NUMBER 1

TO THE

AMSOUTH BANCORPORATION

DEFERRED COMPENSATION PLAN

(the “Plan”)

Regions Financial Corporation, successor to AmSouth Bancorporation, hereby amends the Plan effective November 4, 2006, as follows:

 

1. By adding a new section 3.3 as follows:

3.3 Termination of Participation. On and after November 4, 2006, no new Participants shall be admitted into the Plan. Earnings on Accounts shall continue to accrue as described in the Plan until payment of Benefits is made in accordance with Article 8 hereof.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Regions Financial Corporation has executed this Amendment Number 1 on this 20 th day of November, 2006, to be effective as provided above.

 

REGIONS FINANCIAL CORPORATION
By:   /s/ C. Dowd Ritter
  C. Dowd Ritter
Its:   President and Chief Executive Officer

 

ATTEST:
By:   /s/ Carl L. Gorday
Its:   Assistant Secretary

Exhibit 10.71

 

MORGAN KEEGAN & COMPANY

Deferred Compensation Plan

January 2000,

as amended effective July 1, 2001

 


MORGAN KEEGAN & COMPANY

DEFERRED COMPENSATION PLAN

Article 1. Plan Establishment and Purpose

 

1.1 Background of Plan . Morgan Keegan & Company, successor to Morgan Keegan, Inc. for purposes of this plan (the “Company”) established, effective January 1, 2000, a deferred compensation plan that is now known as the Morgan Keegan & Company Deferred Compensation Plan (the “Plan”). The Plan became effective for base salary earned in 2000 and thereafter, and incentive awards earned in 2000 and thereafter. The Plan is amended as provided below, effective as of July 1, 2001, except as specifically provided otherwise.

 

1.2 Status of Plan . The Plan is intended to be an unfunded plan under the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, although the Company may establish a trust under Revenue Procedure 92-64 to provide benefits under the Plan, as described in Article 13.

 

1.3 Purpose . The purpose of the Plan is to permit Participants to defer base salary and incentive awards they receive from the Company and to further align the objectives of key employees with the interests of the Company’s shareholders.

Article 2. Definitions

 

2.1 Definitions . The following terms shall have their respective meanings set forth below:

 

  (a) Account ” means the account established on behalf of the Participant pursuant to Section 5.9.

 

  (b) Code ” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

 

  (c) Committee ” means the Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors of the Company.

 

  (d) Common Stock ” means the common stock of Morgan Keegan, Inc. until March 31, 2001, as of which “Common Stock” means the common stock of Regions Financial Corporation.

 

  (e) Company ” means Morgan Keegan & Company.

 

  (f) Compensation Conversion Date ” means, (i) with respect to any incentive award, the date as of which such award is calculated and payable; and (ii) with respect to base salary, the date as of which the base salary is payable.

 

  (g) Deferral Agreement ” means an annual agreement between the Company and a Participant by which the Participant elects to: (i) defer all or a portion of incentive awards; and (ii) defer base salary, subject to the provisions of Sections 5.1 and 5.2.

 

1


  (h) Deferred Amount Shares ” has the meaning assigned in Section 5.3.

 

  (i) Disability ” has the same meaning as provided in the long-term disability plan maintained by the Company at the time the determination of Disability is to be made. In the event of a dispute regarding whether a Participant has incurred a Disability based on the definition referenced in the preceding sentence, the determination of Disability shall be made by the Committee. If, at any time during the period that this Plan is in operation, the Company does not maintain a long-term disability plan, Disability shall mean a physical or mental condition which, in the judgment of the Committee, permanently prevents a Participant from performing his usual duties for the Company or such other position or job which the Company makes available to him and for which the Participant is qualified by reason of his education, training and experience. In making its determination the Committee may, but is not required to, rely on advice of a physician competent in the area to which such Disability relates. The Committee may make the determination in its sole discretion and any decision of the Committee will be binding on all parties.

 

  (j) Dividend ” means the dividend paid on a share of Common Stock for the relevant period ending on the Dividend Date.

 

  (k) Dividend Date ” means the date on which a dividend is paid on a share of Common Stock for the relevant period.

 

  (l) Fair Market Value ” means, on any date, (i) if the Common Stock is listed on a securities exchange or is traded over the NASDAQ National Market, the closing sales price on such exchange or over such system on such date or, in the absence of reported sales on such date, the closing sales price on the immediately preceding date on which sales were reported, or (ii) if the Common Stock is not listed on a securities exchange or traded over the NASDAQ National Market, the mean between the bid and offered prices as quoted by NASDAQ for such date; provided, however, that if it is determined that the fair market value is not properly reflected by such NASDAQ quotations, Fair Market Value will be determined by such other method as the Committee determines in good faith to be reasonable.

 

  (m) Matching Contribution Shares ” has the meaning assigned in Section 5.5.

 

  (n) Normal Retirement Date ” means the date on which a Participant reaches age sixty-five (65) while in the employment of the Company.

 

2


  (o) Participant ” means any individual designated to participate in the Plan pursuant to Section 4.1.

 

  (p) Performance Shares ” means the number of shares determined in accordance with Sections 5.3 and 5.5 (as the case may be), and shall in the aggregate equal the number of Deferred Amount Shares and Matching Contribution Shares computed with respect to an incentive award or base salary deferral, in accordance with Sections 5.3 and 5.5 (as the case may be).

 

  (q) Plan ” means the Morgan Keegan, Inc. Deferred Compensation Plan.

 

  (r) Plan Year ” means the calendar year.

 

  (s) Three-Year Forfeiture Period ” means, with respect to Matching Contribution Shares, the three-year period immediately following the last day of the Plan Year as of which the Matching Contribution Shares are initially credited to a Participant’s Account.

 

2.2 Gender and Number . Except when otherwise indicated by the context, words in the masculine gender when used in the Plan shall include the feminine gender, the singular shall include the plural, and the plural shall include the singular.

Article 3. Administration

 

3.1 Administration . The Committee shall have the exclusive responsibility for the general administration of the Plan according to the terms and provisions of the Plan and shall have all the powers necessary to accomplish these purposes, including but not by way of limitation, the right, power and authority:

 

  (a) To make rules and regulations for the administration of the Plan;

 

  (b) To construe all terms, provisions, conditions, and limitations of the Plan;

 

  (c) To correct any defects, supply any omissions or reconcile any inconsistencies that may appear in the Plan in the manner and to the extent deemed expedient;

 

  (d) To determine all controversies relating to the administration of the Plan, including but not limited to differences of opinion which may arise between the Company or the Committee and a Participant; and

 

  (e) To resolve any questions necessary to promote the uniform administration of the Plan.

 

3


3.2 Committee’s Discretion . The Committee, in exercising any power or authority granted under this Plan, or in making any determination under this Plan, shall perform or refrain from performing those acts in its sole and absolute discretion and judgment. Any decision made by the Committee, or any refraining to act or any act taken by the Committee, in good faith shall be final and binding on all parties. Except where the provisions of the Plan specifically grant the Committee the right to exercise discretion, the Committee shall be bound by the terms of the Plan.

 

3.3 Liability and Indemnity of Committee . The members of the Committee shall not be liable for any act done or any determination made in good faith. The Company shall, to the fullest extent permitted by law, indemnify and hold the members of the Committee harmless from any and all claims, causes of action, damages and expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses) incurred by the members of the Committee in connection with or otherwise related to his or her service in such capacity.

 

3.4 Nature of Interest . The granting of rights to Participants under the provisions of the Plan represents only a contracted right to receive deferred compensation. Accordingly, the Plan grants no right to, or interest in, either express or implied, any equity position or ownership in the Company.

Article 4. Eligibility and Participation

 

4.1 Eligibility and Participation .

 

  (a) First Plan Year . For the Plan Year beginning January 1, 2000 (the “Initial Plan Year”), executive officers and broker/employees of the Company whose anticipated compensation for the Initial Plan Year will meet or exceed the limit on compensation set forth in Section 401(a)(17) of the Code and whose prior year elective deferrals into the 401(k) plan sponsored by the Company were selected by the Participant to be the maximum amount permitted for such year by the Code, regardless of whether the actual amount of elective deferrals for such Participant was limited as a result of the application of the non-discrimination testing rules that apply to 401(k) plans and elective deferrals.

 

  (b) Subsequent Plan Years . For each Plan Year commencing after the Initial Plan Year, (i) executive officers and broker/employees of the Company who were eligible to participate in the Plan in any prior Plan Year and who actually participated in the Plan in any prior Plan Year; and (ii) executive officers and broker/employees of the Company who have not been eligible to participate in the Plan in any prior Plan Year in accordance with this Section 4.1, whose anticipated compensation for the applicable Plan Year will meet or exceed the limit on compensation set forth in Section 401(a)(17) of the Code, and whose prior year elective deferrals into the 401(k) plan sponsored by the Company were selected by the Participant to be the maximum amount permitted for such year by the Code, regardless of whether the actual amount of elective deferrals for such Participant was limited as a result of the application of the non-discrimination testing rules that apply to 401(k) plans and elective deferrals.

 

4


  (c) Committee Discretion . Notwithstanding the provisions of subsections (a) and (b) of this Section, the Committee retains the discretion to determine whether an individual executive or broker/employee shall be permitted to participate, or continue to participate, in the Plan.

 

  (d) Cessation of Participation . A Participant shall cease participation in the Plan at the earlier of (i) the date as of which the Committee has determined that such individual shall cease participation in the Plan in accordance with Subsection (c), above, and (ii) the date as of which the Participant separates from employment with the Company.

Article 5. Deferrals and Performance Shares

 

5.1 Voluntary Deferral of Incentive Award or Base Salary .

 

  (a) Deferral Limits . A Participant may make an annual, irrevocable election in a Deferral Agreement to defer any portion of an incentive award or base salary payable with respect to a Plan Year. Notwithstanding the preceding sentence, the deferral (i) shall apply only to base salary and incentive award that, in the aggregate, exceeds the compensation limit of Section 401(a)(17) of the Code for the applicable Plan Year, and (ii) shall not exceed ninety-five percent (95%) of a Participant’s compensation that would otherwise be payable in cash to the Participant absent the Participant’s deferral election.

 

  (b) Timing of Deferral Election . The Committee shall determine the appropriate date by which the Participant shall be required to make an election under this Section 5.1; provided, however, that in no event shall the Participant make an election (i) with respect to an incentive award payable for a Plan Year, later than the date that the incentive award is calculated and (ii) with respect to base salary, later than the date that the base salary is payable. The Participant shall make this election on a form prescribed by the Committee, and such completed form shall be returned to the appropriate individual in Human Resources and available to the Committee.

 

  (c) Investment Election Prior to July 1, 2001 . A Participant shall select whether the amounts to be deferred in accordance with subsection (a), above, shall be invested in shares of Common Stock or shall be invested in an interest-bearing account. An election as to investment shall be irrevocable with respect to the amounts subject to the election. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company shall have ultimate discretion in the manner in which actual deferred amounts shall be invested; the investment selection by a Participant shall be tracked in the Participant’s Account in the manner described in Article 5.

 

5


  (d) Investment Election as of July 1, 2001 and Thereafter . Effective as of July 1, 2001, a Participant shall select to invest in shares of Common Stock or investment funds that are made available by Committee for such investment election; provided, however, that the Company shall have ultimate discretion in the manner in which actual deferred amounts shall be invested. The selection of the investment of deferred amounts credited to a Participant’s Account prior to July 1, 2001 as described in Subsection (c) shall no longer be treated as irrevocable; provided, however, that the frequency with which a Participant may elect to change investments of amounts credited to his or her Account shall be established by the Committee. The investment selection by a Participant shall be tracked in the Participant’s Account in the manner described in Article 5.

 

5.2 Commencement of Deferrals . An incentive award or base salary shall be deferred under this Plan beginning with the amount of incentive award or base salary that is earned in the first pay period which begins after a Participant’s cumulative incentive award and base salary payments equal the compensation limit under Section 401(a)(17) of the Code for the Plan Year to which the deferral relates.

 

5.3 Computation of Deferred Amount Shares . The amounts deferred under Section 5.1 that are to be invested in shares of Common Stock shall be converted to Deferred Amount Shares. The number of Deferred Amount Shares with respect to deferred amounts shall be determined by dividing (i) the amount deferred pursuant to Section 5.1 as of the Compensation Conversion Date, by (ii) the Fair Market Value of a share of Common Stock as of the Compensation Conversion Date.

 

5.4 Crediting of Deferred Amount Shares . The number of Deferred Amount Shares computed in accordance with Section 5.3 shall be credited to each Participant’s Account as of the Compensation Conversion Date.

 

5.5 Computation of Matching Contribution Shares . The number of Matching Contribution Shares to be credited to a Participant’s Account with respect to any Plan Year shall equal fifteen percent (15%) of the number of shares of Common Stock that are credited as Deferred Amount Shares to such Account for such Plan Year, but in no event shall the number of such shares exceed fifteen thousand dollars ($15,000) in aggregate, attributed value. For purposes of the Plan, “attributed value” means the average Fair Market Value of a share of Common Stock for the Plan Year, based on the Fair Market Value determined as of the last day of each month of the Plan Year. In the event that fifteen percent (15%) of the number of shares of Common Stock to be credited to a Participant’s Account as Matching Contribution Shares exceeds fifteen thousand dollars ($15,000) in aggregate attributed value, the number of Matching Contribution Shares to be credited to a Participant’s Account shall be reduced so that the attributed value of the reduced number of Matching Contribution Shares equals fifteen thousand dollars ($15,000). The number of Matching Contribution Shares to be credited in accordance with this Section 5.5 shall be determined as of the last of each Plan Year.

 

6


Notwithstanding the foregoing, no Matching Contribution Shares shall be credited with respect to any Plan Year that begins on or after January 1, 2001.

 

5.6 Crediting of Matching Contribution Shares . The number of Matching Contribution Shares computed in accordance with Section 5.5 shall be credited to each Participant’s Account as of the last day of the Plan Year to which the Matching Contribution Shares relate.

 

5.7 Payment of Dividends on Performance Shares . A Participant shall receive in cash any Dividends that are payable with respect to Performance Shares which have been credited to such Participant’s Account as of the applicable Dividend Date.

 

5.8 Crediting of Earnings on Deferred Amounts . Any amounts that a Participant has selected to invest in the investment fund(s) made available pursuant to Section 5.1(d), shall be credited with earnings (gains or losses) based on the results of such investment fund(s) at such times as determined by the Committee. No Matching Contribution Shares will be credited to deferred amounts elected to be invested initially in accordance with this Section 5.8.

 

5.9 Tracking Performance Shares, et al . The Company will establish a separate bookkeeping account for each Participant. A Participant’s Account will be credited with: (i) the number of Deferred Amount Shares determined under Sections 5.3 and 5.4; (ii) the Matching Contribution Shares determined under Sections 5.5 and 5.6; and (iii) any investment fund(s) earnings credited to amounts that have been selected to be invested in such fund(s). All amounts credited to each Account are credited solely for accounting and computational purposes. The amounts credited to the Accounts are at all times the assets of the Company subject to the claims of the Company’s general creditors. Participants shall not have any right to receive any amounts credited to their Accounts until such time as determined under Articles 6 and 7 of the Plan. Statements shall be sent at least annually to Participants showing the number of Deferred Amount Shares, Matching Contribution Shares, and investment fund(s) amounts, credited to his or her Accounts.

Article 6. Payment of Performance Shares and Deferred Amounts

 

6.1 Election Regarding Timing of Payment of Deferred Amount Shares .

 

  (a) Initial Election . Each Participant shall elect on his annual Deferral Agreement to receive payment of the aggregate of the Deferred Amount Shares calculated with respect to the relevant incentive award or base salary on a specified date that is no earlier than the end of the Three-Year Forfeiture Period to which Matching Contribution Shares are subject which are credited with respect to such Deferred Amount Shares. The Deferred Amount Shares subject to this initial election shall be considered fully vested and not subject to forfeiture.

 

7


  (b) Subsequent Elections . A Participant may elect to extend the date of payment of Deferred Amount Shares by executing a new agreement regarding such extension at least six (6) months prior to the end of the Three-Year Forfeiture Period or, if such Three-Year Forfeiture Period has ended and a “re-deferral period” is in effect, at least six (6) months prior to the end of such re-deferral period. The minimum period for such extension shall be one (1) year. The number of re-deferral elections by a Participant with respect to Deferred Amount Shares related to a particular Plan Year shall be unlimited, unless otherwise determined by the Committee. The Deferred Amount Shares subject to any election under this subsection (b) shall be considered fully vested and not subject to forfeiture.

Notwithstanding the elections described above, a Participant shall receive any Deferred Amount Shares credited to his or her Account in accordance with the provisions of Article 7.

 

6.2 Election Regarding Timing of Payment of Matching Contribution Shares .

 

  (a) Initial Election . Each Participant shall elect on his annual Deferral Agreement to receive payment of the aggregate of the Matching Contribution Shares calculated with respect to the Plan Year to which the Deferral Agreement relates, but in no event shall such payment date be earlier than the end of the Three-Year Forfeiture Period. The Matching Contribution Shares subject to this initial election shall be subject to forfeiture during the Three-Year Forfeiture Period, unless otherwise payable in accordance with Article 7.

 

  (b) Subsequent Elections . A Participant may elect to extend the date for payment of Matching Contribution Shares by executing a new agreement regarding such extension at least six (6) months prior to the end of the Three-Year Forfeiture Period, or, if such Three-Year Forfeiture Period has ended and a “re-deferral period” is in effect, at least six (6) months prior to the end of such re-deferral period. The minimum period for such extension shall be one (1) year. Matching Contribution Shares the payment of which is extended in accordance with this subsection (b) shall be considered fully vested and no longer subject to any forfeiture. The number of re-deferral elections by a Participant with respect to Matching Contribution Shares related to a particular Plan Year shall be unlimited, unless otherwise determined by the Committee. The Matching Contribution Shares subject to any election under this subsection (b) shall be considered fully vested and not subject to forfeiture.

Notwithstanding the elections described above, a Participant shall receive any Matching Contribution Shares credited to his or her Account in accordance with the provisions of Article 7.

 

8


6.3 Election Regarding Timing of Payment of Deferred Amounts .

 

  (a) Initial Election . Each Participant shall elect on his annual Deferral Agreement to receive payment of the aggregate of the deferred amounts invested in available investment fund(s) in accordance with Section 5.8 on a specified date that is no earlier than three years after the Plan Year in which the amounts were initially deferred (without regard to any earnings credited thereafter). These amounts subject to this initial election shall be considered fully vested and not subject to forfeiture.

 

  (b) Subsequent Elections . A Participant may elect to extend the date of payment of deferred amounts invested in available investment fund(s) in accordance with Section 5.8 by executing a new agreement regarding such extension at least six (6) months prior to the end of the three-year period described in subsection (a), above, or, if such three year period has ended and a “re-deferral period” is in effect, at least six (6) months prior to the end of such re-deferral period. The minimum period for such extension shall be one (1) year. The number of re-deferral elections by a Participant with respect to deferred amounts related to a particular Plan Year shall be unlimited, unless otherwise determined by the Committee. The deferred amounts (and earnings) subject to any election under this subsection (b) shall be considered fully vested and not subject to forfeiture.

Notwithstanding the election described above, a Participant shall receive any deferred amounts that are credited to his or her Account in accordance with the provisions of Article 7.

 

6.4 Payment Election and Investment Selection . The initial election (or subsequent election) with respect to the timing of payment by a Participant pursuant to Section 6.1, 6.2 or 6.3, as the case may be, shall apply to all amounts subject to such election, regardless of whether the Participant changes, pursuant to Section 5.1(d), the investment in which the deferred amounts were initially invested.

 

6.5 Form of Payment . All whole Performance Shares credited to a Participant’s Account will be paid in a single lump sum payment of shares of Common Stock of the Company. Any fractional Performance Shares shall be paid in cash. All deferred amounts that have not been converted to Performance Shares shall be paid in cash.

 

6.6

Payment Recipient . All amounts payable under this Plan shall be paid to the appropriate Participant; provided, however, that a payment made on account of the Participant’s death shall be paid to the Participant’s beneficiary. For purposes of this Plan, a Participant may, by written instruction during the Participant’s lifetime on a form prescribed by the Committee, designate one or more primary beneficiaries to receive the amount payable hereunder following the Participant’s death, and may designate the proportions in which such beneficiaries are to receive such payments. A Participant may change such designations from time to

 

9


 

time, and the last written designation returned to the appropriate individual in Human Resources and available to the Committee prior to the Participant’s death shall control. If a Participant fails to designate a beneficiary, or if no designated beneficiary survives the Participant, payment shall be made by the Committee, in its sole discretion, in the following order of priority:

 

  (a) to the Participant’s surviving spouse, or if none;

 

  (b) to the Participant’s children, per stirpes, or if none;

 

  (c) to the Participant’s estate.

A beneficiary designation shall not be considered effective unless made on a form prescribed by the Committee, returned to the appropriate individual in Human Resources and available to the Committee.

Article 7. Effect of Certain Events on Distribution of Accounts

 

7.1 Matching Contribution Shares Forfeited . Except as described in Section 7.2, a Participant who separates from employment with the Company for any reason prior to the completion of the applicable Three-Year Forfeiture Period, shall forfeit the Matching Contribution Shares that relate to such Three-Year Forfeiture Period. The preceding sentence shall apply with respect to any Matching Contribution Shares that are subsequently invested in investment fund(s) made available under Section 5.1(d). Notwithstanding the preceding sentences, the Committee in its sole discretion may determine that it is in the best interests of the Company to pay such forfeited Matching Contribution Shares to the Participant. All payments shall be made pursuant to Section 6.5 to the appropriate individual according to Section 6.6.

 

7.2 Matching Contribution Shares not Forfeited in Certain Circumstances . Notwithstanding the provisions of Section 7.1, a Participant who: (a) separates from employment with the Company on or after the Participant’s Normal Retirement Date; or (b) involuntarily separates from such employment on account of death or Disability, shall receive all Matching Contribution Shares (or reinvested amounts converted from such shares) credited to his Account as of the separation date, regardless of whether the Three-Year Forfeiture Period has been satisfied with respect to such Matching Contribution Shares or reinvested amounts. All payments shall be made pursuant to Section 6.5 to the appropriate individual according to Section 6.6.

A Participant who separates from employment with the Company for any reason after satisfying the Three-Year Forfeiture Period with respect to Matching Contribution Shares, shall receive all such Matching Contribution Shares or reinvested amounts credited to his Account as of the separation date, regardless of whether the deferral period elected by the Participant pursuant to Section 6.1 has been satisfied with respect to such Matching Contribution Shares or reinvested amounts derived from Matching Contribution Shares. All payments shall be made pursuant to Section 6.5 to the appropriate individual according to Section 6.6.

 

10


7.3 Deferred Amount Shares Never Forfeited . A Participant who separates from employment with the Company for any reason shall receive all Deferred Amount Shares credited to his Accounts as of the separation date, regardless of whether the Three-Year Forfeiture Period, or the deferral period elected by the Participant pursuant to Section 6.1(a) or (b), has been satisfied with respect to such Deferred Amount Shares. The preceding sentence shall apply with respect to any Deferred Amount Shares that are subsequently invested in investment fund(s) made available under Section 5.1(d). All payments shall be made pursuant to Section 6.5 to the appropriate individual according to Section 6.6.

 

7.4 Deferred Amount Credited With Earnings Never Forfeited . A Participant who separates from employment with the Company for any reason shall receive all deferred amounts credited with earnings in accordance with Section 5.8 and which are credited to his Accounts as of the separation date, regardless of whether the relevant three-year period, or the deferral period elected by the Participant pursuant to Section 6.3, has been satisfied with respect to such deferred amounts. The preceding sentence shall not be applicable to Matching Contribution Shares subsequently reinvested in investment fund(s) and the provisions of Sections 7.1 and 7.2 shall apply to such amounts. All payments shall be made pursuant to Section 6.5 to the appropriate individual according to Section 6.6.

Article 8. Limitation of Rights

 

8.1 Limitation of Rights . Nothing in this Plan shall be construed:

 

  (a) To give any Participant any right to receive an incentive award or to be awarded Performance Shares, other than in accordance with the provisions of this Plan;

 

  (b) To limit in any way the right of the Company to terminate a Participant’s employment with the Company at any time; or

 

  (c) To evidence any agreement or understanding, expressed or implied, that the Company will employ a Participant in any particular capacity or for any particular remuneration.

Article 9. Duration of Plan

 

  9.1 Duration of Plan . The Plan shall remain in effect until terminated by the Company in accordance with Article 10.

 

11


Article 10. Amendment, Modification and Termination of Plan

 

10.1 Amendment. Modification. and Termination of Plan . The Committee may at any time terminate the Plan, and from time to time, may amend or modify it; provided, however, that except as set forth below, any action that is not a change to an administrative practice under the Plan, shall not adversely affect any right or obligation with respect to any Performance Shares or deferred amounts credited to a Participant’s Account as of the effective date of the termination, amendment or modification, unless the Participant consents to such change.

 

     Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Committee may, without the Participants’ consent, amend or modify the Plan in any manner that the Committee deems necessary or appropriate in order to comply with, or to preserve the intended tax deferral purposes of the Plan under, applicable laws, regulations or orders, or any changes thereto or judicial or administrative interpretations thereof.

Article 11. Alienation

 

11.1 Alienation . No benefit provided by this Plan shall be transferable by the Participant except on the Participant’s death, as provided in this Plan. No right or benefit under this Plan shall be subject to anticipation, alienation, sale, assignment, pledge, encumbrance or charge. Any attempt to anticipate, alienate, sell, assign, pledge, encumber or charge any right or benefit under this Plan shall be void. No right or benefit under this Plan shall, in any manner, be liable for or subject to any debts, contracts, liabilities or torts of the person entitled to the right or benefit. If any Participant becomes bankrupt or attempts to anticipate, alienate, assign, pledge, sell, encumber or charge any right or benefit under this Plan, then the right or benefit shall, in the discretion of the Committee, cease. In that event, the Company may hold or apply the right or benefit, or any part of the right or benefit, for the benefit of the Participant, his or her spouse, children, or dependents, the beneficiary or any of them, in the manner or in the proportion that the Committee shall deem proper, in his sole discretion, but is not required to do so.

Article 12. Tax Withholding

 

12.1 Tax Withholding . An individual who receives payment from the Plan shall pay to the Company, or make arrangements satisfactory to the Committee, regarding the payment of any federal, state or local taxes of any kind required by law to be withheld with respect to such payment. The individual shall make such payment or arrangement no later than the date as of which he is scheduled to receive such payment. The obligations of the Company under the Plan shall be conditioned on such payment or arrangement and the Company, to the extent permitted by law, shall have the right to deduct any such taxes from any distribution of any kind otherwise due to the individual. Unless otherwise determined by the Committee, any withholding obligation of the Company on amounts received under the Plan may be settled with shares of Common Stock that are part of the distribution that gives rise to the withholding requirement.

 

12


Article 13. Authority to Establish Trust

 

13.1 Trust . The Company may establish, by the execution of a Trust agreement with one or more trustees, a Trust that, if established, is intended to be maintained as a “grantor trust” under Section 677 of the Code. The assets of the Trust will be held, invested and disposed of by the trustee, in accordance with the terms of the Trust, for the exclusive purpose of providing benefits for Participants and their beneficiaries. Notwithstanding any provision of the Plan or the Trust to the contrary, the assets of the Trust shall at all times be subject to the claims of the Company’s general creditors in the event of insolvency or bankruptcy.

 

13.2 Contributions and Expenses . The Company, from time to time, may make contributions to the Trust (if and when established). All amounts payable under the Plan and expenses chargeable to the Plan, to the extent not paid directly by the Company, shall be paid from the Trust.

 

13.3 Trustee Duties . The powers, duties and responsibilities of the trustee shall be as set forth in the Trust and nothing contained in the Plan, either expressly or by implication, shall impose any additional powers, duties or responsibilities upon the Trustee.

 

13.4 Reversion to the Company . The Company shall have no beneficial interest in the Trust and no part of the Trust shall ever revert or be repaid to the Company, directly or indirectly, except as otherwise provided in Section 13.1 above or in the Trust Agreement.

 

13.5 Plan Not Funded . Notwithstanding the provisions of this Article, the obligation of the Company to make payments under the Plan constitutes nothing more than the unsecured promise of the Company to make such payments. Until benefits are distributed in accordance with Article 6 or 7, all property and rights associated with deferred amounts under the Plan shall remain solely the property and rights of the Company subject only to claims of the Company’s general creditors.

Article 14. Successor Organization

 

14.1 Successor Company . In the event of a merger, consolidation, combination or reorganization involving the Company and any other entity or corporation, the Company shall require the succeeding or continuing business entity after such merger, consolidation, combination or reorganization, to assume the obligations of the Company under this Plan.

 

13


14.2 Share Adjustment . If the number of outstanding shares of Common Stock is changed as a result of recapitalization, merger, consolidation, or other reorganization of the Company, the number of Performance Shares credited to a Participant’s Account shall be appropriately and equitably adjusted on the same basis.

Article 15. Governing Law

 

15.1 Governing Law . The Plan, and all agreements hereunder, shall be construed in accordance with and governed by the laws of the State of Tennessee except to the extent superseded by federal law as enunciated by the Sixth Circuit Court of Appeals.

Article 16. Miscellaneous

 

16.1 Severability . If any provision of the Plan shall be held illegal or invalid for any reason, such illegality or invalidity shall not affect the remaining provisions of the Plan, but the Plan shall be construed and enforced as if such illegal or invalid provision had never been included herein.

 

16.2 Notification of Addresses . Each Participant and each beneficiary shall file with the Committee, from time to time, in writing, the post office address of the Participant, the post office address of each beneficiary, and each change of post office address. Any communication, statement or notice addressed to the last post office address filed with the Committee (or if no such address was filed with the Committee, then to the last post office address of the Participant or beneficiary as shown on the Company’s records) shall be binding on the Participant and each beneficiary for all purposes of the Plan and neither the Committee nor the Company shall be obliged to search for or ascertain the whereabouts of any Participant or beneficiary.

 

  16.3 Bonding . The Committee and all agents and advisors employed by it shall not be required to be bonded.

Article 17. Effective Date

 

17.1 Effective Date . The Plan shall be effective as of January 1, 2000, as amended effective as of July 1, 2001, except as specifically provided otherwise.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the Company has caused this amended Plan to be executed this 2 nd day of July, 2001, by its duly authorized officer, effective as stated above.

 

14


A TTEST /W ITNESS :     M ORGAN K EEGAN  & C OMPANY , I NC .
By:   /s/ Charles D. Maxwell     By:   /s/ Joe C. Weller
       
Title:   Asst. Treasurer     Title:   EVP and CFO
       
Date:   7/2/2001     Date:   7/2/2001
       

 

15


MORGAN KEEGAN & COMPANY, INC.

DEFERRED COMPENSATION PLAN

FORM OF DEFERRAL AGREEMENT

THIS AGREEMENT (“Deferral Agreement” or “Agreement”) made and effective as of the date written below, is entered into by and between Morgan Keegan & Company, Inc. (hereinafter called the “Company”) and ___________________________ (hereinafter called the “Participant”), an employee who is eligible to participate in the Morgan Keegan & Company, Inc. Deferred Compensation Plan.

RECITALS

WHEREAS , the Company has adopted the Morgan Keegan & Company, Inc. Deferred Compensation Plan (“Plan”), for the purpose of providing those eligible with the opportunity to defer compensation while employed with the Company.

WHEREAS, the Plan permits an eligible employee to enter into a Deferral Agreement with the Company to defer compensation into the Plan, to be directed by the employee into a select group of investment options, and paid at a future date elected by the employee.

WHEREAS, a summary of the Plan has been provided to the Participant, who has read and fully understood the terms and provisions of such Plan before entering into this Deferral Agreement.

WHEREAS, the Participant understands that the Plan is unfunded and to the extent the Participant acquires any right to receive payment from the Company under the Plan, that right is no greater than the right of any unsecured general creditor of the Company and is neither transferable or assignable nor subject to pledge, attachment, garnishment or encumbrance of any kind.

WHEREAS , the participant will have contributed the maximum amount allowed to the 401(k).

WHEREAS , this Agreement shall be effective for any compensation earned for 2006. The Company and the Participant will enter into subsequent Deferral Agreements for future Plan Years.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the material advantages accruing to the parties and the mutual covenants contained herein, the Company and the Participant agree with each other as follows:

 


1. Deferred Amount of 2007 compensation . I, the Participant, hereby elect to defer compensation earned for 2007 into the Plan as outlined below.

 

A. ________ %

   is the percentage of compensation in excess of $180,000 I elect to defer (not to exceed 90%). (% is required)

B. $________

  

is the maximum specific dollar amount I want to defer for 2007 in excess of $180,000.

(Cap is optional)

C.  Jan. 2011

   Initial Deferred Date for 2007 Contributions (3 years)
   *The IRS has made legislative changes that will now require subsequent election to further defer payment beyond the initial deferral period to be re-deferred for a minimum of five years and requires twelve months advance notice. If you would like to set the initial deferred date longer than the standard date of January 2011, you may do so my checking one of the dates below:
   _______     January 2012 (4 years)
   _______     January 2013 (5 years)
   _______     January 2014 (6 years)
   _______     January 2015 (7 years)
   (If no check is indicated above, the initial deferred date will be January 2011.)

D. ________

   is my Rep # or the Rep # I would like assigned to my account.

 

2. Investment Selection . I, the Participant, understand that the deferral I have indicated in Paragraph 1 above will be credited to my Deferred Comp Account and will earn interest until I direct the deferral into one of the following investments:

 

Regions Financial Corporation (common stock)

  RF

RMK Advantage Fund Inc. (common stock)

  RMA

RMK High Income Fund Inc. (common stock)

  RMH

RMK Strategic Income Fund Inc. (common stock)

  RSF

RMK Multi Sector Fund, Inc. (common stock)

  RHY

 

2


RMK Select Intermediate Fund

   RIBIX

RMK Select High Income Fund

   RHIIX

RMK Select Balanced Fund

   FPALX

RMK Select Growth Fund

   RGRAX

RMK Select Core Equity Fund

   MGIFX

RMK Select Money Market Fund

   MIVXX

RMK Select Short Term Bond Fund

   MSBIX

RMK Value Fund

   RVLAX

RMK Fixed Income Fund

   RFIFX

RMK MidCap Growth Fund

   RAGAX

RMK Limited Maturity Government Fund

   RLMGX

RMK Treasury Money Market

   FITXX

RMK Government Money Market

   RMKXX

RMK MidCap Value-A

   RSEAX

Vanguard S&P 500 Index Fund

   VFINX

Preferred Fund of Funds

   no symbol

I understand that I may make investment changes at any time from the above group of investment options. I further understand that the actual investment of any amounts deferred into the Plan is to be determined by the Company.

 

3. Payment of Account: Timing . I elect to receive the amounts deferred this year to my Plan Account on January 1, 2011, which is three (3) years after December 31, 2007 or on the date selected on the previous page. I understand that I can further extend the above payment date by giving at least twelve months advance notice and that the new payment date must be at least five years after the date I was to receive the payment.

 

4. Treatment of Dividends . I understand that the Plan provides for any Dividends issued to be credited to my Deferred Comp Account.

 

5. Non-Transferability of Account . The right of the Participant or any other person who benefits under this Agreement shall not be assigned, transferred, pledged or encumbered, except for transfer on account of death.

 

6. Effective Date . This Agreement shall be effective on and after the date of its execution as provided below.

 

7. Amendment of Agreement . During the lifetime of the Participant, this Agreement may be amended or revoked any time in whole or in part by the mutual written agreement of the Participant and Company; provided, however, that no such amendment shall provide for payment of amounts credited to the Participant’s Account sooner than the date selected in paragraph 3, above.

 

8. Plan Terms Control . The terms of the Morgan Keegan & Company, Inc. Deferred Compensation Plan effective as of January 1, 2000, and as it may be amended, are hereby incorporated herein in full and in the event of any discrepancy between the terms of the Plan and this Agreement, the terms of the Plan shall control.

 

3


IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the Company has caused this Deferral Agreement to be executed by its authorized officer and the Participant has executed this Deferral Agreement, on this _______ day of ___________, 20__.

 

MORGAN KEEGAN & COMPANY, INC.
By:      
 
By:      
 

Participant

     
 

Social Security Number

 

4

EXHIBIT 12

Regions Financial Corporation

Computation of Ratio of Earnings to Fixed Charges

(Unaudited)

 

       December 31,
(amounts in thousands)    2006    2005    2004    2003    2002

Net income

   $ 1,353,145    $ 1,000,544    $ 823,765    $ 651,841    $ 619,902

Provision for income taxes

     605,870      421,551      351,817      259,731      249,338
                                  

Income before income taxes

   $ 1,959,015    $ 1,422,095    $ 1,175,582    $ 911,572    $ 869,240

Interest on nondeposit interest bearing liabilities

     660,649      485,029      346,024      314,179      386,636

Interest portion of rent expense

     36,787      30,756      21,349      14,453      14,319
                                  

Total income for computation excluding interest on deposits

     2,656,451      1,937,880      1,542,955      1,240,204      1,270,195

Interest on deposits

     1,680,167      1,004,727      496,627      430,353      652,765
                                  

Total income for computation including interest on deposits

   $ 4,336,618    $ 2,942,607    $ 2,039,582    $ 1,670,557    $ 1,922,960

Fixed charges excluding interest on deposits

   $ 697,436    $ 515,785    $ 367,373    $ 328,632    $ 400,955

Fixed charges including interest on deposits

   $ 2,377,603    $ 1,520,512    $ 864,000    $ 758,985    $ 1,053,720

Ratio excluding interest on deposits

     3.81      3.76      4.20      3.77      3.17

Ratio including interest on deposits

     1.82      1.94      2.36      2.20      1.82

Components of fixed charges:

              

Interest:

              

Interest on deposits

   $ 1,680,167    $ 1,004,727    $ 496,627    $ 430,353    $ 652,765

Interest on nondeposit interest bearing liabilities

     660,649      485,029      346,024      314,179      386,636
                                  

Total interest charges

   $ 2,340,816    $ 1,489,756    $ 842,651    $ 744,532    $ 1,039,401

Rental expense

   $ 110,360    $ 92,269    $ 64,046    $ 43,360    $ 42,956

Portion of rental expense deemed representative of interest

   $ 36,787    $ 30,756    $ 21,349    $ 14,453    $ 14,319

EXHIBIT 13

 

REGIONS FINANCIAL CORPORATION

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF

FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

 

INTRODUCTION

GENERAL

The following discussion and financial information is presented to aid in understanding Regions Financial Corporation’s (“Regions” or the “Company”) financial position and results of operations. The emphasis of this discussion will be on the years 2006, 2005 and 2004; in addition, financial information for prior years will also be presented when appropriate. Certain amounts in prior year presentations have been reclassified to conform to the current year presentation.

Regions’ profitability, like that of many other financial institutions, is dependent on its ability to generate revenue from net interest income and non-interest income sources. Net interest income is the difference between the interest income Regions receives on earning assets, such as loans and securities, and the interest expense Regions pays on interest-bearing liabilities, principally deposits and borrowings. Regions’ net interest income is impacted by the size and mix of its balance sheet components and the interest rate spread between interest earned on its assets and interest paid on its liabilities. Non-interest income includes fees from securities brokerage, investment banking and trust activities, service charges on deposit accounts, mortgage origination and servicing, insurance activities, and other customer services which Regions provides. Results of operations are also affected by the provision for loan losses and non-interest expenses such as salaries and employee benefits, occupancy and other operating expenses, including income taxes.

Economic conditions, competition, and the monetary and fiscal policies of the Federal government in general significantly affect financial institutions, including Regions. Lending and deposit activities and fee income generation are influenced by levels of business spending and investment, consumer income, consumer spending and savings, capital market activities, and competition among financial institutions, as well as customer preferences, interest rate conditions, and prevailing market rates on competing products in Regions’ market areas.

 

Regions’ business strategy has been and continues to be focused on providing a competitive mix of products and services, delivering quality customer service and maintaining a branch distribution network with offices in convenient locations, all with the personal attention and feel of a community bank and with the service and product offerings of a large regional bank.

Acquisitions

The acquisitions of banks and other financial service companies have historically contributed significantly to Regions’ growth. The acquisitions of other financial service companies have also allowed Regions to better diversify its revenue stream and to offer additional products and services to its customers. Regions, from time to time, evaluates potential bank and non-bank acquisition candidates.

On November 4, 2006, Regions merged with AmSouth Bancorporation (“AmSouth”) which was headquartered in Birmingham, Alabama. Regions believes that the merger offers a unique opportunity to enhance its geographic diversity, product offerings and overall level of service. In addition, the merger will create significant operating efficiencies through the elimination of redundant costs and will also generate meaningful excess capital. The combination with AmSouth created a top 10 United States (“U.S.”) bank holding company and added approximately $57.8 billion of assets (including excess purchase price), $34.8 billion of loans, net of unearned income, and $37.6 billion of deposits. This transaction was accounted for as a purchase of AmSouth by Regions and accordingly, financial results for periods prior to November 4, 2006 have not been restated. AmSouth’s assets and liabilities were recorded at estimated fair values and its results of operations were included in Regions’ results beginning in November 2006. Table 1 provides AmSouth’s summary acquired balance sheet. Comparisons with prior periods are significantly impacted by the merger with AmSouth (see Note 2, “Business Combinations” to the consolidated financial statements).


 

33


REGIONS FINANCIAL CORPORATION

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF

FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

 

TABLE 1 — ACQUIRED SUMMARY BALANCE SHEET FOR AMSOUTH BANCORPORATION

 

(In thousands)

      

ASSETS

  

Cash and due from banks

   $ 1,149,696  

Interest-bearing deposits in other banks

     97,762  

Federal funds sold and securities purchased under agreements to resell

     55,075  

Trading account assets

     5,651  

Securities available for sale

     2,333,137  

Securities held to maturity

     5,034,967  

Loans held for sale

     305,389  

Loans held for sale – divestitures

     1,665,641  

Loans, net of unearned income

     34,793,759  

Allowance for loan losses

     (335,833 )

Premises and equipment, net

     1,334,104  

Other identifiable intangible assets

     704,012  

Other assets

     4,490,383  
        
   $ 51,633,743  
        

LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY

  

Non-interest-bearing deposits

   $ 7,124,190  

Non-interest-bearing deposits – divestitures

     565,654  

Interest-bearing deposits

     27,698,086  

Interest-bearing deposits – divestitures

     2,168,643  

Federal funds purchased and securities sold under agreements to repurchase

     3,684,313  

Other short-term borrowings

     2,211,435  

Long-term borrowings

     3,802,875  

Other liabilities

     650,350  

Stockholders’ equity

     9,942,734  
        
   $ 57,848,280  
        

Excess purchase price

   $ 6,214,537  
        

 

As a result of the merger with AmSouth, Regions anticipates the realization of approximately $400 million in annual cost savings, reaching this full run rate in the second quarter of 2008. In addition, the Company expects to generate certain revenue synergies, which have not been quantified, but result from improved deposit market share density and leverage of both the Morgan Keegan franchise across the AmSouth footprint and from AmSouth’s de novo branching expertise. As a result of the merger, the Company is required to divest 52 branches with deposits totaling approximately $2.8 billion, which will reduce earnings in future periods. These divestitures are expected to close in the first quarter of 2007.

 

On July 1, 2004, Regions merged with Union Planters Corporation (“Union Planters”) which was headquartered in Memphis, Tennessee. The combination with Union Planters added approximately $35.7 billion of assets, $22.3 billion

of loans and $22.9 billion of deposits. This transaction was accounted for as a purchase of Union Planters by Regions and accordingly, prior period financial statements have not been restated, except certain share and per share amounts related to the exchange of Regions common stock. Union Planters’ results of operations were included in Regions’ results beginning July 1, 2004. Comparisons with periods prior to 2005 are significantly impacted by the merger with Union Planters.


 

34


REGIONS FINANCIAL CORPORATION

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF

FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

 

Dispositions

On January 19, 2007, Regions signed a definitive agreement to sell its non-prime wholesale mortgage unit, EquiFirst Corporation (“EquiFirst”) to Barclays Bank PLC for an estimated purchase price of $225 million (the final purchase price is contingent on the closing book value of assets and liabilities). Completion of the sale is expected by the end of the first half of 2007, subject to the receipt of the required licenses and applicable regulatory approval. EquiFirst is the 12th largest non-prime wholesale mortgage originator in the U.S., originating loans through more than 9,000 brokers in 47 states.

Business Segments

Regions provides traditional commercial and retail banking services, as well as other financial services in the fields of investment banking, asset management, trust, mutual funds, securities brokerage, mortgage banking, insurance, commercial accounts receivable factoring and other specialty financing. Regions carries out its strategies and derives its profitability from the following business segments:

General Banking/Treasury

Regions’ primary business is providing traditional commercial and retail banking services to customers throughout the South, Midwest and Texas. Regions’ banking subsidiary, Regions Bank, operates as an Alabama state-chartered bank with branch offices in Alabama, Arkansas, Florida, Georgia, Illinois, Indiana, Iowa, Kentucky, Louisiana, Mississippi, Missouri, North Carolina, South Carolina, Tennessee, Texas and Virginia. The treasury division includes the Company’s bond portfolio, indirect mortgage lending division and other wholesale activities. In 2006, Regions’ general banking and treasury operations contributed approximately $1.2 billion to consolidated net income.

Mortgage Banking

Regions’ mortgage banking operations, primarily Regions Mortgage and EquiFirst, provide residential mortgage loan origination and servicing activities for customers. Mortgage banking activities decreased consolidated net income in 2006 by approximately $1.7 million. Regions Mortgage serviced approximately $43.0 billion in mortgage loans as of December 31, 2006. Regions Mortgage and EquiFirst originated $5.6 billion and $10.7 billion of mortgage loans, respectively, during 2006.

 

Brokerage, Investment Banking and Trust

Regions provides brokerage, investment banking and trust services in over 300 offices of Morgan Keegan & Company, Inc. (“Morgan Keegan”), one of the largest investment firms based in the South. Morgan Keegan contributed $151.1 million to consolidated net income in 2006. Its lines of business include private client retail brokerage services, fixed income capital markets, equity capital markets, trust and asset management.

Insurance

Regions provides insurance-related services through Regions Insurance Group, Inc. Full-line insurance brokerage services are provided primarily through Rebsamen Insurance, Inc., one of the 30 largest insurance brokers in the country. Credit life insurance services for customers are provided through other Regions affiliates. Insurance activities contributed approximately $15.7 million to consolidated net income in 2006.

See Note 21, “Business Segments Information” to the consolidated financial statements for further information on Regions’ business segments.

2006 OVERVIEW

Regions reported net income available to common shareholders of $2.67 per diluted share in 2006, a growth rate of 24 percent compared to 2005. Included in 2006 net income of $1.4 billion was $60.3 million in after-tax merger-related expenses (12 cents per diluted share). Net income available to common shareholders was $2.15 per diluted share in 2005, including a reduction of 23 cents per diluted share related to $109.7 million in after-tax merger-related expenses. Excluding merger-related charges, annual earnings per share increased 17 percent to $2.79 in 2006 from $2.38 in 2005. Primary drivers of 2006 net income, other than the AmSouth merger, were Regions’ net interest income contribution, record performance at Morgan Keegan, overall expense control, and lower credit costs.

Return on average stockholders’ equity for the twelve months ended December 31, 2006, was 10.94 percent, compared to 9.37 percent for the same period in 2005 (11.43 percent and 10.40 percent, respectively, excluding merger charges). Return on average assets for the twelve months ended December 31, 2006, was 1.41 percent, compared to 1.18 percent for the same period in 2005 (1.48 percent and 1.30 percent, respectively, excluding merger charges). Return on average tangible stockholders’ equity was 22.86 percent for the year ended December 31, 2006, compared to 18.80 percent for the year ended December 31, 2005 (23.88 percent and 20.87 percent, respectively, excluding merger charges).


 

35


REGIONS FINANCIAL CORPORATION

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF

FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

 

TABLE 2 — FINANCIAL HIGHLIGHTS

 

(In thousands, except per share data)

   2006  

EARNINGS SUMMARY

  

Net interest income

   $ 3,353,442  

Provision for loan losses

     142,500  
        

Net interest income after provision for loan losses

     3,210,942  

Non-interest income

     2,062,104  

Non-interest expense

     3,314,031  
        

Income before income taxes

     1,959,015  

Income taxes

     605,870  
        

Net income

   $ 1,353,145  
        

Net income available to common shareholders

   $ 1,353,145  
        

Earnings per share – basic

   $ 2.70  

Earnings per share – diluted

     2.67  

Return on average tangible stockholders’ equity

     22.86 %

Return on average stockholders’ equity

     10.94  

Return on average total assets

     1.41  

Efficiency ratio*

     60.01  

BALANCE SHEET SUMMARY

  

At year-end

  

Loans, net of unearned income

   $ 94,550,602  

Assets

     143,369,021  

Deposits

     101,227,969  

Stockholders’ equity

     20,701,454  

Average balances

  

Loans, net of unearned income

     64,765,653  

Assets

     95,800,277  

Deposits

     67,466,447  

Stockholders’ equity

     12,368,632  

SELECTED RATIOS

  

Average stockholders’ equity to average total assets

     12.91 %

Allowance for credit losses as a percentage of loans, net of unearned income

     1.17  

COMMON STOCK DATA

  

Cash dividends declared

   $ 1.40  

Stockholders’ equity per share

     28.36  

Market value at year-end

     37.40  

Market price range:

  

High

     39.15  

Low

     32.37  

Total trading volume

     301,488  

Dividend yield at year-end

     3.74 %

Dividend payout ratio

     51.85  

Shareholders of record at year-end

     84,877  

Weighted-average number of shares outstanding:

  

Basic

     501,681  

Diluted

     506,989  

Note: Periods prior to November 4, 2006, do not include the effect of Regions’ acquisition of AmSouth. Periods prior to July 1, 2004, do not include the effect of Regions’ acquisition of Union Planters. See Note 2, “Business Combinations” to the consolidated financial statements for further discussion.

* The efficiency ratio is the quotient of non-interest expense divided by the sum of net interest income (on a tax-equivalent basis) and non-interest income (excluding securities gains and losses). This ratio is commonly used by financial institutions as a measure of productivity.

 

36


REGIONS FINANCIAL CORPORATION

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF

FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

 

 

2005     2004     2003     2002     2001  
$ 2,820,619     $ 2,113,034     $ 1,474,598     $ 1,497,588     $ 1,425,493  
  165,000       128,500       121,500       127,500       165,402  
                                     
  2,655,619       1,984,534       1,353,098       1,370,088       1,260,091  
  1,813,432       1,662,431       1,351,336       1,221,297       979,549  
  3,046,956       2,471,383       1,792,862       1,722,145       1,521,689  
                                     
  1,422,095       1,175,582       911,572       869,240       717,951  
  421,551       351,817       259,731       249,338       209,017  
                                     
$ 1,000,544     $ 823,765     $ 651,841     $ 619,902     $ 508,934  
                                     
$ 1,000,544     $ 817,745     $ 651,841     $ 614,458     $ 508,934  
                                     
$ 2.17     $ 2.22     $ 2.38     $ 2.22     $ 1.83  
  2.15       2.19       2.35       2.19       1.82  
  18.80 %     18.97 %     20.01 %     20.64 %     17.63 %
  9.37       10.91       15.06       15.27       13.49  
  1.18       1.23       1.34       1.34       1.14  
  64.30       65.36       62.52       62.85       61.82  
$ 58,404,913     $ 57,526,954     $ 32,184,323     $ 30,985,774     $ 30,885,348  
  84,785,600       84,106,438       48,597,996       47,938,840       45,382,712  
  60,378,367       58,667,023       32,732,535       32,926,201       31,548,323  
  10,614,283       10,749,457       4,452,115       4,178,422       4,035,765  
  58,002,167       44,667,472       31,455,173       30,871,093       30,946,736  
  85,096,467       66,838,148       48,476,392       46,139,872       44,655,132  
  59,712,895       45,015,279       32,108,452       31,353,470       31,035,245  
  10,677,831       7,548,207       4,328,618       4,058,819       3,772,029  
  12.55 %     11.29 %     8.93 %     8.80 %     8.45 %
  1.34       1.31       1.41       1.41       1.36  
$ 1.36     $ 1.33     $ 1.00     $ 0.94     $ 0.91  
  23.26       23.06       16.25       15.29       14.21  
  34.16       35.59       30.13       27.02       24.25  
  35.54       35.97       37.90       36.25       32.99  
  29.16       27.26       29.83       27.10       25.73  
  227,380       194,916       106,616       143,186       184,003  
  3.98 %     3.74 %     3.32 %     3.48 %     3.75 %
  62.67       59.91       42.02       42.34       49.73  
  72,140       77,715       49,740       52,020       54,512  
  461,171       368,656       274,212       276,936       277,455  
  466,183       373,732       277,930       281,043       280,332  

 

37


REGIONS FINANCIAL CORPORATION

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF

FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

 

Net interest income was $3.4 billion in 2006 compared to $2.8 billion in 2005. The increase was driven by a higher net interest margin and a larger balance sheet resulting from both the merger with AmSouth and internal growth.

Morgan Keegan’s revenues were $1.0 billion in 2006, including approximately $30.4 million representing approximately two months of AmSouth Investment Services and AmSouth trust and wealth management revenue, compared to $810.3 million in 2005. The increase in revenues in 2006 was primarily related to strong private client retail activity, an increase in assets under management and assets under wrap account management, and strong fixed income and equity investment banking activity throughout the year.

Net charge-offs totaled $139.9 million, or 0.22 percent, of average loans in 2006, compared to 0.23 percent in 2005. Non-performing assets decreased $27.7 million to $379.1 million at December 31, 2006 from December 31, 2005, primarily due to improvements in the overall credit environment and sales of $85.4 million in non-accrual loans during the year, partially offset by the addition of AmSouth’s non-performing asset portfolio.

The provision for loan losses was $142.5 million in 2006 compared to $165.0 million in 2005. The allowance for credit losses, which includes the allowance for loan losses and the reserve for unfunded commitments, at December 31, 2006, was 1.17 percent of total loans, net of unearned income, compared to 1.34 percent at December 31, 2005.

Non-interest income (excluding security gains/losses) totaled 37 percent of total revenue (fully taxable-equivalent basis) in 2006, as Regions continued to benefit from a diversified revenue stream. Brokerage and investment banking revenues increased in 2006, attributable to increased income streams in all of Morgan Keegan’s business lines during the year. Service charges on deposit accounts increased in 2006, due primarily to the effect of two months of fee income from the AmSouth franchise and increases in non-sufficient fund fees collected. These increases were partially offset by a decline in residential mortgage servicing and origination fees and gains on sales of mortgage loans in 2006, as the mortgage industry as a whole dealt with a challenging market environment. EquiFirst, in particular, experienced a significant reduction in premiums related to loan sales as a result of much thinner interest rate spreads in the marketplace than existed in 2005 and an increase in early payment default losses in the last half of 2006.

 

Non-interest expense totaled $3.3 billion in 2006 compared to $3.0 billion in 2005. Included in non-interest expense in 2006 and 2005 are merger-related charges of $88.7 million and $168.8 million, respectively. Excluding merger-related expenses, non-interest expense increased $347.2 million in 2006 compared to 2005. See Table 8 “Non-Interest Expense (including non-GAAP reconciliation).” The realization of efficiencies resulting from the Union Planters merger, which were fully implemented in late 2005, and Regions’ realignment of its bank staffing model in 2006 contributed to a reduction in non-interest expense from 2005 to 2006; however, this was offset by the impact of AmSouth’s operations in the last two months of the year, an increase in other expenses of $48.0 million related to additional mortgage servicing rights valuation, and an increase in commission expense at Morgan Keegan in connection with their record revenues. As Regions begins the integration of AmSouth operations into existing Regions operations, Regions’ non-interest expense will be impacted by both merger-related expenses and reductions resulting from cost savings. Cost savings began in late 2006 and will continue to build through the second quarter of 2008. The reduction in non-interest expenses resulting from divested branches will begin in the second quarter of 2007. The recognition of merger-related expenses began in 2006 and will continue until the integration is complete in mid-2008. In addition, Regions’ commission-based business lines such as brokerage, investment banking, and mortgage will continue to impact non-interest expense levels in direct correlation to revenue trends.

Balance sheet growth from the banking segment contributed to the increase in net interest income in 2006. Loan growth of $36.1 billion and deposit growth of $40.8 billion were primarily a result of the AmSouth merger. Excluding the loans added in the AmSouth merger and $625.0 million of student loans reclassified to held for sale, loan balances would have increased $2.0 billion in 2006, driven primarily by an increase in commercial and real estate construction loans, partially offset by a decline in commercial real estate lending and home equity lines of credit. Excluding the deposits added in the AmSouth merger, deposit growth was $3.3 billion in 2006, driven by an increase in certificates of deposit and money market deposits, partially offset by declines in interest-free and other low-cost deposits.


 

38


REGIONS FINANCIAL CORPORATION

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF

FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

 

TABLE 3 — GAAP TO NON-GAAP RECONCILIATION

The table below presents computations of earnings and certain other financial measures excluding merger charges (non-GAAP). Merger charges are included in financial results presented in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles (GAAP). Non-GAAP financial measures have inherent limitations, are not required to be uniformly applied, and are not audited. Regions believes the exclusion of merger charges in expressing earnings and certain other financial measures provides a meaningful base for period-to-period comparisons, and it is on this basis that management internally assesses the performance of Regions’ operations. See table below for computations of earnings and certain other financial measures excluding merger charges and corresponding reconciliation to GAAP financial measures for the periods presented.

 

          For the Year Ended December 31  

(In thousands, except per share data)

        2006     2005     2004  

INCOME

         

Pre-tax income (GAAP)

      $ 1,959,015     $ 1,422,095     $ 1,175,582  

Merger-related charges, pre-tax

         

Salaries and employee benefits

        65,693       73,556       16,131  

Net occupancy expense

        3,473       5,053       1,725  

Furniture and equipment expense

        427       536       168  

Other

        19,066       89,636       32,449  
                           

Total merger-related charges, pre-tax

        88,659       168,781       50,473  
                           

Pre-tax income excluding merger charges (non-GAAP)

      $ 2,047,674     $ 1,590,876     $ 1,226,055  
                           

Net income available to common shareholders (GAAP)

   A    $ 1,353,145     $ 1,000,544     $ 817,745  

Merger-related charges, net of tax

        60,320       109,688       36,765  
                           

Net income available to common shareholders excluding merger charges (non-GAAP)

   B    $ 1,413,465     $ 1,110,232     $ 854,510  
                           

Weighted-average diluted shares

   C      506,989       466,183       373,732  

Earnings per share – diluted (GAAP)

   A/C    $ 2.67     $ 2.15     $ 2.19  
                           

Earnings per share, excluding merger charges – diluted (non-GAAP)

   B/C    $ 2.79     $ 2.38     $ 2.29  
                           

RETURN ON AVERAGE ASSETS

         

Average assets (GAAP)

   D    $ 95,800,277     $ 85,096,467     $ 66,838,148  

Return on average assets (GAAP)

   A/D      1.41 %     1.18 %     1.22 %
                           

Return on average assets, excluding merger charges (non-GAAP)

   B/D      1.48 %     1.30 %     1.28 %
                           

RETURN ON AVERAGE EQUITY

         

Average equity (GAAP)

   E    $ 12,368,632     $ 10,677,831     $ 7,548,207  

Average intangible assets (GAAP)

        6,449,657       5,356,932       3,206,253  
                           

Average tangible equity

   F    $ 5,918,975     $ 5,320,899     $ 4,341,954  
                           

Return on average equity (GAAP)

   A/E      10.94 %     9.37 %     10.83 %
                           

Return on average tangible equity (GAAP)

   A/F      22.86 %     18.80 %     18.83 %
                           

Return on average equity, excluding merger charges (non-GAAP)

   B/E      11.43 %     10.40 %     11.32 %
                           

Return on average tangible equity, excluding merger charges (non-GAAP)

   B/F      23.88 %     20.87 %     19.68 %
                           

 

39


REGIONS FINANCIAL CORPORATION

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF

FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

 

MERGER INTEGRATION PROCESS

The Company is currently in the process of combining the Regions and AmSouth franchises. The primary goal of the integration process is to ensure a smooth, seamless transition for Regions customers while selecting and combining the best products, systems and other back office functions from both organizations.

Planning for the integration process began in May 2006 immediately upon announcement of the intended combination. Execution began at merger close and is currently expected to continue through the second quarter of 2008. Regions estimates that $400 million of ongoing annual cost savings will result from the integration and expects to achieve this full cost savings run rate near the end of the integration process. These cost savings will be primarily recognized in areas such as personnel, occupancy and equipment, operations and technology, and corporate functions. Regions estimates that it will incur approximately $700 million in one-time, merger-related costs to successfully integrate the two companies. Regions included $185.4 million of such costs in excess purchase price at December 31, 2006 and incurred $88.7 million in merger expenses during 2006. The majority of the remaining costs are anticipated to be recognized as merger expenses.

Major activities of the integration process include, but are not limited to, branch system conversions, brokerage company integration and system conversion, mortgage company integration and system conversion, and closure of approximately 160 branches which are in close proximity to one another. Management continues to evaluate the assets, liabilities, operations and locations of the combined Company. Should any additional activities or locations be exited or should the assessment of assets and liabilities produce incremental information upon which to base valuations, recognition of merger expenses or adjustments to excess purchase price may be necessary.

CRITICAL ACCOUNTING POLICIES

In preparing financial information, management is required to make significant estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets, liabilities, income and expenses for the periods shown. The accounting principles followed by Regions and the methods of applying these principles conform with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States and general banking practices. Estimates and assumptions most significant to Regions are related primarily to the allowance for credit losses, intangible assets (excess purchase price and other identifiable intangible assets), mortgage servicing rights and income taxes, and are summarized in the following discussion and notes to the consolidated financial statements.

 

Allowance for Credit Losses

The allowance for credit losses (“allowance”) consists of the allowance for loan losses and the reserve for unfunded commitments. Management evaluates the adequacy of this allowance based on the total of these two components. Determining the appropriate level of the allowance is one of the most critical and complex accounting estimates for any financial institution. Accounting guidance requires Regions to make a number of estimates related to the level of credit losses inherent in the portfolio at year-end. A full discussion of these estimates can be found within the “Risk Management” section of this report.

The allowance is sensitive to internal factors such as assigned risk ratings, among others and various external factors, such as interest rates and the general health of the economy. See “Allowance for Credit Losses” within the discussion of credit risk, later in Management’s Discussion and Analysis (MD&A). Management reviews scenarios with reasonably different assumptions concerning variables that could result in increases or decreases in probable inherent credit losses, which may materially impact Regions’ estimate of the allowance and results of operations.

Management’s estimate of the allowance for commercial products, which includes commercial, real estate construction and real estate mortgages (except residential one- to four- family mortgages and equity loans), could be affected by risk rating upgrades or downgrades as a result of fluctuations in the general economy, developments within a particular industry, or changes in an individual credit due to factors particular to that credit, such as competition, management or business performance. A reasonably possible scenario would be an estimated 10 percent migration of lower risk-related pass credits to criticized status, which could increase the inherent losses by approximately $85 million. A 10 percent reduction in the level of criticized credits is also possible, which would result in an estimated $10 million decrease in inherent losses.

For residential real estate mortgages, home equity lines and loans and other consumer-related loans, individual products are reviewed on a group basis or in loan pools (e.g., residential real estate mortgage pool). The real estate mortgage loan category contains residential first mortgage loans and home equity loans, which are secured by primary residences. Home equity lines are reflected in the consumer category. The total of these residential loans represents approximately 32 percent of total loans. Losses can be affected by such factors as collateral value, loss severity, the economy and other uncontrollable factors. A 10-basis-point increase or decrease in the estimated loss rates on these loans and lines would change inherent losses by approximately $30 million. The loss analysis related to consumer loans, excluding the home equity lines of credit, includes reasonably possible scenarios with estimated loss rates increasing or decreasing by 25 basis points, which would increase or decrease the related inherent losses by approximately $16 million, respectively.


 

40


REGIONS FINANCIAL CORPORATION

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF

FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

 

Additionally, the estimate of the allowance for credit losses for the entire portfolio may change due to modifications in the mix and level of loan balances outstanding and general economic conditions, as evidenced by changes in interest rates, unemployment rates, bankruptcy filings, used car prices, real estate values and the effects of natural disasters, such as hurricanes. While no one factor is dominant, each has the ability to result in actual loan losses that could differ materially from originally estimated amounts.

The proforma inherent loss analysis presented demonstrates the sensitivity of the allowance to key assumptions. This sensitivity analysis does not reflect an expected outcome.

Intangible Assets

Regions’ intangible assets consist primarily of excess of cost over the fair value of net assets of acquired businesses (excess purchase price) and other identifiable intangible assets (primarily core deposit intangibles). Regions’ excess purchase price is tested for impairment annually, or more often if events or circumstances indicate impairment may exist. Adverse changes in the economic environment, declining operations of acquired business units, or other factors could result in a decline in implied fair value of excess purchase price. If the implied fair value is less than the carrying amount, a loss would be recognized to reduce the carrying amount to implied fair value. These changes or factors, when they occur, could be material to Regions’ operating results for any particular reporting period; the potential impact cannot be reasonably estimated.

Other identifiable intangible assets, primarily core deposit intangibles, are reviewed at least annually for events or circumstances which could impact the recoverability of the intangible asset, such as loss of core deposits, increased competition or adverse changes in the economy. To the extent an other identifiable intangible asset is deemed unrecoverable, an impairment loss would be recorded to reduce the carrying amount to the fair value. These events or circumstances, when they occur, could be material to Regions’ operating results for any particular reporting period; the potential impact cannot be reasonably estimated.

Mortgage Servicing Rights

For purposes of evaluating mortgage servicing impairment, Regions must estimate the value of its mortgage servicing rights (“MSRs”). MSRs do not trade in an active market with readily observable market prices. Although sales of MSRs do occur, the exact terms and conditions of sales may not be readily available. As a result, Regions stratifies its mortgage servicing portfolio on the basis of certain risk characteristics, including loan type and contractual note rate, and values its MSRs using discounted cash flow modeling techniques, which require management to make estimates regarding

future net servicing cash flows, taking into consideration historical and forecasted mortgage loan prepayment rates and discount rates. Changes in interest rates, prepayment speeds or other factors could result in impairment of the servicing asset and a charge against earnings to reduce the recorded carrying amount. Based on a hypothetical sensitivity analysis, Regions estimates that a reduction in the primary mortgage market rates of 25 basis points and 50 basis points would reduce the December 31, 2006, fair value of MSRs by approximately nine percent ($33 million) and 19 percent ($72 million), respectively. Conversely, 25 basis point and 50 basis point increases in these rates would increase the December 31, 2006, fair value of MSRs by approximately six percent ($23 million) and nine percent ($ 34 million), respectively.

Income Taxes

Accrued taxes represent the net estimated amount payable to or receivable from taxing jurisdictions, either currently or in the future, and are reported as a component of “other liabilities” in the consolidated statements of condition. The calculation of Regions’ income tax expense is complex and requires the use of estimates and judgments in its determination.

Management’s determination of the realization of the net deferred tax asset is based upon management’s judgment of various future events and uncertainties, including the timing and amount of future income earned by certain subsidiaries and the implementation of various tax plans to maximize realization of the deferred tax asset. Management believes that the subsidiaries will generate sufficient operating earnings to realize the deferred tax benefits.

From time to time, Regions engages in business transactions that may also have an effect on its tax liabilities. While Regions has obtained the opinion of advisors that the anticipated tax treatment of these plans should prevail and has assessed the relative merits and risks of the appropriate tax treatment, examination of Regions’ income tax returns, changes in tax law and regulatory guidance may impact these plans and resulting provisions for income taxes. For example, as a result of normal examinations of Regions’ income tax returns, Regions has received notices of proposed adjustments relating to taxes due for certain years. Regions believes that adequate provisions for income taxes have been recorded and intends to vigorously contest the proposed adjustments. To the extent, however, that final resolution of the proposed adjustments results in significantly different conclusions from Regions’ current assessment of the proposed adjustments, Regions’ effective tax rate in any given financial reporting period may be materially different from its current effective tax rate.


 

41


REGIONS FINANCIAL CORPORATION

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF

FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

 

TABLE 4 — CONSOLIDATED AVERAGE DAILY BALANCES AND YIELD/RATE ANALYSIS

 

     2006  

(Dollars in thousands; yields on taxable-equivalent basis)

   Average
Balance
    Income/
Expense
   Yield/
Rate
 

ASSETS

       

Earning assets:

       

Interest-bearing deposits in other banks

   $ 64,766     $ 2,900    4.48 %

Federal funds sold and securities purchased under agreements to resell

     961,127       51,445    5.35  

Trading account assets

     1,112,239       55,741    5.01  

Securities:

       

Taxable

     12,638,833       608,171    4.81  

Tax-exempt

     470,003       50,961    10.84  

Loans held for sale

     2,286,604       176,672    7.73  

Loans held for sale – divestitures

     262,884       20,087    7.64  

Margin receivables

     546,755       37,541    6.87  

Loans, net of unearned income (1) (2)

     64,765,653       4,805,931    7.42  
                 

Total earning assets

     83,108,864       5,809,449    6.99  

Allowance for loan losses

     (833,691 )     

Cash and due from banks

     2,153,838       

Other non-earning assets

     11,371,266       
             
   $ 95,800,277       
             

LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY

       

Interest-bearing liabilities:

       

Savings accounts

   $ 3,205,123       12,356    0.39  

Interest-bearing transaction accounts

     3,133,768       70,447    2.25  

Money market accounts

     21,426,701       527,868    2.46  

Certificates of deposit of $100,000 or more

     8,855,396       394,844    4.46  

Other interest-bearing deposit accounts

     16,514,223       662,678    4.01  

Interest-bearing deposits – divestitures

     365,642       11,974    3.27  
                 

Total interest-bearing deposits

     53,500,853       1,680,167    3.14  

Federal funds purchased and securities sold under agreements to repurchase

     5,162,196       233,208    4.52  

Other short-term borrowings

     1,089,223       42,289    3.88  

Long-term borrowings

     6,855,601       385,152    5.62  
                 

Total interest-bearing liabilities

     66,607,873       2,340,816    3.51  

Non-interest-bearing deposits

     13,965, 594       

Other liabilities

     2,858,178       

Stockholders’ equity

     12,368,632       
             
   $ 95,800,277       
             

Net interest income/margin on a taxable-equivalent basis (3)

     $ 3,468,633    4.17 %
               

Notes:

(1) Loans net of unearned income includes non-accrual loans for all periods presented.
(2) Interest income includes loan fees of $81,460,000, $77,957,000 and $84,526,000 for the years ended December 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004, respectively.
(3) The computation of taxable-equivalent net interest income is based on the statutory federal income tax rate of 35%, adjusted for applicable state income taxes net of the related federal tax benefit.

 

42


REGIONS FINANCIAL CORPORATION

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF

FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

 

 

2005        2004  
Average
Balance
    Income/
Expense
   Yield/
Rate
       Average
Balance
    Income/
Expense
   Yield/
Rate
 
              
              
$ 81,575     $ 1,905    2.34 %      $ 51,700     $ 797    1.54 %
  615,222       19,301    3.14          631,844       7,701    1.22  
  829,546       38,320    4.62          845,709       33,296    3.94  
              
  11,660,508       500,666    4.29          10,530,097       435,944    4.14  
  499,666       43,862    8.78          499,669       39,633    7.93  
  2,162,767       149,167    6.90          1,851,422       118,038    6.38  
  —         —      —            —         —      —    
  533,742       29,173    5.47          525,461       19,234    3.66  
  58,002,167       3,613,434    6.23          44,667,472       2,370,071    5.31  
                                  
  74,385,193       4,395,828    5.91          59,603,374       3,024,714    5.07  
  (765,853 )             (608,689 )     
  1,961,894               1,340,116       
  9,515,233               6,503,347       
                          
$ 85,096,467             $ 66,838,148       
                          
              
              
$ 2,926,512       7,992    0.27        $ 2,176,025       4,718    0.22  
  2,873,955       52,842    1.84          2,931,652       30,665    1.05  
  19,043,326       249,589    1.31          15,105,420       105,733    0.70  
  8,049,384       255,787    3.18          4,952,292       106,034    2.14  
  14,662,901       438,517    2.99          11,193,122       249,477    2.23  
  —         —      —            —         —      —    
                                  
  47,556,078       1,004,727    2.11          36,358,511       496,627    1.37  
  4,462,774       130,666    2.93          4,832,194       66,301    1.37  
  1,054,803       34,150    3.24          1,413,140       41,699    2.95  
  7,175,075       320,213    4.46          6,519,193       238,024    3.65  
                                  
  60,248,730       1,489,756    2.47          49,123,038       842,651    1.72  
  12,156,817               8,656,768       
  2,013,089               1,510,135       
  10,677,831               7,548,207       
                          
$ 85,096,467             $ 66,838,148       
                          
  $ 2,906,072    3.91 %        $ 2,182,063    3.66 %
                              

 

43


REGIONS FINANCIAL CORPORATION

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF

FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

 

OPERATING RESULTS

GENERAL

Net income available to common shareholders increased 35 percent in 2006. Return on average stockholders’ equity for the twelve months ended December 31, 2006, was 10.94 percent, compared to 9.37 percent for the same period in 2005. Return on average assets for the twelve months ended December 31, 2006, was 1.41 percent, compared to 1.18 percent for the same period in 2005. Return on average

tangible stockholders’ equity was 22.86 percent for the year ended December 31, 2006, compared to 18.80 percent for the year ended December 31, 2005.

NET INTEREST INCOME AND MARGIN

Net interest income (interest income less interest expense) is Regions’ principal source of income and is one of the most important elements of Regions’ ability to meet its overall performance goals. Net interest income increased 19 percent in 2006.


TABLE 5 — VOLUME AND YIELD/RATE VARIANCES

 

     2006 Compared to 2005    2005 Compared to 2004  
     Change Due to    Change Due to  
     Yield/    Yield/  

(Taxable-equivalent basis – in thousands)

   Volume     Rate    Net    Volume     Rate    Net  

INTEREST INCOME ON:

               

Interest-bearing deposits in other banks

   $ (459 )   $ 1,454    $ 995    $ 586     $ 522    $ 1,108  

Federal funds sold and securities purchased under agreements to resell

     14,249       17,895      32,144      (207 )     11,807      11,600  

Trading account assets

     13,946       3,475      17,421      (647 )     5,671      5,024  

Securities:

               

Taxable

     44,085       63,420      107,505      48,090       16,632      64,722  

Tax-exempt

     (2,727 )     9,826      7,099      —         4,229      4,229  

Loans held for sale

     8,872       18,633      27,505      20,942       10,187      31,129  

Loans held for sale – divestitures

     20,087       —        20,087      —         —        —    

Margin receivables

     727       7,641      8,368      308       9,631      9,939  

Loans, net of unearned income

     451,869       740,628      1,192,497      785,351       458,012      1,243,363  
                                             

Total earning assets

     550,649       862,972      1,413,621      854,423       516,691      1,371,114  

INTEREST EXPENSE ON:

               

Savings accounts

     820       3,544      4,364      1,868       1,406      3,274  

Interest-bearing transaction accounts

     5,084       12,521      17,605      (615 )     22,792      22,177  

Money market accounts

     34,660       243,619      278,279      33,097       110,759      143,856  

Certificates of deposit of $100,000 or more

     27,667       111,390      139,057      84,408       65,345      149,753  

Other interest-bearing deposit accounts

     60,471       163,690      224,161      89,908       99,132      189,040  

Interest-bearing deposits – divestitures

     11,974       —        11,974      —         —        —    

Federal funds purchased and securities sold under agreements to repurchase

     22,969       79,573      102,542      (5,432 )     69,797      64,365  

Other short-term borrowings

     1,146       6,993      8,139      (11,317 )     3,768      (7,549 )

Long-term borrowings

     (14,799 )     79,738      64,939      25,606       56,583      82,189  
                                             

Total interest-bearing liabilities

     149,992       701,068      851,060      217,523       429,582      647,105  
                                             

Increase in net interest income

   $ 400,657     $ 161,904    $ 562,561    $ 636,900     $ 87,109    $ 724,009  
                                             

Notes:

1. The change in interest not due solely to volume or yield/rate has been allocated to the volume column and yield/rate column in proportion to the relationship of the absolute dollar amounts of the change in each.
2. The computation of taxable net interest income is based on the statutory federal income tax rate of 35%, adjusted for applicable state income taxes net of the related federal tax benefit.

 

44


REGIONS FINANCIAL CORPORATION

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF

FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

 

Regions measures its ability to produce net interest income using the net interest margin ratio, which is net interest income (on a fully taxable-equivalent basis) as a percentage of average interest-earning assets. The net interest margin is presented on a fully taxable-equivalent basis to consistently reflect income from taxable and tax-exempt loans and securities. The net interest margin increased from 3.91 percent in 2005 to 4.17 percent in 2006. Changes in the net interest margin occur primarily due to two factors: (1) the interest rate spread (the difference between the taxable-equivalent yield on interest-earning assets and the rate on interest-bearing liabilities) and (2) the percentage of interest-earning assets funded by interest-bearing liabilities. In 2006, the net interest margin was also positively influenced by the impact of purchase accounting in the fourth quarter.

Table 5 “Volume and Yield/Rate Variances” provides additional information to analyze the changes in net interest income.

The first factor affecting Regions’ net interest margin is the interest rate spread. Regions’ average interest rate spread was 3.48 percent in 2006 and 3.44 percent in 2005. Both the level of market rates and the slope of the yield curve (the spread between short-term rates and longer-term rates), affect interest rate spreads by influencing the pricing on most categories of Regions’ interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities.

Beginning in mid-2004, the Federal Reserve Board began raising short-term interest rates in response to economic growth and inflation concerns. These increases continued through 2005 and into the summer of 2006. The Fed Funds rate has remained unchanged since June 2006 and was 5.25 percent at December 31, 2006. As a result of these increases in short-term rates without similar increases in long-term rates, the yield curve has become inverted, with short-term rates exceeding long-term rates as of the end of 2006. Regions has been able to counter this generally unfavorable interest rate environment through prudent loan and deposit pricing and balance sheet positioning. Throughout 2006, Regions was in an asset sensitive balance sheet position. The addition of the AmSouth balance sheet served to lessen this asset sensitive position somewhat, leaving Regions in a moderately asset sensitive position as of December 31, 2006. Regions’ interest-earning asset yields and interest-bearing liability rates were both higher in 2006 as compared to 2005, reflecting increased average market interest rates in 2006. In 2006, Regions’ interest-earning asset yields increased 108 basis points and interest-bearing liability rates increased 104 basis points, resulting in an increased interest rate spread compared to 2005.

The mix of interest-earning assets can also affect the interest rate spread. Regions’ primary types of interest-earning assets are investment securities and loans. Interest-earning assets at December 31, 2006, totaled $121.2 billion, an increase of $47.0 billion over the prior year. The 2006 year-end total included

approximately $44.3 billion of interest-earning assets added through the merger with AmSouth. The proportion of interest-earning assets to total assets measures the effectiveness of management’s efforts to invest available funds into the most profitable interest-earning vehicles and represented 85 percent and 88 percent of total assets at year-end 2006 and 2005, respectively. Average loans as a percentage of interest-earning assets was 78 percent in both 2006 and 2005. The categories which comprise interest-earning assets are shown in Table 4.

During 2006 and 2005, Regions used interest rate derivatives such as cash flow and fair value hedges of certain asset and liability positions. These contracts had the effect of decreasing net interest income by $30.4 million in 2006 and increasing it by $52.1 million in 2005. See the “Risk Management” section later in MD&A for further detailed discussion.

Another significant factor affecting the net interest margin is the percentage of interest-earning assets funded by interest-bearing liabilities. Funding for Regions’ interest-earning assets comes from interest-bearing and non-interest-bearing sources. The net spread on interest-earning assets funded by non-interest-bearing liabilities and stockholders’ equity is generally higher than the net spread on interest-earning assets funded by interest-bearing liabilities. The percentage of average interest-earning assets funded by average interest-bearing liabilities was 80 percent in 2006 and 81 percent in 2005. This decline positively impacted the net interest margin in 2006.

Higher spreads, combined with growth in average interest-earning assets, as well as a positive impact from purchase accounting, resulted in higher net interest income in 2006. In 2007, Regions anticipates some compression of the net interest margin as a full-year impact of the AmSouth merger will be reflected. (The historical AmSouth net interest margin was lower than the Regions net interest margin primarily as a result of differences in the mix of interest-earning assets and of the deposits funding those assets, as well as the yields earned and rates paid on those balances).

Provision for Loan Losses

The provision for loan losses is used to maintain the allowance for loan losses at a level that in management’s judgment is adequate. During 2006, the provision for loan losses decreased to $142.5 million (0.22 percent of average loans) due primarily to lower credit losses and management’s evaluation of current economic factors. In addition, the 2005 provision was unusually high due to the impact of establishing an initial special reserve of $62 million for loans in Hurricane Katrina impacted areas. The decrease in provision during 2006 was partially offset by post-merger provision amounts related to loans acquired in the AmSouth merger. The resulting year-end 2006 allowance for loan losses increased $272.4 million (including $335.8 million added


 

45


REGIONS FINANCIAL CORPORATION

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF

FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

 

in connection with the AmSouth transaction) to $1.1 billion. For further discussion of the allowance for credit losses, refer to the “Risk Management” section found later in MD&A or Note 5, “Allowance for Credit Losses” to the consolidated financial statements.

NON-INTEREST INCOME

Non-interest income represents fees and income derived from sources other than interest-earning assets, such as service charges on deposit accounts, brokerage, investment banking and trust. Non-interest income (excluding security transactions) totaled $2.1 billion in 2006 compared to $1.8 billion in 2005. The increase in non-interest income is due primarily to the AmSouth transaction. In addition, internally generated service charges and brokerage and investment banking income contributed to the increase. However, non-interest income (excluding security transactions) as a percent of total revenue (on a fully taxable-equivalent basis) equaled 37 percent in 2006, compared to 39 percent in 2005. Non-interest income has declined as a percentage of total revenue due to faster growth in net interest income over the last two years, compared to the growth in non-interest income. Contributing to this decline, acquisition activity in recent periods has added more net interest income relative to non-interest income to the total revenue stream. Table 6 provides a detail of components of non-interest income.

Brokerage, Investment Banking and Trust

Regions’ primary source of brokerage, investment banking and trust revenue is its subsidiary, Morgan Keegan. Morgan Keegan’s revenues are predominantly recorded on the brokerage and investment banking and trust income lines of the consolidated statements of income, while a portion is reported in other non-interest income.

Morgan Keegan contributed $1.0 billion in total revenues in 2006, up from $810.3 million in 2005. Approximately

$30 million of 2006 revenue resulted from the merger with AmSouth. Approximately half of this contribution impacted brokerage and investment banking revenues and the other half impacted trust revenues.

Brokerage and investment banking income is significantly affected by economic and market conditions. Total brokerage and investment banking revenues increased 23 percent to $677.4 million in 2006 from $548.7 million in 2005. Excluding the impact of the AmSouth merger, brokerage and investment income increased 21 percent or $114 million in 2006 compared to 2005. The increase in brokerage and investment income in 2006 resulted primarily from strong private client income streams, strong equity capital markets and fixed income capital markets banking activity throughout 2006 and a continuing focus on asset management and investment advisory revenues in 2006. As of December 31, 2006, Morgan Keegan employed over 1,200 financial advisors. Customer assets under management were approximately $76 billion at year-end 2006, including $7 billion added in the AmSouth merger, compared to approximately $56 billion at year-end 2005.

Revenues from the private client division, which was the top revenue producing line of business, totaled $305.1 million, or 30 percent of Morgan Keegan’s total revenue in 2006. The private client line of business benefited from continued improvement in equity markets as well as the increased number of financial advisors and branch outlets in 2006. Fixed income capital markets and equity capital markets revenue totaled $187.4 million and $103.3 million in 2006, respectively. The asset management division produced $149.5 million of revenue in 2006. Regions Morgan Keegan Trust division produced revenue of $131.2 million in 2006.

Trust income increased 18 percent in 2006 driven by higher asset values, increased fees, and additional activity from trust accounts added through the AmSouth merger in the fourth quarter.


TABLE 6 — NON-INTEREST INCOME

 

     Year Ended December 31

(In thousands)

   2006    2005     2004

NON-INTEREST INCOME:

       

Brokerage and investment banking

   $ 677,427    $ 548,662     $ 535,300

Service charges on deposit accounts

     649,392      518,388       418,142

Trust department income

     150,182      127,766       102,569

Mortgage servicing and origination fees

     133,171      145,304       128,845

Net securities gains (losses)

     8,123      (18,892 )     63,086

Other

     443,809      492,204       414,489
                     
   $ 2,062,104    $ 1,813,432     $ 1,662,431
                     

 

46


REGIONS FINANCIAL CORPORATION

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF

FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

 

Table 7 shows the components of the contribution by Morgan Keegan for the years ended December 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004

TABLE 7 — MORGAN KEEGAN

 

     Year Ended December 31

(In thousands)

   2006    2005    2004

REVENUES:

        

Commissions

   $ 242,872    $ 201,729    $ 179,100

Principal transactions

     156,019      142,150      185,113

Investment banking

     152,858      117,152      103,895

Interest

     139,745      85,234      56,110

Trust fees and services

     131,215      103,218      86,972

Investment advisory

     149,174      123,294      88,036

Other

     56,788      37,476      27,972
                    

Total revenues

     1,028,671      810,253      727,198

EXPENSE:

        

Interest expense

     87,046      55,237      28,886

Non-interest expense

     702,913      594,305      564,420
                    

Total expenses

     789,959      649,542      593,306
                    

Income before income taxes

     238,712      160,711      133,892

Income taxes

     87,625      59,018      50,257
                    

Net income

   $ 151,087    $ 101,693    $ 83,635
                    

MORGAN KEEGAN REVENUE BY DIVISION

 

    

Year Ended December 31

 

(Dollars in thousands)

   Private
Client
    Fixed Income
Capital
Markets
    Equity
Capital
Markets
    Regions
MK Trust
    Investment
Advisory
    Interest
and Other
 

2006

            

Gross revenue

   $ 305,098     $ 187,425     $ 103,282     $ 131,218     $ 149,511     $ 152,137  

Percent of gross revenue

     29.7 %     18.2 %     10.0 %     12.8 %     14.5 %     14.8 %

2005

            

Gross revenue

   $ 248,397     $ 160,062     $ 86,478     $ 103,225     $ 125,410     $ 86,681  

Percent of gross revenue

     30.7 %     19.8 %     10.7 %     12.7 %     15.5 %     10.6 %

2004

            

Gross revenue

   $ 228,693     $ 188,031     $ 69,971     $ 86,972     $ 92,835     $ 60,696  

Percent of gross revenue

     31.4 %     25.9 %     9.6 %     12.0 %     12.8 %     8.3 %

 

47


REGIONS FINANCIAL CORPORATION

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF

FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

 

Service Charges on Deposit Accounts

Service charge income increased 25 percent to $649.4 million in 2006 from $518.4 million in 2005. An increase in the number of total deposit accounts, as well as a revised fee schedule and the addition of new accounts in connection with the AmSouth merger during the fourth quarter are the primary reasons for the 2006 increase.

Mortgage Servicing and Origination Fees

The primary source of income in this category is Regions’ mortgage banking division, including Regions Mortgage (a division of Regions Bank) and EquiFirst. Regions Mortgage’s primary business and source of income is the origination and servicing of mortgage loans for long-term investors. EquiFirst typically originates non-conforming mortgage loans, which are sold to third-party investors with servicing released. Net gains or losses related to the sale of mortgage loans are included in other non-interest income.

In 2006, mortgage servicing and origination fees decreased eight percent, from $145.3 million in 2005 to $133.2 million in 2006, primarily due to a rising mortgage rate environment which decreased loan demand and resulted in tighter interest rate spreads. At December 31, 2006, Regions’ servicing portfolio totaled $43.0 billion and included approximately 397,000 loans. Of this portfolio, $30.4 billion were serviced for third parties. At December 31, 2005, the servicing portfolio totaled $37.2 billion.

Regions Mortgage and EquiFirst, through their retail, correspondent lending and wholesale operations, produced mortgage loans totaling $16.4 billion in 2006 compared to $16.0 billion in 2005. Regions Mortgage and EquiFirst produce loans from offices in Alabama, Arizona, Arkansas, Florida, Georgia, Illinois, Indiana, Iowa, Kentucky, Louisiana, Mississippi, Missouri, North Carolina, South Carolina, Tennessee and Texas. As previously mentioned, on January 19, 2007, Regions signed a definitive agreement to sell EquiFirst to Barclays Bank PLC. This transaction is expected to close in the first half of 2007.

Net Securities Gains (Losses)

Regions reported net gains of $8.1 million from the sale of available for sale securities in 2006, as compared to net losses of $18.9 million in 2005. The 2006 gains were primarily related to the sale of agency and mortgage-related securities in conjunction with balance sheet management activities.

Other Income

The largest components of other income include fees and commissions, insurance premiums, customer derivative fees, and net gains related to the sale of mortgage loans. Other income decreased $48.4 million in 2006 compared to 2005

primarily due to a decrease in gains on sale of mortgage loans. This decline was partially offset by increases in fees and commissions income. Please refer to Note 17, “Other Non-Interest Income and Expense” to the consolidated financial statements for an analysis of the significant components of other income.

Fees and commission income increased 18 percent to $160.7 million in 2006, compared to $136.3 million in 2005. The increase is due primarily to an increase in ATM income resulting from the conversion of Union Planters accounts.

Insurance premium and commission income increased seven percent to $85.5 million in 2006, compared to $79.7 million in 2005. This increase is primarily due to increased revenue from commissions related to new business production, acquisitions, and increased cross-selling efforts with Regions’ banking and brokerage segments. Partially offsetting this increase was a decrease in contingent commissions.

Customer derivative revenue increased to $43.4 million in 2006 from $27.7 million in 2005 primarily as a result of continued improvements in the sales process and a favorable yield curve environment. Regions assists commercial customers by executing capital market products including interest rate swaps, caps and floors on their behalf. Typically, Regions hedges this risk by entering into derivative positions which limit its exposure to customer derivative products. These exposures are marked-to-market on a daily basis.

In 2006, net gains related to the sale of mortgage loans held for sale totaled $43.1 million ($10.8 million related to Regions Mortgage and $32.3 million related to EquiFirst). For the year ended December 31, 2005, gains totaled $157.6 million. The decrease of $114.5 million in gains during 2006 primarily resulted from lower spreads on sale transactions during the year and the impact of rising early payment default reserves on net gains.

Also included in 2006 other income is a $13.1 million pre-tax gain on the exchange of New York Stock Exchange seats for stock.

NON-INTEREST EXPENSE

The largest components of non-interest expense are salaries and employee benefits, net occupancy expense, furniture and equipment expense and other non-interest expense. Total non-interest expense increased $267.1 million, or nine percent, to $3.3 billion in 2006, related primarily to the AmSouth merger. Merger-related expenses represent $88.7 million of the 2006 total and $168.8 million of the 2005 total of $3.0 billion. Excluding merger expenses, total non-interest expense increased $347.2 million, or 12 percent, in 2006.

        Table 8 presents major non-interest expense components, both including and excluding merger-related expenses, for the years ended December 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004. Management believes Table 8 is useful in evaluating trends


 

48


REGIONS FINANCIAL CORPORATION

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF

FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

 

TABLE 8 — NON-INTEREST EXPENSE (INCLUDING NON-GAAP RECONCILIATION)

 

     As Reported (GAAP)

(In thousands)

   2006    2005    2004

NON-INTEREST EXPENSE:

        

Salaries and employee benefits

   $ 1,922,990    $ 1,739,017    $ 1,425,075

Net occupancy expense

     259,978      224,073      160,060

Furniture and equipment expense

     162,296      132,776      101,977

Other expenses

     968,767      951,090      784,271
                    
   $ 3,314,031    $ 3,046,956    $ 2,471,383
                    
     Merger-Related Charges

(In thousands)

   2006    2005    2004

NON-INTEREST EXPENSE:

        

Salaries and employee benefits

   $ 65,693    $ 73,556    $ 16,131

Net occupancy expense

     3,473      5,053      1,725

Furniture and equipment expense

     427      536      168

Other expenses

     19,066      89,636      32,449
                    
   $ 88,659    $ 168,781    $ 50,473
                    
     As Adjusted (non-GAAP)

(In thousands)

   2006    2005    2004

NON-INTEREST EXPENSE:

        

Salaries and employee benefits

   $ 1,857,297    $ 1,665,461    $ 1,408,944

Net occupancy expense

     256,505      219,020      158,335

Furniture and equipment expense

     161,869      132,240      101,809

Other expenses

     949,701      861,454      751,822
                    
   $ 3,225,372    $ 2,878,175    $ 2,420,910
                    

 

in non-interest expense. See Table 3 for further discussion of non-GAAP financial measures.

Salaries and Employee Benefits

Total salaries and employee benefits increased $184.0 million, or 11 percent, in 2006. The increase was due primarily to the November addition of approximately 12,000 AmSouth associates, normal annual compensation adjustments, and higher incentive payouts. Excluding merger-related charges of $65.7 million in 2006 (related to the AmSouth merger) and $73.6 million in 2005 (related to the Union Planters merger), salaries and benefits increased 12 percent in 2006.

At December 31, 2006, Regions had approximately 36,000 full-time equivalent employees, compared to approximately 25,000 at December 31, 2005, resulting primarily from personnel added in the AmSouth merger.

Regions provides employees who meet established employment requirements with a benefits package which includes 401(k), pension, and medical, life and disability insurance

plans. In addition, AmSouth also had a benefits package which included 401(k), pension, and medical, life and disability plans. New enrollment in the legacy AmSouth pension plan ended effective November 4, 2006. Employees enrolled as of November 4, 2006, will continue to be active in the plan, but no additional participants will be added. New enrollment in the Regions pension plan ended effective December 31, 2000. Regions’ 401(k) plans include a company match of eligible employee contributions. At December 31, 2006, this match totaled 100 percent of the eligible employee contribution (up to six percent of compensation) and was invested in Regions common stock (see Note 16, “Pension and Other Employee Benefit Plans” to the consolidated financial statements).

There are various incentive plans in place in each of Regions’ business segments which are tied to the performance levels of Regions’ employees. At Morgan Keegan, commissions and incentives are a key component of compensation, which is typical in the brokerage and investment banking industry. In general, incentives are used to reward employees for selling


 

49


REGIONS FINANCIAL CORPORATION

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF

FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

 

products and services, for productivity improvements and for achievement of corporate financial goals. Regions’ long-term incentive plan provides for the granting of stock options, restricted stock and performance shares (see Note 15, “Share-Based Payments” to the consolidated financial statements).

Payroll taxes increased due to the additional number of associates combined with the increase in the Social Security tax base and increased salary levels.

Net Occupancy Expense

Net occupancy expense includes rents, depreciation and amortization, utilities, maintenance, insurance, taxes and other expenses of premises occupied by Regions and its affiliates. Net occupancy expense increased 16 percent, or $35.9 million, in 2006 due primarily to expenses added in connection with the AmSouth acquisition, new and acquired branch offices and rising price levels (see Note 7, “Premises and Equipment” to the consolidated financial statements).

Furniture and Equipment Expense

Furniture and equipment expense increased 22 percent, or $29.5 million, in 2006 due to expenses added in connection with the AmSouth merger, and equipment for new branch offices.

Other Non-Interest Expenses

Significant components of other non-interest expense include legal and other professional fees, advertising and business development, amortization and impairment of mortgage servicing rights, amortization of identifiable intangible assets, impairment (recapture) of mortgage servicing rights, and communication expense. Other non-interest expense increased two percent, or $17.7 million, in 2006. Excluding merger expenses of $19.1 million in 2006 and $89.6 million in 2005, other non-interest expense increased $88.2 million, or 10 percent, in 2006. The increase was primarily due to a $48.0 million increase in impairment of mortgage servicing rights and an $18.3 million increase in the amortization of identifiable intangibles (primarily related to intangibles added in the AmSouth merger), partially offset by a reduction in legal and other professional fees and amortization of mortgage servicing rights. Refer to Note 17, “Other Non-Interest Income and Expense” to the consolidated financial statements for an analysis of the significant components of other non-interest expense.

Legal and other professional fees expense is comprised of fees related to legal, audit, consulting and other professional fees. Legal and professional fees declined to $101.8 million in 2006 compared to $120.0 million in 2005. The decline can primarily be attributed to a decline in consulting fees and miscellaneous other professional fees during the year. The decline in consulting fees is attributable to fees incurred in the

last half of 2005 for the development of efficiency and revenue-enhancing initiatives implemented in 2006.

Amortization expense related to mortgage servicing rights declined to $70.6 million in 2006 compared to $84.5 million in 2005 and impairment of the mortgage servicing rights asset was $16.0 million in 2006 compared to a recapture of the MSR valuation allowance of $32.0 million in 2005. Mortgage rates rose throughout 2005 and into the first half of 2006 and then began to decline in the latter half of 2006. As rates rose, assumed prepayment speeds slowed as did amortization of the MSR asset. In addition, Regions recorded a $3.7 million permanent impairment of the MSR asset in the second quarter of 2006. The combination of these factors resulted in overall lower amortization expense in 2006 compared to 2005. However, when rates began to decline in the latter half of 2006, impairment of the MSR asset was recognized as prepayment speeds began to increase again.

Amortization of identifiable intangible assets increased 38 percent to $66.6 million in 2006. The increase was related to amortization of core deposit intangibles recorded in connection with the AmSouth merger.

During 2006, Regions incurred a net $6.5 million loss on the early extinguishment of debt related to the call of Regions trust preferred securities and Federal Home Loan Bank (“FHLB”) advances.

INCOME TAXES

Regions’ provision for income taxes for 2006 increased $184.3 million compared to 2005 primarily due to the 2006 merger with AmSouth coupled with increased consolidated income in 2006. Regions’ effective tax rate for 2006 was 30.9 percent, as compared to 29.6 percent in 2005.

From time to time Regions engages in business plans that may also have an effect on its tax liabilities. While Regions has obtained the opinion of advisors that the tax aspects of these strategies should prevail, examination of Regions’ income tax returns or changes in tax law may impact the tax benefits of these plans.

Periodically, Regions invests in pass-through investment vehicles that generate tax credits, principally low-income housing credits and non-conventional fuel source credits, which directly reduce Regions’ federal income tax liability. Congress has enacted these tax credit programs to encourage capital inflows to these investment vehicles. The amount of tax benefit recognized from these tax credits was $31.2 million in 2006 compared to $47.6 million in 2005.

        During the fourth quarter of 2000, Regions recapitalized a mortgage-related subsidiary by raising Tier 2 capital, which resulted in a reduction in taxable income of that subsidiary attributable to Regions. The reduction in the taxable income of this subsidiary attributable to Regions is expected to result in a lower effective tax rate applicable to the consolidated


 

50


REGIONS FINANCIAL CORPORATION

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF

FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

 

income before taxes of Regions for future periods. The impact on Regions’ effective tax rate applicable to consolidated income before taxes of the reduction in the subsidiary’s taxable income attributable to Regions will, however, depend on a number of factors, including, but not limited to, the amount of assets in the subsidiary, the yield of the assets in the subsidiary, the cost of funding the subsidiary, possible loan losses in the subsidiary, the level of expenses of the subsidiary, the level of income attributable to obligations of states and political subdivisions, and various other factors. The amount of federal and state tax benefits recognized related to the recapitalized subsidiary was $70.3 million in 2006 ($59.1 million federal) compared to $54.7 million in 2005 ($41.9 million federal).

Regions has segregated a portion of its investment securities and intellectual property into separate legal entities in order to, among other business purposes, protect such tangible and intangible assets from inappropriate claims of Regions’ creditors, and to maximize the return on such assets by the professional and focused management thereof. Regions has recognized state tax benefits related to these legal entities of $37.8 million in 2006 compared to $27.6 million in 2005.

Regions’ federal and state income tax returns for the years 1998 through 2005 are open for review and examination by governmental authorities. In the normal course of these examinations, Regions is subject to challenges from governmental authorities regarding amounts of taxes due. Regions has received notices of proposed adjustments relating to taxes due for the years 1998 through 2003, which includes proposed adjustments relating to an increase in taxable income of the mortgage-related subsidiary discussed above and to the proper tax treatment of certain leveraged lease transactions that were entered into during the years under examination. Regions believes adequate provision for income taxes has been recorded for all years open for review and intends to vigorously contest the proposed adjustments. To the extent that final resolution of the proposed adjustments results in significantly different conclusions from Regions’ current assessment of the proposed adjustments, Regions’ effective tax rate in any given financial reporting period may be materially different from its current effective tax rate.

Management’s determination of the realization of the deferred tax asset is based upon management’s judgment of various future events and uncertainties, including the timing, nature and amount of future income earned by certain subsidiaries and the implementation of various plans to maximize realization of the deferred tax asset. Management believes that the subsidiaries will generate sufficient operating earnings to realize the deferred tax benefits. However, management does not believe that it is more-likely-than-not that all of its state net operating loss carryforwards will be realized. Accordingly, a valuation allowance has been established

in the amount of $16.1 million against such benefits in 2006 compared to $12.6 million in 2005. A valuation allowance against the benefits of capital loss carryforwards in the amount of $55.2 million in 2005 has been reduced to $0 in 2006. The FHLB of Cincinnati, in accordance with its Capital Plan, exercised its right to repurchase Regions’ excess capital stock balance during the second quarter of 2006, which resulted in a capital loss carryforward reduction and corresponding reduction to the valuation allowance in the amount of $35.5 million. Furthermore, in the third quarter of 2006, it was determined that additional capital gains were utilized on the 2005 consolidated tax return thus reducing the capital loss carryforward and corresponding valuation allowance in the amount of $19.7 million.

See Note 1, “Summary of Significant Accounting Policies” and Note 18, “Income Taxes” to the consolidated financial statements for additional information about the provision for income taxes.

BALANCE SHEET ANALYSIS

At December 31, 2006, Regions reported total assets of $143.4 billion compared to $84.8 billion at the end of 2005. Loans and deposits acquired in the merger with AmSouth were the primary drivers of the Company’s balance sheet growth. In addition to the acquired balances, certain types of loans experienced solid growth resulting from increased business development efforts and a sound economy. Internally generated asset growth was funded by solid deposit growth, mainly certificates of deposit and money market balances.

Loans

Regions’ primary earning assets are loans, net of unearned income, which represent 78 percent of total earning assets at December 31, 2006. Lending at Regions is generally organized along three functional lines: commercial loans (including financial and agricultural), real estate loans and consumer loans. The composition of the portfolio by these major categories, with real estate loans further broken down between mortgage and construction loans, is presented in Table 9.

Year-end loans, net of unearned income, increased significantly in 2006 due in large part to $34.8 billion of loans added in the merger with AmSouth. See Table 1 for a summary of assets, including loans, and liabilities added in connection with the AmSouth merger in 2006. Excluding loans added in the merger and student loans reclassified to held for sale, 2006 ending loans increased three percent versus 2005. Within total loans, growth stemmed mainly from commercial and construction lending. However, this growth was offset by reduced real estate lending demand in certain markets, prepayments of home equity lines of credit related to the rising short-term interest rate environment, and management’s efforts to maintain balance within the loan portfolio.


 

51


REGIONS FINANCIAL CORPORATION

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF

FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

 

TABLE 9 — LOAN PORTFOLIO

 

     December 31

(In thousands, net of unearned income)

   2006    2005    2004    2003    2002

Commercial

   $ 24,145,411    $ 14,728,006    $ 15,028,015    $ 9,754,588    $ 10,667,855

Real estate – mortgage

     38,622,197      27,034,924      27,639,913      12,977,549      11,039,552

Real estate – construction

     14,121,030      7,362,219      5,472,463      3,484,767      3,604,116

Consumer

     17,661,964      9,279,764      9,386,563      5,967,419      5,674,251
                                  
   $ 94,550,602    $ 58,404,913    $ 57,526,954    $ 32,184,323    $ 30,985,774
                                  

 

Commercial Loans – Commercial loans represent loans to commercial customers for use in normal business operations to finance working capital needs, equipment purchases or other expansion projects. In total, commercial loans increased $9.4 billion during the year, to $24.1 billion as of December 31, 2006. Growth was driven primarily by $7.0 billion of commercial loans added in the merger with AmSouth. Internal growth from new customer acquisitions and increased line utilization added $2.4 billion to the year-end total.

Real Estate Mortgage Loans – Real estate mortgage loans consist of loans to businesses for long-term financing of land and buildings, loans on one- to four-family residential properties, loans to mortgage banking companies (which are secured primarily by loans on one- to four-family residential properties and are known as warehoused mortgage loans) and various other loans secured by real estate. Loans in this category increased $11.6 billion to $38.6 billion, largely a result of loans added from the merger with AmSouth. Excluding acquired loans, real estate mortgage loans declined five percent versus 2005.

Within the real estate mortgage loan category, commercial real estate balances decreased in 2006 due to general softening of market demand combined with the Company’s continued focus on maintaining a balanced loan portfolio. Demand for residential first mortgage loans was somewhat stronger, as momentum from 2005 carried over to some extent into the early months of 2006. However, as the year progressed, this trend slowed reflecting a weakening housing market and generally higher mortgage rates.

Real Estate Construction Loans – Real estate construction loans are loans to individuals, companies or developers used for the purchase or construction of a commercial property for which repayment will be generated by cash flows related to the operation, sale or refinance of the property. As of December 31, 2006, real estate construction loans outstanding totaled $14.1 billion, an increase of $6.8 billion over the prior year, driven by both loans acquired in the AmSouth merger and strong internal growth stemming from increased construction project financing opportunities. Excluding acquired loans, real estate construction loans increased 21 percent versus 2005.

Substantially all of Regions’ real estate construction portfolio is comprised of loans to finance residential development, including land loans, within Regions’ markets; loans for construction projects that have been presold, preleased or otherwise have secured permanent financing; and loans to real estate companies that have significant equity invested in each project and offer substantive and meaningful guarantees.

Consumer Loans – The consumer loan category is comprised of home equity lines of credit, indirect installment loans (mainly dealer indirect loans) and other consumer loans and lines, including student loans. As a whole, consumer loans increased $8.4 billion during 2006 to $17.7 billion at the end of 2006. However, excluding acquired balances and $625 million of student loans which were reclassified to held for sale near year-end, total consumer loans decreased nine percent year over year. Driving the decrease in consumer loans, demand for home equity lines of credit declined in 2006 as a result of increases in the short-term interest rates to which the rate on these variable-rate products are tied. Outstanding home equity lines (excluding those acquired), decreased $484.8 million, or nine percent, for the year ended December 31, 2006. Excluding acquired balances and reclassified loans, other consumer loans decreased eight percent in 2006 versus 2005, largely influenced by competition from offers of low-rate financing from automobile makers with regard to automobile loans.

Loans Held for Sale

At December 31, 2006, loans held for sale totaled $4.9 billion, $1.6 billion of which are related to loans to be sold in required branch divestitures related to the AmSouth acquisition. Regions expects that these branch sales will close in the first quarter of 2007. The remaining $3.3 billion are residential real estate mortgage loans in the process of being sold to third-party investors and student loans. At December 31, 2005, loans held for sale totaled $1.5 billion and consisted solely of residential real estate mortgage loans in the process of being sold to third-party investors. The increase in loans held for sale, excluding those loans to be divested, was due to higher origination volumes at EquiFirst in 2006, resulting in a larger inventory of loans in the process of being sold at year-end, as well as student loans in the process of being sold.


 

52


REGIONS FINANCIAL CORPORATION

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF

FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

 

TABLE 10 — SELECTED LOAN MATURITIES (1)

 

     Loans Maturing
(In thousands)    Within One
Year
   After One But
Within Five
Years
   After Five
Years
   Total

Commercial

   $ 13,411,561    $ 9,344,417    $ 3,694,093    $ 26,450,071

Real estate – mortgage

     4,130,646      8,368,041      4,116,833      16,615,520

Real estate – construction

     7,637,295      5,171,642      1,334,719      14,143,656
                           
   $ 25,179,502    $ 22,884,100    $ 9,145,645    $ 57,209,247
                           
              

Predetermined

Rate

  

Variable

Rate

Due after one year but within five years

         $ 8,383,293    $ 14,500,807

Due after five years

           5,096,589      4,049,056
                   
         $ 13,479,882    $ 18,549,863
                   

(1) Excluding residential real estate mortgage loans and consumer loans.

 

Allowance for Credit Losses

The allowance for credit losses represents management’s estimate of credit losses inherent in both the loan portfolio and related to unfunded commitments, as of the balance sheet date. At December 31, 2006, the allowance for credit losses totaled $1.1 billion or 1.17 percent of total loans net of unearned income, compared to $783.5 million or 1.34 percent at year-end 2005. See Allowance for Credit Losses in the “Risk Management” section, found later in MD&A, for a detailed discussion of the allowance.

Securities

Regions utilizes the securities portfolio to manage liquidity, interest rate risk, regulatory capital, and to take advantage of market conditions to generate a favorable return on investments without undue risk. The portfolio consists primarily of high-quality mortgage-backed and asset-backed securities, as well as U.S. Treasury and Federal agency securities. Securities represented 13 percent of total assets at December 31, 2006,

compared with 14 percent at December 31, 2005. In 2006, total securities, which are nearly all classified as available for sale, increased $6.6 billion, or 55 percent, due primarily to securities acquired from AmSouth’s portfolio. To improve the combined Company’s interest rate sensitivity positioning, approximately $5 billion of securities that had been in the AmSouth portfolio were sold around the time of the merger. The proceeds were used to reduce wholesale borrowings. The “Interest Rate Risk” section, found later in MD&A, further explains Regions’ interest rate risk management practices. Absent the acquisition of AmSouth’s securities, the total securities portfolio decreased marginally. The average rate earned on securities available for sale was 5.03 percent in 2006 and 4.47 percent in 2005. Table 11 illustrates the carrying values of securities by category.

At December 31, 2006, securities available for sale included a net unrealized loss of $115.3 million, which represented the difference between fair value and amortized cost. The comparable amount at December 31, 2005, was a net unrealized loss


TABLE 11 — SECURITIES

 

     December 31
(In thousands)    2006    2005    2004

SECURITIES:

        

U.S. Treasury securities

   $ 400,065    $ 262,437    $ 819,745

Federal agency securities

     3,752,216      3,153,736      3,587,104

Obligations of states and political subdivisions

     788,736      447,195      569,060

Mortgage-backed securities

     12,777,358      7,427,886      6,980,513

Other debt securities

     80,980      108,163      179,374

Equity securities

     762,705      579,857      480,793
                    
   $ 18,562,060    $ 11,979,274    $ 12,616,589
                    

 

53


REGIONS FINANCIAL CORPORATION

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF

FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

 

TABLE 12 — RELATIVE CONTRACTUAL MATURITIES AND WEIGHTED-AVERAGE YIELDS FOR SECURITIES

 

     Securities Maturing  

(Dollars in thousands)

  

Within

One Year

   

After One

But Within

Five Years

   

After Five

But Within

Ten Years

   

After

Ten Years

   

Total

 

SECURITIES:

          

U.S. Treasury securities

   $ 12,531     $ 212,528     $ 171,736     $ 3,270     $ 400,065  

Federal agency securities

     366,125       1,076,512       2,289,124       20,455       3,752,216  

Obligations of states and political subdivisions

     19,951       196,591       460,263       111,931       788,736  

Mortgage-backed securities

     559       66,756       1,462,772       11,247,271       12,777,358  

Other debt securities

     4,590       35,007       4,292       37,091       80,980  
                                        
   $ 403,756     $ 1,587,394     $ 4,388,187     $ 11,420,018     $ 17,799,355  
                                        

Weighted-average yield

     3.71 %     4.43 %     4.95 %     5.18 %     5.03 %

Taxable-equivalent adjustment for calculation of yield

   $ 437     $ 4,307     $ 10,085     $ 2,453     $ 17,282  

Note: The weighted-average yields are calculated on the basis of the yield to maturity based on the book value of each security. Weighted-average yields on tax-exempt obligations have been computed on a fully taxable-equivalent basis using a tax rate of 35%. Yields on tax-exempt obligations have not been adjusted for the non-deductible portion of interest expense used to finance the purchase of tax-exempt obligations.

 

of $139.6 million. The decrease in net unrealized loss at December 31, 2006 reflects purchases, maturities and sales throughout the year and the impact on bond prices of increases in interest rates during 2006. Net unrealized gains and losses in the securities available for sale portfolio are included in stockholders’ equity as accumulated other comprehensive income or loss, net of tax.

Maturity Analysis – The average life of the securities portfolio, at December 31, 2006, was estimated to be 4.1 years with a duration of approximately 3.3 years. These metrics compare with an estimated average life of 3.7 years with a duration of approximately 3.1 years for the portfolio at December 31, 2005. Table 12 illustrates the securities portfolio’s contractual maturities and weighted-average yields.

Portfolio Quality – Regions’ investment policy stresses credit quality and liquidity. Securities rated in the highest category by nationally recognized rating agencies and

securities backed by the U.S. Government and its agencies, both on a direct and indirect basis, represented approximately 98 percent of the investment portfolio at December 31, 2006. State, county, and local municipal securities rated below single A or which are non-rated represented just 0.1 percent of total securities at year-end 2006.

Trading Account Assets

Trading account assets increased $450.9 million to $1.4 billion at December 31, 2006. Trading account assets, which consist of U.S. Government agency and guaranteed securities, and corporate and tax-exempt securities, are held at Morgan Keegan for the purpose of selling at a profit and are carried at market value with changes in market value reflected in the consolidated statements of income. Table 13 details the carrying value of trading account assets by type of security.


 

TABLE 13 — TRADING ACCOUNT ASSETS

 

     December 31

(In thousands)

   2006    2005

TRADING ACCOUNT ASSETS:

     

U.S. Treasury and Federal agency securities

   $ 924,796    $ 598,222

Obligations of states and political subdivisions

     250,963      181,467

Other securities

     267,235      212,393
             
   $ 1,442,994    $ 992,082
             

 

54


REGIONS FINANCIAL CORPORATION

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF

FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

 

Margin Receivables

Margin receivables totaled $570.1 million at December 31, 2006 and $527.3 million at December 31, 2005. Margin receivables represent funds advanced to brokerage customers for the purchase of securities that are secured by certain marketable securities held in the customer’s brokerage account. The risk of loss from these receivables is minimized by requiring that customers maintain marketable securities in the brokerage account which have a fair market value substantially in excess of the funds advanced to the customer.

Premises and Equipment

Premises and equipment at December 31, 2006 increased by $1.3 billion from the prior year. This increase resulted from the addition of $1.3 billion in premises and equipment related to acquired AmSouth properties and from the construction of 35 new branches during 2006. The Company plans to build approximately 50 branches in 2007 in high-growth markets, mainly in Florida.

Excess Purchase Price

Excess purchase price at December 31, 2006 totaled $11.2 billion as compared to $5.0 billion at December 31, 2005. The significant increase in this balance is related to the AmSouth merger. See Note 2, “Business Combinations” to the consolidated financial statements for a summary of the AmSouth-related excess purchase price.

Mortgage Servicing Rights

Mortgage servicing rights at December 31, 2006 totaled $374.9 million compared to $412.0 million at December 31, 2005. A summary of mortgage servicing rights is presented in Table 14. The balances shown represent the right to service mortgage loans that are owned by other investors and include original amounts capitalized, less accumulated amortization and a valuation allowance. Impacting the valuation allowance,

$3.7 million in permanent impairment of servicing assets was recognized during the second quarter of 2006 when previously recognized impairment was deemed unrecoverable.

The carrying values of mortgage servicing rights are affected by various factors, including prepayments of the underlying mortgages. A significant change in prepayments of mortgages in the servicing portfolio could result in significant changes in the valuation adjustments.

The mortgage servicing rights valuation allowance increased by $11.8 million in 2006, due to lower mortgage rates and corresponding increased prepayment speeds in the last half of the year, partially offset by the permanent impairment recognized in the second quarter of 2006.

Other Identifiable Intangible Assets

Other identifiable intangible assets totaled $957.8 million at December 31, 2006, compared to $314.4 million at December 31, 2005. The increase from 2005, net of amortization of previously existing intangibles, is attributable to the addition of $704.0 million of core deposit intangibles in connection with the AmSouth transaction. See Note 8, “Intangible Assets” to the consolidated financial statements for further information.

DEPOSITS

Deposits are Regions’ primary source of funds, providing funding for 81 percent of average earning assets in 2006 and 80 percent in 2005. Deposits and deposit growth were significantly impacted by the merger with AmSouth in 2006. The AmSouth merger added $37.6 billion of total deposits in 2006. The impact of deposits added in connection with the AmSouth merger is a primary factor in the discussion of variances between 2006 and 2005. The $37.6 billion of deposits added through the 2006 acquisition of AmSouth consisted of $7.7 billion of non-interest-bearing deposits and $29.9 billion of interest-bearing deposits. Average deposits increased $7.8 billion, or 13 percent, in 2006.


 

TABLE 14 — MORTGAGE SERVICING RIGHTS

 

       December 31  

(In thousands)

   2006     2005     2004  

Balance at beginning of year

   $ 441,508     $ 458,053     $ 166,346  

Added in connection with acquisition

     —         —         352,574  

Sale of servicing assets

     (4,786 )     (4,007 )     (68,795 )

Amounts capitalized

     53,777       71,968       70,745  

Permanent impairment

     (3,719 )     —         —    

Amortization

     (70,563 )     (84,506 )     (62,817 )
                        
     416,217       441,508       458,053  

Valuation allowance

     (41,346 )     (29,500 )     (61,500 )
                        

Balance at end of year

   $ 374,871     $ 412,008     $ 396,553  
                        

 

55


REGIONS FINANCIAL CORPORATION

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF

FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

 

TABLE 15 — AVERAGE DEPOSITS

 

     December 31

(In thousands)

   2006    2005    2004

Non-interest-bearing demand

   $ 13,874,459    $ 12,156,817    $ 8,656,768

Non-interest-bearing demand – divestitures

     91,135      —        —  
                    

Total non-interest bearing deposits

     13,965,594      12,156,817      8,656,768
                    

Savings accounts

     3,205,123      2,926,512      2,176,025

Interest-bearing transaction accounts

     3,133,768      2,873,955      2,931,652

Money market accounts

     21,426,701      19,043,326      15,105,420

Certificates of deposit of $100,000 or more

     8,855,396      8,049,384      4,952,292

Other interest-bearing deposits

     16,514,223      14,662,901      11,193,122

Interest-bearing deposits – divestitures

     365,642      —        —  
                    

Total interest-bearing deposits

     53,500,853      47,556,078      36,358,511
                    
   $ 67,466,447    $ 59,712,895    $ 45,015,279
                    

 

Regions competes with other banking and financial services companies for a share of the deposit market. Regions’ ability to compete in the deposit market depends heavily on how effectively the Company meets customers’ needs. Regions employs various means to meet those needs and enhance competitiveness, such as providing well-designed products, providing a high level of customer service, providing competitive pricing and expanding the traditional branch network to provide convenient branch locations for its customers. Regions also employs such means to serve customers as providing centralized, high-quality telephone banking services and alternative product delivery channels, such as Internet banking. Regions’ success at competing for deposits is discussed below.

Average non-interest-bearing deposits grew 15 percent in 2006. This growth was primarily attributable to the AmSouth merger. Non-interest-bearing deposits continue to be a significant funding source for Regions, accounting for approximately 21 percent of average total deposits in 2006.

Average savings account balances increased 10 percent in 2006, primarily resulting from the impact of accounts added in connection with the AmSouth acquisition. Savings accounts comprised approximately five percent of average total deposits in 2006.

Average interest-bearing transaction account balances increased nine percent in 2006, due primarily to the AmSouth merger. Interest-bearing transaction accounts accounted for five percent of average total deposits in 2006.

In 2006, the average balance for money market accounts increased 13 percent compared to 2005, due to the impact of money market accounts added in connection with the AmSouth merger as well as customers seeking liquid deposit accounts with a more attractive rate of return. Money market products are one of Regions’ most significant funding sources, accounting for 32 percent of average total deposits in 2006.

 

The average balance of certificates of deposit of $100,000 or more increased 10 percent in 2006, primarily due to the AmSouth merger and customer preference for higher-rate deposits, along with competitive pricing on these deposit instruments. Certificates of deposit of $100,000 or more accounted for 13 percent of average total deposits in 2006.

The average balance of other interest-bearing deposits (primarily certificates of deposit of less than $100,000) increased 13 percent in 2006, due primarily to the AmSouth merger, customer preferences for higher-rate deposits and attractive rates on these products. This category of deposits continues to be one of Regions’ primary funding sources, accounting for 24 percent of average total deposits in 2006. Table 15 provides a summary of average deposits.

Regions agreed to divest 52 AmSouth branches in connection with the AmSouth merger. Approximately $456.8 million of average deposits ($2.8 billion of period-end deposits) have been designated as divestiture-related, and have been classified in separate categories on the statement of condition as of December 31, 2006. Included in divestiture-related average deposits are $91.1 million of interest-free deposits and $365.6 million of interest-bearing deposits ($533.3 million and $2.2 billion of period-end deposits, respectively).

Low-cost deposits, which include non-interest bearing demand deposits, savings accounts, interest-bearing transaction accounts, and money market accounts, totaled 62 percent of average deposits in 2006. As discussed above, during 2006, customers migrated toward certificates of deposit due to the rising interest rate environment, resulting in a decrease in the percentage of low-cost deposits to average deposits.

The sensitivity of Regions’ deposit rates to changes in market interest rates is reflected in Regions’ average interest rate paid on interest-bearing deposits. The Federal Funds


 

56


REGIONS FINANCIAL CORPORATION

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF

FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

 

TABLE 16 — MATURITY OF TIME DEPOSITS OF $100,000 OR MORE

 

     December 31

(In thousands)

   2006    2005

Interest-bearing deposits of less than $ 100,000

   $ 66,910,614    $ 38,879,777

Time deposits of $100,000 or more, maturing in:

     

3 months or less

     5,673,392      3,320,982

Over 3 through 6 months

     3,342,617      1,177,480

Over 6 through 12 months

     3,306,596      1,772,039

Over 12 months

     1,285,973      1,529,051
             
     13,608,578      7,799,552
             
   $ 80,519,192    $ 46,679,329
             

 

rate increased 200 basis points during 2005 and increased another 100 basis points in 2006. While Regions’ average interest rate paid on interest-bearing deposits generally follows these trends, a lag period exists between the change in market rates and the repricing of the deposits. The rate paid on interest-bearing deposits increased from 2.11 percent in 2005 to 3.14 percent in 2006. Table 16 presents maturities of time deposits of $100,000 or more at December 31, 2006 and 2005.

SHORT-TERM BORROWINGS

Regions’ short-term borrowings consist of federal funds purchased, securities sold under agreements to repurchase, FHLB advances, senior bank notes, brokerage customer liabilities, short-sale liabilities and other short-term borrowings. See Note 10, “Short-Term Borrowings” to the consolidated financial statements for further discussion.

Federal funds purchased and securities sold under agreements to repurchase are used to satisfy daily funding needs. Federal funds purchased and security repurchase agreements totaled $7.7 billion at December 31, 2006 and $3.9 billion at December 31, 2005. Balances in these accounts can fluctuate significantly on a day-to-day basis. The average balance of federal funds purchased and security repurchase agreements, net of federal funds sold and security reverse repurchase agreements, increased $435.5 million in 2006 due primarily to the larger balance sheet resulting from the AmSouth merger.

At December 31, 2006, $500.0 million of FHLB short-term borrowings were outstanding, compared to none outstanding at December 31, 2005.

At December 31, 2006, $250.0 million of short-term senior bank notes were outstanding, all of which were assumed in the AmSouth acquisition.

Regions maintains a liability for its brokerage customer position through Morgan Keegan. This represents liquid funds in customers’ brokerage accounts. Balances due to brokerage customers totaled $492.6 million at December 31, 2006,

with an interest rate of 2.4 percent, as compared to $547.7 million at December 31, 2005, with an interest rate of 1.7 percent.

The short-sale liability, which is primarily maintained at Morgan Keegan in connection with customer accounts, was $587.7 million at December 31, 2006 compared to $338.2 million at December 31, 2005. The balance of this account fluctuated on a frequent basis based on customer activity.

Other short-term borrowings increased by $8.2 million to $160.4 million at December 31, 2006. This balance includes certain lines of credit that Morgan Keegan maintains with unaffiliated banks and derivative collateral. The lines of credit had maximum borrowings of $250.0 million at December 31, 2006.

LONG-TERM BORROWINGS

Regions’ long-term borrowings consist primarily of FHLB borrowings, subordinated notes, senior notes and other long-term notes payable. See Note 11, “Long-Term Borrowings” to the consolidated financial statements for further discussion.

Membership in the FHLB system provides access to an additional source of lower-cost funds. FHLB long-term advances totaled $2.4 billion at December 31, 2006, an increase of $515.3 million compared to 2005. In 2006, Regions recognized a $1.6 million gain, recorded as a reduction of non-interest expense, on the call of advances that had been previously marked-to-market in connection with the Union Planters transaction.

As of December 31, 2006, Regions had subordinated notes of $3.6 billion, compared to $2.1 billion at December 31, 2005. The merger with AmSouth added $1.5 billion in subordinated notes. Regions’ subordinated notes consist of ten issues with interest rates ranging from 4.85 percent to 7.75 percent.

Senior debt and bank notes totaled $1.9 billion at December 31, 2006 compared to $2.2 billion at December 31, 2005.

In February 2001, Regions issued $287.5 million of 8.00 percent trust preferred securities. Junior subordinated notes


 

57


REGIONS FINANCIAL CORPORATION

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF

FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

 

TABLE 17 — SHORT-TERM BORROWINGS

 

           December 31        

(Dollars in thousands)

   2006     2005     2004  
      

Maximum amount outstanding at any month-end:

Federal funds purchased and securities sold under agreements to repurchase

   $ 7,676,254     $ 5,233,068     $ 7,305,050  

Aggregate short-term borrowings

     9,667,071       6,529,929       8,600,110  

Average amount outstanding (based on average daily balances)

     6,251,419       5,517,576       6,245,334  

Weighted-average interest rate at year-end

     4.6 %     3.8 %     2.3 %

Weighted-average interest rate on amounts outstanding during the year (based on average daily balances)

     4.4 %     3.0 %     1.7 %

 

were issued by Regions to two subsidiary business trusts, which issued the trust preferred securities. In connection with the acquisition of Union Planters, Regions assumed $224.3 million of 8.2 percent junior subordinated notes which were issued to subsidiary business trusts. During 2006, the $287.5 million of Regions trust preferred securities were called and related junior subordinated notes were extinguished.

Other long-term debt at December 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004, had weighted-average interest rates of 6.4 percent, 7.9 percent and 7.7 percent, respectively, and a weighted-average maturity of 8.3 years at December 31, 2006. Regions has $86.2 million included in other long-term debt in connection with a seller-lessee transaction with continuing involvement (see Note 22, “Commitments and Contingencies” to the consolidated financial statements).

RATINGS

Table 18 reflects the most recent debt ratings of Regions Financial Corporation and Regions Bank by Standard & Poor’s Corporation, Moody’s Investors Service, Fitch IBCA and Dominion Bond Rating Service.

A security rating is not a recommendation to buy, sell or hold securities, and the ratings above are subject to revision or withdrawal at any time by the assigning rating agency. Each rating should be evaluated independently of any other rating.

STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY

Stockholders’ equity grew from $10.6 billion at year-end 2005 to $20.7 billion at year-end 2006. Equity issued in connection with the AmSouth acquisition added $9.9 billion. Internally generated retained earnings (net income less dividends) contributed $458.3 million of this growth with $257.0 million attributable to the exercise of stock options and the issuance of stock for employee incentive plans. Partially offsetting the growth in equity were share repurchases totaling $490.4 million and an increase in the accumulated

other comprehensive loss to $131.3 million at December 31, 2006, compared to a loss of $92.3 million at year-end 2005. The change in accumulated other comprehensive loss primarily relates to pension liability adjustments as a result of the adoption of Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 158, “Employers’ Accounting for Defined Benefit Pension and Other Postretirement Plans.” The internal capital generation rate (net income less dividends as a percentage of average stockholders’ equity) was 3.7 percent in 2006, compared to 3.5 percent in 2005. This ratio increased in 2006 primarily due to the increase in net income during the year.

During 2006, Regions repurchased 13.7 million shares at a total cost of $490.4 million. At December 31, 2006, 13.9 million shares were available for repurchase under current and previous repurchase authorizations. In January 2007, Regions’ Board of Directors approved an additional authorization to repurchase 50 million shares.

Regions’ ratio of stockholders’ equity to total assets was 14.44 percent at December 31, 2006 compared to 12.52 percent at December 31, 2005. This ratio increased during 2006 due to the increase in equity in connection with the AmSouth merger. Regions’ ratio of tangible stockholders’ equity (stockholders’ equity less excess purchase price and other identifiable intangibles) to total tangible assets was 6.53 percent at December 31, 2006 compared to 6.64 percent at December 31, 2005.

Regions attempts to balance the return to stockholders through the payment of dividends with the need to maintain strong capital levels for future growth opportunities. In 2006, on a per share basis, Regions returned 52 percent of earnings to its stockholders in the form of dividends. Total dividends paid by Regions in 2006 were $894.8 million, or $1.40 per share, an increase of three percent from the $1.36 per share paid in 2005.

In December 2006, the Board of Directors declared a three percent increase in the quarterly cash dividend from $0.35


 

58


REGIONS FINANCIAL CORPORATION

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF

FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

 

TABLE 18 — CREDIT RATINGS

 

     Standard & Poor’s    Moody’s    Fitch    Dominion

REGIONS FINANCIAL CORPORATION

           

Senior notes

   A    A1    A+    AH

Subordinated notes

   A-    A2    A    A

Trust preferred securities

   BBB+    A2    A    A

REGIONS BANK

           

Short-term certificates of deposit

   A-1    P-1    F1+    R-1M

Short-term debt

   A-1    P-1    F1+    R-1M

Long-term certificates of deposit

   A+    Aa3    AA-    AAL

Long-term debt

   A+    Aa3    A+    AAL

Table reflects ratings as of December 31, 2006.

 

to $0.36 per share. Fiscal 2007 marks the 36th consecutive year that Regions has increased quarterly cash dividends.

BANK REGULATORY CAPITAL REQUIREMENTS

Regions and Regions Bank are required to comply with capital adequacy standards established by banking regulatory agencies. Currently, there are two basic measures of capital adequacy: a risk-based measure and a leverage measure.

The risk-based capital standards are designed to make regulatory capital requirements more sensitive to differences in risk profiles among banks and financial holding companies, to account for off-balance sheet exposure and interest rate risk and to minimize disincentives for holding liquid assets. Assets and off-balance sheet items are assigned to broad risk categories, each with specified risk-weighting factors. The resulting capital ratios represent capital as a percentage of total risk-weighted assets and off-balance sheet items. Banking organizations that are considered to have excessive interest rate risk exposure are required to maintain additional capital.

The minimum standard for the ratio of total capital to risk-weighted assets is eight percent. At least 50 percent of that capital level must consist of common equity, undivided profits and non-cumulative perpetual preferred stock, less excess purchase price and certain other intangibles (“Tier 1 capital”). The remainder (“Tier 2 capital”) may consist of a limited amount of other preferred stock, mandatory convertible securities, subordinated debt and a limited amount of the allowance for credit losses. The sum of Tier 1 capital and Tier 2 capital is “total risk-based capital.”

The banking regulatory agencies also have adopted regulations that supplement the risk-based guidelines to include a minimum ratio of three percent of Tier 1 capital to average assets less excess purchase price (the “leverage ratio”). Depending upon the risk profile of the institution and other factors, the regulatory agencies may require a leverage ratio of one percent to two percent above the minimum three percent level. Table 19 summarizes Regions’ capital ratios at December 31, 2006, which substantially exceeded all regulatory requirements.

Total capital at Regions Bank also has an important effect on the amount of Federal Depository Insurance Corporation (“FDIC”) insurance premiums paid. Institutions not considered well capitalized can be subject to higher rates for FDIC insurance. As of December 31, 2006, Regions Bank had the requisite capital levels to qualify as well capitalized (see Note 12, “Regulatory Capital Requirements and Restrictions” to the consolidated financial statements).

Under the Federal Deposit Insurance Reform Act of 2005 and the FDIC’s revised premium assessment program, every FDIC-insured institution will pay some level of deposit insurance assessments regardless of the level of designated reserve ratio. Regions Bank paid $7.1 million in FDIC deposit premiums in 2006.

The FDIC also finalized rules providing for a one-time credit to each eligible insured depository institution based on the assessment base of the institution on December 31, 1996. Preliminary estimates are that Regions Bank will qualify for a credit of approximately $110 million.


 

59


REGIONS FINANCIAL CORPORATION

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF

FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

 

TABLE 19 — CAPITAL RATIOS

 

     December 31  

(Dollars in thousands)

   2006     2005  

RISK-BASED CAPITAL:

    

Stockholders’ equity

   $ 20,701,454     $ 10,614,283  

Less: Net unrealized (losses) on securities available for sale

     (79,471 )     (86,671 )

Less: Accumulated net (losses) on cash flow hedges

     (51,802 )     (5,654 )

Qualifying minority interests in consolidated subsidiaries

     89,355       88,707  

Qualifying trust preferred securities

     218,968       507,270  

Less: Goodwill and other disallowed intangible assets

     11,734,934       5,341,411  

Less: Disallowed servicing assets

     30,728       38,724  
                

Tier 1 capital

     9,375,388       5,922,450  

Qualifying subordinated debt

     2,769,063       1,928,435  

Adjusted allowance for loan losses*

     1,109,238       784,267  

Other

     150,437       150,377  
                

Tier 2 capital

     4,028,738       2,863,079  
                

Total capital

   $ 13,404,126     $ 8,785,529  
                

Risk-adjusted assets

   $ 116,180,524     $ 68,877,744  

CAPITAL RATIOS:

    

Tier 1 capital to total risk-adjusted assets

     8.07 %     8.60 %

Total capital to total risk-adjusted assets

     11.54       12.76  

Leverage

     8.30       7.42  

Ending equity to assets

     14.44       12.52  

Ending tangible equity to tangible assets

     6.53       6.64  

* Includes $53,285 and $731 in 2006 and 2005, respectively, associated with reserves recorded in other liabilities for off-balance sheet credit exposures.

 

OFF-BALANCE SHEET ARRANGEMENTS AND CONTRACTUAL OBLIGATIONS

Regions’ primary off-balance sheet arrangements are financial instruments issued in connection with lending activities. These arrangements include commitments to extend credit, standby letters of credit, and commercial letters of credit. See Note 22, “Commitments and Contingencies” to the consolidated financial statements for further discussion, including details of the contractual amounts outstanding at December 31, 2006.

In connection with the AmSouth merger, Regions became the seller of commercial loans to third-party, multi-issuer conduits, in which Regions retained servicing responsibilities. As part of the sale and securitization of commercial loans to conduits, Regions provides credit enhancements to the conduits in the form of letters of credit totaling $50.0 million at December 31, 2006. Regions also provides liquidity lines of credit to support the issuance of commercial paper under 364-day loan commitments. These liquidity lines can be drawn upon in the unlikely event of a commercial paper

market disruption or other factors, which could prevent the asset-backed commercial paper issuers from being able to issue commercial paper. Regions had liquidity lines of credit supporting these conduit transactions of $431.7 million at December 31, 2006. For additional discussion, see the “Liquidity” section.

Regions also has certain variable interests in unconsolidated variable interest entities (i.e., Regions is not the primary beneficiary). Regions owns the common stock of subsidiary business trusts, which have issued mandatorily redeemable preferred capital securities (“trust preferred securities”) in the aggregate of $290.5 million at the time of issuance. Also, Regions periodically invests in various limited partnerships that sponsor affordable housing projects, which are funded through a combination of debt and equity with equity typically comprising 30 percent to 50 percent of the total partnership capital. Regions’ maximum exposure to loss as of December 31, 2006 was $321.2 million, which included $84.8 million in unfunded commitments to the partnerships.


 

60


REGIONS FINANCIAL CORPORATION

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF

FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

 

TABLE 20 — CONTRACTUAL OBLIGATIONS

 

       PAYMENTS DUE BY PERIOD

(In thousands)

   Less than
1 Year
   1-3 Years    4-5 Years    More than
5 Years
   Total

Long-term borrowings

   $ 961,264    $ 1,596,744    $ 2,736,932    $ 3,347,709    $ 8,642,649

Time deposits

     27,236,895      2,883,995      998,250      58,598      31,177,738

Operating lease payments

     137,616      239,598      166,940      473,177      1,017,331

Purchase obligations

     79,181      86,570      22,190      2,596      190,537

Other

     —        —        —        354,343      354,343
                                  
   $ 28,414,956    $ 4,806,907    $ 3,924,312    $ 4,236,423    $ 41,382,598
                                  

 

Table 20 summarizes Regions’ contractual cash obligations at December 31, 2006. A discussion regarding liquidity related to long-term borrowings is included in the “Liquidity” section presented later in MD&A. Regions intends to fund the contractual obligations presented in Table 20 primarily through cash generated from normal operations.

EFFECTS OF INFLATION

The majority of assets and liabilities of a financial institution are monetary in nature; therefore, a financial institution differs greatly from most commercial and industrial companies, which have significant investments in fixed assets or inventories that are greatly impacted by inflation. However, inflation does have an important impact on the growth of total assets in the banking industry and the resulting need to increase equity capital at higher than normal rates in order to maintain an appropriate equity-to-assets ratio. Inflation also affects other expenses that tend to rise during periods of general inflation.

Management believes the most significant potential impact of inflation on financial results is a direct result of Regions’ ability to react to changes in interest rates. Management is attempting to maintain an essentially balanced position between rate- sensitive assets and liabilities in order to minimize the impact of interest rate fluctuations on net interest income.

RISK MANAGEMENT

Risk identification and risk management are key elements in the overall management of Regions. Management believes the primary risk exposures are interest rate and associated prepayment risk, liquidity risk, market and other brokerage-related risk associated with Morgan Keegan and credit risk. Interest rate risk is the risk to net interest income due to the impact of movements in interest rates. Prepayment risk is the risk that borrowers may repay their loans or securities earlier than at their stated maturities. Liquidity risk relates to Regions’ ability to fund present and future obligations. The Company, through Morgan Keegan, is also subject to various market-

related risks associated with its brokerage and market-related activities. Credit risk represents the possibility that borrowers may not be able to repay loans.

External factors beyond management’s control may from time to time result in losses despite risk management efforts. Management follows a formal policy to evaluate and document the key risks facing each line of business, how those risks can be controlled or mitigated, and how management monitors the controls to ensure that they are effective. Regions’ Internal Audit Division performs ongoing, independent reviews of the risk management process and assures the adequacy of documentation. The results of these reviews are reported regularly to the Audit Committee of the Board of Directors. The Company also has a Risk Committee which assists the Board of Directors in overseeing the Company’s policies, procedures and practices relating to market, regulatory and operational risk.

Some of the more significant processes used to manage and control these and other risks are described in the remainder of MD&A.

INTEREST RATE RISK

Regions’ primary market risk is interest rate risk, including uncertainty with respect to absolute interest rate levels as well as uncertainty with respect to relative interest rate levels, which is impacted by both the shape and the slope of the various yield curves that affect the financial products and services that the Company offers. To quantify this risk, Regions measures the change in its net interest income in various interest rate scenarios as compared to a base case scenario. Net interest income sensitivity is a useful short-term indicator of Regions’ interest rate risk.

Sensitivity Measurement – Financial simulation models are Regions’ primary tools used to measure interest rate exposure. Using a wide range of sophisticated simulation techniques provides management with extensive information on the potential impact to net interest income caused by changes in interest rates. Models are structured to simulate cash flows and accrual characteristics of Regions’ statements of condition.


 

61


REGIONS FINANCIAL CORPORATION

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF

FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

 

Assumptions are made about the direction and volatility of interest rates, the slope of the yield curve, and the changing composition of the statements of condition that result from both strategic plans and from customer behavior. Among the assumptions are expectations of balance sheet growth and composition, the pricing and maturity characteristics of existing business and the characteristics of future business. Interest rate-related risks are expressly considered, such as pricing spreads, the lag time in pricing administered rate accounts, prepayments and other option risks. Regions considers these factors, as well as the degree of certainty or uncertainty surrounding their future behavior. Financial derivative instruments are used in hedging the values of selected assets and liabilities against changes in interest rates. The effect of these hedges is included in the simulations of net interest income.

The primary objective of Asset/Liability Management at Regions is to coordinate balance sheet composition with interest rate risk management to sustain reasonable and stable net interest income throughout various interest rate cycles. A standard set of alternate interest rate scenarios is compared to the results of the base case scenario to determine the extent of potential fluctuations and to establish exposure limits. The standard set of interest rate scenarios includes the traditional instantaneous parallel rate shifts of plus and minus 100 and 200 basis points. In addition, Regions includes simulations of gradual interest rate movements that may more realistically mimic potential interest rate movements. The gradual scenarios include curve steepening, flattening, and parallel movements of various magnitudes phased in over a six-month period.

Exposure to Interest Rate Movements – As of December 31, 2006, Regions maintained a moderately asset sensitive position to both gradual and instantaneous rate shifts of plus or minus 100 or 200 basis points. Table 21 demonstrates the estimated potential effects that gradual (over six months beginning at December 31, 2006 and 2005, respectively) and instantaneous parallel interest rate shifts would have on Regions’ net interest income.

Derivatives – Regions uses financial derivative instruments for management of interest rate sensitivity. The Asset and Liability Committee (“ALCO”), in its oversight role for the management of interest rate sensitivity, approves the use of derivatives in balance sheet hedging strategies. The most common derivatives Regions employs are interest rate swaps, interest rate options, forward sale commitments, and interest rate and foreign exchange forward contracts. Derivatives are also used to hedge the risks associated with customer derivatives.

        Interest rate swaps are contractual agreements typically entered into to exchange fixed for variable streams of interest payments. The notional principal is not exchanged but is used as a reference for the size of the interest payments. Interest rate options are contracts that allow the buyer to purchase or

sell a financial instrument at a predetermined price and time. Forward sale commitments are contractual obligations to sell money market instruments at a future date for an already agreed-upon price. Foreign exchange forwards are contractual agreements to receive or deliver a foreign currency at an agreed-upon future date and price.

Regions has made use of interest rate swaps and interest rate options to convert a portion of its fixed-rate funding position to a variable-rate position, and in some cases to convert a portion of its variable-rate loan portfolio to fixed-rate. Regions also uses derivatives to manage interest rate and pricing risk associated with its mortgage origination business. Futures contracts and forward sales commitments are used to protect the value of the loan pipeline and loans held for sale from changes in interest rates and pricing. In the period of time that elapses between the origination and sale of mortgage loans, changes in interest rates have the potential to cause a decline in the value of the loans in this held for sale portfolio.

Regions manages the credit risk of these instruments in much the same way as it manages credit risk of the loan portfolios by establishing credit limits for each counterparty and through collateral agreements for dealer transactions. For non-dealer transactions, the need for collateral is evaluated on an individual transaction basis and is primarily dependent on the financial strength of the counterparty. Credit risk is also reduced significantly by entering into legally enforceable master netting agreements. When there is more than one transaction with a counterparty and there is a legally enforceable master netting agreement in place, the exposure represents the net of the gain and loss positions with that counterparty. The “Credit Risk” section in MD&A contains more information on the management of credit risk.

Regions also uses derivatives to meet the needs of its customers. Interest rate swaps, interest rate options and foreign exchange forwards are the most common derivatives sold to customers. Positions with similar characteristics are used to hedge the market risk and minimize income statement volatility associated with this portfolio. Instruments used to service customers are entered into the trading account with changes in value recorded in the consolidated statements of income.

        The objective of Regions’ hedging strategies is to mitigate the impact of interest rate changes, from an economic perspective, on net interest income and the net present value of its balance sheet. The overall effectiveness of these hedging strategies is subject to market conditions, the quality of Regions’ execution, the accuracy of its asset valuation assumptions, counterparty credit risk and changes in interest rates. As a result, Regions’ hedging strategies may be ineffective in mitigating the impact of interest rate changes on its earnings. Refer to Note 19, “Derivative Financial Instruments and Hedging Activities,” to the consolidated financial statements for a tabular summary of Regions’ year-end derivatives positions.


 

62


REGIONS FINANCIAL CORPORATION

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF

FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

 

TABLE 21 — INTEREST RATE SENSITIVITY

 

(Dollars in thousands)

   Increase (Decrease) in
Net Interest Income
 

Gradual Change in Interest Rates

               

2006

         
  + 200 basis points    $ 45,000        1.0 %
  + 100 basis points      19,000        0.4  
  - 100 basis points      (25,000 )      (0.5 )
  - 200 basis points      (27,000 )      (0.6 )

2005

         
    + 200 basis points    $ 140,000        4.9 %
    + 100 basis points      79,000        2.8  
    - 100 basis points      (67,000 )      (2.3 )
    - 200 basis points      (169,000 )      (5.9 )
            

Instantaneous Change in Interest Rates

               

2006

         
  + 200 basis points    $ 16,000        0.3 %
  + 100 basis points      11,000        0.2  
  - 100 basis points      (15,000 )      (0.3 )
  - 200 basis points      (27,000 )      (0.6 )

2005

         
    + 200 basis points    $ 147,000        5.2 %
    + 100 basis points      85,000        3.0  
    - 100 basis points      (81,000 )      (2.9 )
    - 200 basis points      (224,000 )      (7.9 )

 

PREPAYMENT RISK

Regions, like most financial institutions, is subject to changing prepayment speeds on mortgage-related assets under different interest rate environments. Prepayment risk is a significant risk to earnings and specifically to net interest income. For example, mortgage loans and other financial assets may be prepaid by a debtor, so that the debtor may refinance its obligations at lower rates. As loans and other financial assets prepay in a falling rate environment, Regions must reinvest these funds in lower yielding assets. Prepayments of assets carrying higher rates reduce Regions’ interest income and overall asset yields. Conversely, in a rising rate environment, these assets will prepay at a slower rate resulting in opportunity cost by not having the cash flow to reinvest at higher rates. Regions’ greatest exposure to prepayment risks primarily rests in its mortgage-backed securities portfolio, mortgage and fixed-rate loan portfolio and the mortgage servicing asset, all of which tend to be sensitive to interest rate movements.

Regions also has prepayment risk that would be reflected in non-interest income in the form of servicing income on loans sold. Regions actively monitors prepayment exposure as part of its overall net interest income forecasting and interest rate risk management.

LIQUIDITY RISK

Liquidity is an important factor in the financial condition of Regions and affects Regions’ ability to meet the borrowing needs and deposit withdrawal requirements of its customers. Assets, consisting principally of loans and securities, are funded by customer deposits, purchased funds, borrowed funds and stockholders’ equity. Regions’ goal in liquidity management is to satisfy the cash flow requirements of depositors and borrowers, while at the same time meeting its cash flow needs. This is accomplished through the active management of both the asset and liability sides of the balance sheet. The liquidity position of Regions is monitored on a daily basis


 

63


REGIONS FINANCIAL CORPORATION

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF

FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

 

by Regions’ Treasury Division. In addition, the Asset and Liability Committee, which consists of members of Regions’ senior management team, reviews liquidity on a regular basis and approves any changes in strategy that are necessary as a result of asset/liability composition or anticipated cash flow changes. Management also compares Regions’ liquidity position to established corporate liquidity policies on a monthly basis. At December 31, 2006, Regions was within all of the Company’s established liquidity policies.

The securities portfolio is one of Regions’ primary sources of liquidity. Maturities of securities provide a constant flow of funds available for cash needs (see Table 12, “Relative Contractual Maturities and Weighted-Average Yields for Securities”). Maturities in the loan portfolio also provide a steady flow of funds (see Table 10, “Selected Loan Maturities”). At December 31, 2006, commercial loans, real estate construction loans and certain real estate mortgage loans with an aggregate balance of $25.2 billion, as well as securities of $403.8 million, were due to mature in one year or less. Additional funds are provided from payments on consumer loans and one- to four-family residential mortgage loans. Historically, Regions’ high levels of earnings have also contributed to cash flow. In addition, liquidity needs can be met by the purchase of funds in state and national money markets. Regions’ liquidity also continues to be enhanced by a relatively stable deposit base.

As reflected in the consolidated statements of cash flows, operating activities provided significant levels of funds in 2006, due primarily to high levels of net income. Investing activities were a net provider of funds in 2006, primarily due to proceeds from the sale and maturity of securities available for sale and the AmSouth acquisition, partially offset by the purchase of securities available for sale (replacing those that matured or were sold) and increased lending activity. Securities were sold in 2006 and in 2005 primarily to manage interest rate sensitivity. Financing activities were a net user of funds in 2006, reflecting payments made on borrowings, payment of cash dividends and repurchase of Regions stock, offset partially by increased deposit levels in 2006.

Regions’ financing arrangement with the FHLB adds additional flexibility in managing its liquidity position. The maximum amount that could be borrowed from the FHLB under the current borrowing agreement is approximately $27.7 billion (see Note 11, “Long-Term Borrowings” to the consolidated financial statements). However, the actual borrowing capacity is contingent on the amount of collateral pledged to the FHLB. At December 31, 2006, approximately $4.9 billion of first mortgage loans on one- to four-family dwellings held by Regions Bank were pledged to secure borrowings from the FHLB. Investment in FHLB stock is required in relation to the level of outstanding borrowings. Regions held $159.0 million in FHLB stock at December 31, 2006. The FHLB has been and is expected to continue to be a reliable and economical

source of funding. As of December 31, 2006, Regions’ borrowings from the FHLB totaled $2.9 billion.

During the second quarter of 2005, Regions filed a universal shelf registration statement that allows the Company to issue up to $2 billion of various debt and equity securities at market rates for future funding and liquidity needs. On August 3, 2005, Regions issued $750 million of senior debt notes ($400 million of 3-year floating-rate notes and $350 million of 3-year fixed-rate notes) under the above universal shelf registration statement. No additional issuances related to the shelf were made in 2006.

In addition, Regions’ bank subsidiary has the requisite agreements in place to issue and sell up to $5 billion of bank notes to institutional investors through placement agents. As of December 31, 2006, approximately $953 million of bank notes were outstanding. The issuance of additional bank notes could provide a significant source of liquidity and funding to meet future needs.

Morgan Keegan maintains certain lines of credit with unaffiliated banks to manage liquidity in the ordinary course of business (see Note 10, “Short-Term Borrowings” to the consolidated financial statements).

As an additional source of liquidity and in connection with the AmSouth transaction, Regions began periodically selling commercial loans to qualifying special purpose entities known as conduits in securitization transactions in 2006. The conduits are financed by the issuance of securities to asset-backed commercial paper issuers. The transactions are accounted for as sales and allow Regions to utilize its asset capacity and capital for higher yielding interest-earning assets, while continuing to manage customer relationships. At December 31, 2006, the outstanding balance of commercial loans sold to conduits was $431.7 million.

While the conduit transactions are a source of funding, these off-balance sheet arrangements have the potential to require Regions to provide funding to the conduits in the event of a liquidity shortage. Regions provides credit enhancements to these securitizations by providing standby letters of credit, which create exposure to credit risk to the extent of the letters of credit. At December 31, 2006, Regions had $50.0 million of letters of credit supporting the conduit sales. This credit risk is reviewed quarterly and a reserve for loss exposure is maintained in other liabilities on the balance sheet.

If Regions is unable to maintain or renew its financing arrangements, obtain funding in the capital markets on reasonable terms or experiences a decrease in earnings, it may be required to slow or reduce the growth of the assets on its balance sheet which may adversely impact its earnings.


 

64


REGIONS FINANCIAL CORPORATION

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF

FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

 

MARKET AND OTHER BROKERAGE-RELATED RISK

Morgan Keegan’s business activities, including its securities inventory positions and securities held for investment, expose it to market risk.

Morgan Keegan trades for its own account in corporate and tax-exempt securities and U.S. Government, agency and guaranteed securities. Most of these transactions are entered into to facilitate the execution of customers’ orders to buy or sell these securities. In addition, it trades certain equity securities in order to “make a market” in these securities. Morgan Keegan’s trading activities require the commitment of capital. All principal transactions place the subsidiary’s capital at risk. Profits and losses are dependent upon the skills of employees and market fluctuations. In order to mitigate the risks of carrying inventory and as part of other normal brokerage activities, Morgan Keegan assumes short positions on securities. The establishment of short positions exposes Morgan Keegan to off-balance sheet risk in the event that prices increase, as it may be obligated to cover such positions at a loss. Morgan Keegan manages its exposure to these instruments by entering into offsetting or other positions in a variety of financial instruments.

In the normal course of business, Morgan Keegan enters into underwriting and forward and future commitments. At December 31, 2006, the contract amounts of futures contracts were $52 million to purchase and $66 million to sell U.S. Government and municipal securities. Morgan Keegan typically settles its position by entering into equal but opposite contracts and, as such, the contract amounts do not necessarily represent future cash requirements. Settlement of the transactions relating to such commitments is not expected to have a material effect on Regions’ consolidated financial position. Transactions involving future settlement give rise to market risk, which represents the potential loss that can be caused by a change in the market value of a particular financial instrument. Regions’ exposure to market risk is determined by a number of factors, including the size, composition and diversification of positions held, the absolute and relative levels of interest rates, and market volatility.

Additionally, in the normal course of business, Morgan Keegan enters into transactions for delayed delivery, to-be-announced securities which are recorded on the consolidated statements of financial condition at fair value. Risks arise from the possible inability of counterparties to meet the terms of their contracts and from unfavorable changes in interest rates or the market values of the securities underlying the instruments. The credit risk associated with these contracts is typically limited to the cost of replacing all contracts on which Morgan Keegan has recorded an unrealized gain. For exchange-traded contracts, the clearing organization acts as the counterparty to specific transactions and, therefore, bears the risk of delivery to and from counterparties.

 

Interest rate risk at Morgan Keegan arises from the exposure of holding interest-sensitive financial instruments such as government, corporate and municipal bonds and certain preferred equities. Morgan Keegan manages its exposure to interest rate risk by setting and monitoring limits and, where feasible, entering into offsetting positions in securities with similar interest rate risk characteristics. Securities inventories, recorded in “trading account assets” on the consolidated statements of condition, are marked-to-market, and accordingly there are no unrecorded gains or losses in value. While a significant portion of the securities inventories have contractual maturities in excess of five years, these inventories, on average, turn over in excess of twelve times per year. Accordingly, the exposure to interest rate risk inherent in Morgan Keegan’s securities inventories is less than that of similar financial instruments held by firms in other industries. Morgan Keegan’s equity securities inventories are exposed to risk of loss in the event of unfavorable price movements. Morgan Keegan is also subject to credit risk arising from non-performance by trading counterparties, customers, and issuers of debt securities owned. This risk is managed by imposing and monitoring position limits, monitoring trading counterparties, reviewing security concentrations, holding and marking to market collateral and conducting business through clearing organizations that guarantee performance. Morgan Keegan regularly participates in the trading of some derivative securities for its customers; however, this activity does not involve Morgan Keegan acquiring a position or commitment in these products and this trading is not a significant portion of Morgan Keegan’s business.

To manage trading risks arising from interest rate and equity price risks, Regions uses a Value at Risk (“VAR”) model to measure the potential fair value the Company could lose on its trading positions given a specified statistical confidence level and time-to-liquidate time horizon. The end-of-period VAR was approximately $910,000 as of December 31, 2006, and approximately $642,000 as of December 31, 2005. Maximum daily VAR utilization during 2006 was $1.0 million and average daily VAR during the same period was $639,000.

CREDIT RISK

Regions’ objective regarding credit risk is to maintain a high-quality credit portfolio that provides for stable credit costs with acceptable volatility through an economic cycle.

Management Process

Regions employs a credit risk management process with defined policies, decentralized accountability and regular reporting to manage credit risk in the loan portfolio. Credit risk management is guided by credit policies that provide for a consistent and prudent approach to underwriting and approvals of credits. Within Credit Policy, procedures exist


 

65


REGIONS FINANCIAL CORPORATION

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF

FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

 

that elevate the approval requirements as credits become larger and more complex. Generally, consumer credits and smaller commercial credits are underwritten based on cus tom credit scorecards that are modified as appropriate. Larger commercial and commercial real estate transactions are individually underwritten, risk-rated, approved and monitored.

Responsibility and accountability for adherence to under writing policies and accurate risk ratings lies in the lines of business. For consumer and small business portfolios, the risk management process focuses on managing customers who become delinquent in their payments and managing performance of the credit scorecards, which are periodically adjusted based on credit performance. Commercial business units are responsible for underwriting new business and on an ongoing basis, monitoring the credit of their portfolios including a complete review of the borrower at least annually.

To ensure problem commercial credits are identified on a timely basis, several specific portfolio reviews occur each quarter to assess the larger adversely rated credits for accrual status and, if necessary, to ensure such individual credits are transferred to Regions’ Special Asset Group that specializes in managing distressed credit exposures.

Separate and independent commercial credit and consumer credit risk management organizational groups exist, which report to the Chief Credit Officer. These organizational units partner with the business line to assist in the processes described above, including the review and approval of new business and ongoing assessments of existing loans in the portfolio. Independent commercial and consumer credit risk management provides for more accurate risk ratings and the timely identification of problem credits, as well as oversight for the Chief Credit Officer on conditions and trends in the credit portfolios.

Credit quality and trends in the loan portfolio are measured and monitored regularly and detailed reports, by product and business unit, are reviewed by line of business personnel and the Chief Credit Officer. The Chief Credit Officer reviews summaries of these credit reports with executive management and the Board of Directors. Finally, Credit Review provides ongoing independent oversight on the credit portfolios to ensure policies are followed, credits are properly risk-rated and that key credit control processes are functioning as intended.

Risk Characteristics of Loan Portfolio

In order to assess the risk characteristics of the loan portfolio, it is appropriate to consider the current U.S. economic environment and that of Regions’ primary banking markets, as well as risk factors within the three major categories of loans – commercial, real estate and consumer.

 

Economic Environment in Regions’ Banking Markets

The largest factor influencing the credit performance of Regions’ loan portfolio is the overall economic environment in the U.S. and the primary markets in which it operates. The U.S. economy showed signs of slower growth in 2006 as evidenced by slower Gross Domestic Product growth and a notably weak housing market.

The pace of economic growth in Regions’ markets also slowed in 2006. In Regions’ markets, manufacturing output, which is increasingly shifting from nondurable to durable goods (auto and technology), has outpaced the U.S. average and led to improved income gains. Growth of wage and salary income per worker has outpaced the national average, indicating a healthy economy and improving productivity, which has led to rising consumer confidence. The housing market has weakened somewhat in selected markets, most notably in Florida, which had experienced above-average price increases and construction activity in recent years. In Regions’ operating region, the Gulf Coast recovery from Hurricane Katrina has been somewhat mixed, with more significant rebuilding taking place along the Mississippi Coast as compared to the slower pace in New Orleans and surrounding Louisiana markets. Overall, Regions views the near-term outlook for its economic footprint as stable.

Portfolio Characteristics

Regions has a well-diversified loan portfolio, diversified by product type, collateral and geography. Commercial loans represent 25 percent of total loans, net of unearned income, real estate construction loans are 15 percent, real estate mortgage loans (including residential one- to four-family) represent 41 percent, and consumer loans comprise the remaining 19 percent.

Commercial – The commercial loan portfolio primarily consists of loans to middle market commercial customers doing business in Regions’ geographic footprint. Loans in this portfolio are generally underwritten individually and usually secured with the assets of the company and/or the personal guarantee of the business owners. The commercial portfolio was $24.1 billion at year-end 2006, representing 25 percent of total loans.


 

66


REGIONS FINANCIAL CORPORATION

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF

FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

 

COMMERCIAL LOAN GEOGRAPHIC DISTRIBUTION

LOGO

Included in the commercial loan classification are approximately $3.7 billion of syndicated loans at December 31, 2006. Syndicated loans are originated through agent banks and are primarily made to companies with operations in Regions’ banking footprint. There are no material borrower concentrations within the syndicated portfolio.

Net charge-offs on commercial loans were 0.45 percent of average commercial loans in 2006 compared to 0.52 percent in 2005. Assuming moderate to slow economic growth during 2007 in Regions’ market areas, commercial loan losses as a percentage of commercial loans are not expected to change significantly from 2006 levels. However, commercial loan losses may be higher in 2007 as a result of higher commodity prices, increases in interest rates or slower than expected economic growth.

Real Estate Mortgage – The real estate mortgage portfolio totaled $38.6 billion at year-end 2006 and includes various loan types. The largest is owner-occupied loans to businesses for long-term financing of land and buildings. These loans are generally underwritten and managed in the commercial business line. Regions attempts to minimize risk on owner-occupied properties by requiring collateral values that exceed the loan amount, adequate cash flow to service the debt, and in many cases, the personal guarantees of principals of the borrowers.

Another large component of real estate mortgage loans is loans to real estate developers and investors for the financing of land or buildings, where the repayment is generated from the sale of the real estate or income generated by the real estate property. Losses on these types of real estate mortgage loans have been very low for a number of years including 2006. Losses are likely to be slightly higher in 2007 as a result of a slower economy, softening of real estate values, or reduced demand within our operating footprint.

Also included in this category are loans on one- to four-family residential properties and equity loans which are secured principally by single-family residences. Loans of

this type are generally smaller in size and are geographically dispersed throughout Regions’ market areas, with some guaranteed by government agencies or private mortgage insurers. Losses on the residential loan portfolio depend, to a large degree, on the level of interest rates, the unemployment rate, economic conditions and collateral values, and thus, are difficult to predict. However, depending on housing demand and property values in the Company’s markets, real estate mortgage losses could increase in 2007.

 

Real Estate Construction – These loans are primarily extensions of credit to real estate developers or investors where repayment is dependent on the sale of real estate or income generated from the real estate collateral. A construction loan may also be to a commercial business for the development of land or buildings where the repayment is usually derived from revenues generated from the business of the borrower. These loans are generally underwritten and managed by a specialized real estate group that also manages loan disbursements during the construction process. As of December 31, 2006, real estate construction loans were $14.1 billion or 15 percent of Regions’ total loan portfolio. Most construction credits were to finance shopping centers, apartment complexes, condominiums, commercial buildings and residential property development. Real estate construction loans are individually underwritten and closely monitored by management, since these loans are generally vulnerable to economic downturns in periods of high interest rates. Regions generally requires higher levels of borrower equity investment in addition to other underwriting requirements for this type of lending as compared to other real estate lending.

Credit quality of the construction portfolio is sensitive to risks associated with construction loans such as cost overruns, project completion risk, general contractor credit risk, environmental and other hazard risks and market risks associated with the sale or rental of completed properties. However, losses within this portfolio have been very low for the last several years. The low loss rate on the construction portfolio reflects the favorable economic conditions that existed throughout most of the year. For 2007, management expects losses to be higher than in recent historical periods.

Consumer – Regions’ consumer loan portfolio totaled $17.6 billion as of year-end 2006, consisting of $11.5 billion of home equity lines of credit and $6.1 billion in other consumer loans. Other consumer loans consist primarily of borrowings for home improvements, student loans, automobiles and other personal and household purposes. Losses within this grouping vary according to the specific type of loan. Losses on home equity lines (the majority of consumer loans), have historically been low, as these lines are secured by the borrower’s residence.

In 2006, total consumer losses were relatively low as compared to historical levels due to favorable economic conditions that existed throughout most of the geographic areas in which


 

67


REGIONS FINANCIAL CORPORATION

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF

FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

 

Regions operates. However, certain risks, including a general slowing of the economy and changes in housing demand, may impact the 2007 loss rate. Management expects net consumer loan losses in 2007 to increase slightly above 2006 levels.

Loans by SIC Code

The commercial, real estate and consumer loan portfolios are highly diversified in terms of industry concentrations. Table 22 shows the largest concentrations in terms of the customers’ Standard Industrial Classification Code at December 31, 2006 and 2005. While this table provides useful information to assess portfolio risk as of the end of each period presented, note that only the 2006 balances reflect loans acquired in the merger with AmSouth, making year-over-year comparisons less meaningful.

Loan Quality

Management considers the quality of Regions’ loan portfolio to be sound at December 31, 2006. Evidence supporting this view includes the low level of losses experienced during 2006 and the relatively low level of non-performing assets at the end of the year, each as compared to historical levels. In addition, management believes that the geographic and loan type diversification that existed within the portfolio as of year-end served to reduce risk and enhance overall portfolio quality.

Allowance for Credit Losses

The allowance for credit losses represents management’s estimate of credit losses inherent in the portfolio as of year-end. The allowance for credit losses consists of two components, the allowance for loan losses and the reserve for unfunded credit commitments. Management’s assessment of the adequacy of the allowance for credit losses is based on the combination of both of these components. Regions determines its allowance for credit losses in accordance with regulatory guidance, Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 114, “Accounting by Creditors for Impairment of a Loan” (“Statement 114”) and Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 5, “Accounting for Contingencies” (“Statement 5”). In 2006, Regions reclassified $51.8 million in loan loss allowance related to credit risk associated with binding unfunded commitments to a separate liability account. Binding unfunded credit commitments include items such as letters of credit, financial guarantees, and binding unfunded loan commitments.

At December 31, 2006, the allowance for credit losses totaled $1.1 billion or 1.17 percent of total loans, net of unearned income compared to $783.5 million or 1.34 percent at year-end 2005. The increase in the allowance is primarily related to the acquisition of AmSouth, which added $335.8 million to the overall allowance. The decrease in the allowance for credit losses to total loans ratio was primarily due to the acquisition of AmSouth, which had a ratio lower

than that of Regions. AmSouth’s lower allowance for credit loss ratio reflected a product mix higher in residential mortgage secured credits, which inherently have lower loss content. Details regarding the allowance for credit losses, including an analysis of activity from the previous year’s total, is included in Table 23. Management expects the allowance for credit loss ratio to vary over time due to changes in economic conditions, loan mix, changes in collateral values or variations in other factors that may affect inherent losses.

Factors considered by management in determining the adequacy of the allowance for credit losses include but are not limited to: (1) detailed reviews of individual loans; (2) historical and current trends in gross and net loan charge-offs for the various portfolio segments evaluated; (3) the level of the allowance for credit losses in relation to total loans and to historical loss levels; (4) levels and trends in non-performing and past due loans; (5) collateral values of properties securing loans; (6) the composition of the loan portfolio, including unfunded credit commitments, and (7) management’s analysis of economic conditions.

Various departments, including Credit Review, Commercial and Consumer Credit Risk Management and Special Assets are involved in the credit risk management process to assess the accuracy of risk ratings, quality of the portfolio and the estimation of inherent credit losses in the loan portfolio. This comprehensive process also assists in the prompt identification of problem credits.

For the majority of the loan portfolio, management uses information from its ongoing review processes to stratify the loan portfolio into pools sharing common risk characteristics. Loans which share common risk characteristics are assigned a portion of the allowance based on the assessment process described above. Credit exposures are categorized by type and assigned estimated amounts of inherent loss based on several factors, including current and historical loss experience for each pool and management’s judgment of current economic conditions and their expected impact on credit performance.

Impaired loans are defined as commercial and commercial real estate loans (excluding leases) on non-accrual status. All loans which management has identified as impaired, and which are greater than $2.5 million ($1.0 million in 2005), are evaluated individually for purposes of determining appropriate allowances for credit losses. This process results in what are internally called SFAS 114 Specific Reserves. In the Specific Reserve process, loans are valued based on the most suitable valuation technique as defined in Statement 114 (see Note 1, “Summary of Significant Accounting Policies,” to the consolidated financial statements). If current valuations are lower than the current book balance of the credit, the negative differences are reviewed for possible charge-off. In instances where management determines that a charge-


 

68


REGIONS FINANCIAL CORPORATION

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF

FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

 

TABLE 22 — LOANS BY SIC CODE

 

     2006     2005  

(Dollars in millions)

   Amount   

% of

Total

   

% Non-

Accrual

    Amount   

% of

Total

   

% Non-

Accrual

 

Standard Industrial Classification

                                  

Individuals

   $ 41,228.9    42.5 %   0.3 %   $ 24,579.3    42.0 %   0.7 %

Services:

              

Physicians

     1,978.4    2.0     0.2       525.2    0.9     0.2  

Business services

     1,358.2    1.4     0.6       410.2    0.7     0.4  

Religious organizations

     1,315.4    1.4     0.4       907.4    1.5     0.4  

Legal services

     376.5    0.4     0.3       231.6    0.4     0.6  

All other services

     5,111.2    5.3     0.6       6,154.7    10.5     0.5  
                                      

Total services

     10,139.7    10.5     0.5       8,229.1    14.0     0.5  

Manufacturing:

              

Electrical equipment

     137.5    0.1     0.2       70.7    0.1     0.3  

Food and kindred products

     358.3    0.4     0.4       150.5    0.2     2.9  

Rubber and plastic products

     118.3    0.1     —         56.7    0.1     —    

Lumber and wood products

     348.7    0.4     0.5       269.1    0.5     3.0  

Fabricated metal products

     423.7    0.4     0.9       210.4    0.4     2.0  

All other manufacturing

     2,184.1    2.3     0.6       1,353.2    2.3     0.9  
                                      

Total manufacturing

     3,570.6    3.7     0.5       2,110.6    3.6     1.4  

Wholesale trade

     3,724.3    3.8     0.4       1,507.6    2.6     0.6  

Finance, insurance and real estate:

              

Real estate

     17,020.9    17.6     0.4       9,880.9    16.9     0.3  

Banks and credit agencies

     1,413.1    1.5     —         698.8    1.2     0.2  

All other finance, insurance and real estate

     1,891.8    2.0     0.1       1,087.2    1.8     0.5  
                                      

Total finance, insurance and real estate

     20,325.8    21.1     0.3       11,666.9    19.9     0.3  

Construction:

              

Residential building construction

     5,705.2    5.9     0.2       3,251.6    5.5     0.3  

General contractors and builders

     793.1    0.8     0.2       328.5    0.6     0.9  

All other construction

     794.3    0.8     1.1       926.3    1.6     1.0  
                                      

Total construction

     7,292.6    7.5     0.3       4,506.4    7.7     0.5  

Retail trade:

              

Automobile dealers

     702.2    0.7     0.3       791.4    1.3     0.3  

All other retail trade

     1,741.1    1.8     0.3       1,809.4    3.1     0.7  
                                      

Total retail trade

     2,443.3    2.5     0.3       2,600.8    4.4     0.6  

Agriculture, forestry and fishing

     1,504.3    1.5     0.9       1,324.3    2.3     1.2  

Transportation, communication, electrical, gas and sanitary

     3,222.3    3.3     0.1       1,403.6    2.4     0.3  

Mining (including oil and gas extraction)

     568.9    0.6     0.1       183.9    0.3     1.7  

Public administration

     1,341.1    1.4     —         157.8    0.3     —    

Other

     1,516.9    1.6     0.3       321.5    0.5     0.1  
                                      
   $ 96,878.7    100.0 %   0.3 %   $ 58,591.8    100.0 %   0.6 %
                                      

 

69


REGIONS FINANCIAL CORPORATION

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF

FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

 

off is not appropriate, an SFAS 114 Specific Reserve is established for the individual loan in question. That Specific Reserve is incorporated as a part of the overall allowance. At December 31, 2006, loans qualifying for Statement 114 consideration totaled $237.5 million with Specific Reserves of $17.6 million.

In August 2005, Hurricane Katrina struck the Gulf Coast (mainly impacting Louisiana, Mississippi and Alabama), causing significant flood and wind damage and loss of life, property and income. In response to customer needs, Regions worked extensively with its customers, providing loan payment deferrals and other forms of assistance. During 2006, payment deferrals expired and most customers assumed their regular payment schedules, which were modified in some cases to extend the term of the original loan. However, the area remains significantly impacted. In particular, the New Orleans area recovery has been slow, with the entire metropolitan area population levels still 30 percent lower than pre-storm levels. New Orleans Parish has population levels that are less than 50 percent of pre-storm levels. On an ongoing basis since the hurricane, Regions has performed evaluations of its exposure to loans in areas affected by Hurricane Katrina. Through December 31, 2006, Regions has recognized approximately $8 million in net loan charge-offs related to Hurricane Katrina. Given the continuing economic stress in the geographic area and how that will affect customers who do business in the area, as well as disputes customers are having with insurance companies, there is still a large degree of uncertainty surrounding ultimate credit costs that the bank may incur due to Katrina. Based on this assessment, management believes that the December 31, 2006 allowance level of approximately $60 million for Hurricane Katrina-related losses, which is included in the general allowance, is appropriate. The $60 million Katrina-related allowance at year-end 2006 includes the combined remaining allowance of Regions and legacy AmSouth.

Management considers the current level of allowance for credit losses adequate to absorb probable losses inherent in the loan portfolio and unfunded commitments. Management’s determination of the adequacy of the allowance for credit losses, which is based on the factors and risk identification procedures previously discussed, requires the use of judgments and estimations that may change in the future. Changes in the factors used by management to determine the adequacy of the allowance or the availability of new information could cause the allowance for credit losses to be increased or decreased in future periods. In addition, bank regulatory agencies, as part of their examination process, may require changes in the level of the allowance based on their judgments and estimates.

Table 23 provides a five-year history of the allowance for credit losses and loan loss data.

 

NON-PERFORMING ASSETS

Loans are placed on non-accrual status when management has determined that payment of all contractual principal and interest is in doubt or the loan is past due 90 days or more as to principal and interest unless well-secured and in the process of collection. Interest previously accrued but not collected on non-accrual loans is reversed against interest income on the date of non-accrual classification.

At December 31, 2006, non-accrual loans totaled $306.5 million, or 0.32 percent of ending loans, compared to $341.2 million, or 0.58 percent of loans, at December 31, 2005. Impacting the balance of non-accrual loans at December 31, 2006 were decreases related to improved credit quality and the sale of $85.4 million of non-accrual loans, partially offset by an increase related to the acquisition of AmSouth (which had $86 million in non-accrual loans). In general, credit quality was sound during the year. However, depending on changes in housing demand in Regions’ markets and other factors, the Company could experience increases in non-performing real estate credits in 2007.

Foreclosed properties totaled $72.7 million at December 31, 2006 and $65.5 million at December 31, 2005, with the increase resulting primarily from the AmSouth acquisition. Regions’ foreclosed properties are composed primarily of a number of small to medium-size properties that are diversified geographically throughout its franchise. Foreclosed properties are recorded at the lower of (1) the recorded investment in the loan or (2) fair value less the estimated cost to sell. Although Regions does not anticipate material loss upon disposition of other real estate, sustained periods of adverse economic conditions, substantial declines in real estate values in Regions’ markets, actions by bank regulatory agencies or other factors, could result in additional loss from foreclosed properties. Table 24 presents information on non-performing loans and foreclosed properties acquired in settlement of loans.

FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE AND INTERNAL CONTROLS

Regions has always maintained internal controls over financial reporting, which generally include those controls relating to the preparation of the consolidated financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the U.S. As a bank holding company, Regions is subject to the internal control reporting and attestation requirements of the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation Improvement Act and, therefore, is very familiar with the process of maintaining and evaluating internal controls over financial reporting. Regions’ process starts with understanding the risks facing each of its functions and areas; how those risks are controlled or mitigated; and how management monitors those controls to ensure that they are in place and effective. These risks, control procedures and monitoring tools are documented in a standard format. This format not only documents the internal control


 

70


REGIONS FINANCIAL CORPORATION

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF

FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

 

TABLE 23 — ALLOWANCE FOR CREDIT LOSSES

 

(Dollars in thousands)

   2006     2005     2004     2003     2002  

Balance at January 1

   $ 783,536     $ 754,721     $ 454,057     $ 437,164     $ 419,167  

LOANS CHARGED-OFF:

          

Commercial

     119,049       119,737       105,855       89,250       83,562  

Real estate – mortgage

     46,625       42,566       30,192       18,865       16,629  

Real estate – construction

     1,287       802       1,261       88       102  

Consumer

     52,518       48,625       51,064       36,666       56,010  
                                        
     219,479       211,730       188,372       144,869       156,303  

RECOVERIES OF LOANS PREVIOUSLY CHARGED-OFF:

          

Commercial

     43,403       42,514       28,088       13,501       14,892  

Real estate – mortgage

     7,746       8,130       6,521       5,737       4,948  

Real estate – construction

     1,054       539       152       61       83  

Consumer

     27,335       24,362       22,631       20,963       24,549  
                                        
     79,538       75,545       57,392       40,262       44,472  

NET CHARGE-OFFS:

          

Commercial

     75,646       77,223       77,767       75,749       68,670  

Real estate – mortgage

     38,879       34,436       23,671       13,128       11,681  

Real estate – construction

     233       263       1,109       27       19  

Consumer

     25,183       24,263       28,433       15,703       31,461  
                                        
     139,941       136,185       130,980       104,607       111,831  

Allowance of purchased institutions at acquisition date

     335,833       —         303,144       —         2,328  

Allowance allocated to sold loans and loans transferred to loans held for sale

     (14,140 )     —         —         —         —    

Provision for loan losses

     142,500       165,000       128,500       121,500       127,500  
                                        

Balance at December 31

   $ 1,107,788     $ 783,536     $ 754,721     $ 454,057     $ 437,164  
                                        

COMPONENTS:

          

Allowance for loan losses

   $ 1,055,953     $ 783,536     $ 754,721     $ 454,057     $ 437,164  

Reserve for unfunded credit commitments (1)

     51,835       —         —         —         —    
                                        

Allowance for credit losses

   $ 1,107,788     $ 783,536     $ 754,721     $ 454,057     $ 437,164  
                                        

          

(1)    During the fourth quarter of 2006, Regions transferred the portion of the allowance for loan and lease losses related to unfunded credit commitments to other liabilities.

       

Loans, net of unearned income, outstanding at end of period

   $  94,550,602     $ 58,404,913     $ 57,526,954     $  32,184,323     $ 30,985,774  

Average loans, net of unearned income, outstanding for the period

     64,765,653       58,002,167       44,667,472       31,455,173       30,871,093  

RATIOS:

          

Allowance for credit losses at end of period to loans, net of unearned income

     1.17 %     1.34 %     1.31 %     1.41 %     1.41 %

Allowance for loan losses at end of period to loans, net of unearned income

     1.12       1.34       1.31       1.41       1.41  

Net charge-offs as percentage of:

          

Average loans, net of unearned income

     0.22       0.23       0.29       0.33       0.36  

Provision for loan losses

     98.2       82.5       101.9       86.1       87.7  

Allowance for credit losses

     12.6       17.4       17.4       23.0       25.6  

 

71


REGIONS FINANCIAL CORPORATION

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF

FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

 

TABLE 24 — NON-PERFORMING ASSETS

 

(Dollars in thousands)

   2006     2005     2004     2003     2002  

NON-PERFORMING LOANS:

          

Non-accrual loans

   $ 306,471     $ 341,177     $ 388,379     $ 250,344     $ 226,470  

Renegotiated loans

     —         241       279       886       32,280  
                                        

Total non-performing loans

     306,471       341,418       388,658       251,230       258,750  

Foreclosed properties

     72,663       65,459       63,598       52,195       59,606  
                                        

Total non-performing assets*

   $ 379,134     $ 406,877     $ 452,256     $ 303,425     $ 318,356  
                                        

Non-performing assets* to loans, net of unearned income and foreclosed properties

     0.40 %     0.70 %     0.92 %     1.05 %     1.15 %

Accruing loans 90 days past due

   $ 143,868     $ 87,523     $ 74,777     $ 35,187     $ 38,499  

* Exclusive of accruing loans 90 days past due

 

structures over all significant accounts, but also places responsibility on management for establishing feedback mechanisms to ensure that controls are effective. These monitoring procedures are also part of management’s testing of internal controls. At least annually, each area updates this internal control documentation. If changes are necessary, updates are made more frequently.

Regions also has established processes to ensure appropriate disclosure controls and procedures are maintained. These controls and procedures as defined by the Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC) are generally designed to ensure that financial and non-financial information required to be disclosed in reports filed with the SEC is reported within the time periods specified in the SEC’s rules and forms, and that such information is communicated to management, including the Chief Executive Officer (CEO) and Chief Financial Officer (CFO), as appropriate, to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosure.

Regions’ has established financial review committees, which include senior representatives from the legal, accounting, risk management and internal audit departments, as well as the core business segments. These committees met at least quarterly during 2006 to review reports filed with the SEC, including Forms 10-Q and 10-K, and Proxy filings, for appropriateness of disclosures with emphasis on recent internal and external events. As part of this process, certifications of internal control effectiveness were obtained quarterly from all business units, finance and operations. These certifications were reviewed and presented to the CEO and CFO as evidence of the Company’s assessment of internal controls over financial reporting. The Form 10-K filing was presented to the Audit Committee of the Board of Directors for approval. Financial results and other financial information were also reviewed with the Audit Committee on a quarterly basis.

As required by applicable regulatory pronouncements, the CEO and the CFO review and make various certifications regarding the accuracy of Regions’ periodic public reports

filed with the SEC, as well as the effectiveness of disclosure controls and procedures and internal controls over financial reporting. With the assistance of the financial review committees, Regions will continue to assess and monitor disclosure controls and procedures and internal controls over financial reporting and will make refinements as necessary.

Regions’ common stock is listed on the New York Stock Exchange (NYSE) and, therefore, Regions is required to comply with NYSE corporate governance listing standards. During 2006, Regions submitted to the NYSE the CEO Certification required under Section 303A of the NYSE corporate governance listing standards. In addition, the CEO and CFO Certifications that are required under Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 are filed as Exhibits 31.1 and 31.2, respectively, to Region’s annual report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2006.

COMPARISON OF 2005 WITH 2004

Earnings in 2005 were primarily driven by the inclusion of the first full year of results related to operations of the former Union Planters. Regions acquired Union Planters on July 1, 2004; thus, 2004 results include the combined operations for only six months, while 2005 results benefit from a full year of combined results of operations. Therefore, comparisons of 2005 to 2004 are significantly impacted by the merger with Union Planters. Increased net income in 2005 compared to 2004 was driven primarily by assets, loans, deposits, revenues, business activities, and customers added in the Union Planters merger.

Net income in 2005 was $1.0 billion, or $2.15 per diluted share, representing a two percent decrease from 2004 diluted earnings per share of $2.19. Net income in 2005, excluding merger charges of $109.7 million, or 23 cents per diluted share, was $2.38 per diluted share, which represents a four percent increase from 2004 diluted earnings per share of $2.29, excluding merger charges of $36.8 million, or 10 cents per diluted share. Return on average stockholders’


 

72


REGIONS FINANCIAL CORPORATION

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF

FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

 

equity was 9.37 percent for 2005 as compared to 10.83 percent for 2004, while return on average assets was 1.18 percent for 2005, down from the 2004 level of 1.22 percent. See Table 3 for a GAAP to non-GAAP reconciliation.

During the period from January 1, 2005 to December 31, 2005, the Federal Reserve raised interest rates eight times (200 basis points), the yield curve flattened and market spreads tightened. However, Regions benefited from the rising interest rates as increases in interest-earning asset yields outpaced increases in interest-bearing liability costs. As a result, the net interest margin increased from 3.66 percent in 2004 to 3.91 percent in 2005. Net interest income increased 33 percent to $2.8 billion in 2005 from $2.1 billion in 2004, primarily due to the rising net interest margin and the full-year impact of the Union Planters merger. Additionally, a shift in the mix of interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities benefited Regions.

Non-interest income (excluding security gains/losses) totaled $1.8 billion, or 39 percent of total revenue (on a fully taxable-equivalent basis) in 2005, compared to $1.7 billion, or 42 percent of total revenue (on a fully taxable-equivalent basis) in 2004. Brokerage and investment banking revenues increased in 2005 to $548.7 million, compared to $535.3 million in 2004. This increase was attributable to strong private client, equity capital markets, and investment advisory income streams during 2005. In addition, trust income increased 25 percent to $127.8 million in 2005 versus 2004. Service charges on deposit accounts increased 24 percent to $518.4 million, due primarily to deposit accounts added from the Union Planters merger. These increases were partially offset by third and fourth quarter 2005 service charge waivers and deferrals in areas impacted by Hurricane Katrina.

In 2005, mortgage servicing and origination fees increased 13 percent to $145.3 million, compared to $128.8 million in 2004. These increases were due to volumes added in the Union Planters merger, partially offset by a reduction in serviced loans.

Regions reported net losses of $18.9 million from the sale of securities available for sale in 2005, compared to net gains of $63.1 million in 2004. These losses and gains were primarily related to the sale of agency and mortgage-related securities in conjunction with balance sheet management activities.

        Other income increased 19 percent to $492 million in 2005, primarily due to the inclusion of full-year results for Union Planters. Fees and commission income increased 35 percent in 2005 due to a full year of business activity related to the Union Planters merger. Insurance premiums and commission income decreased seven percent in 2005. Customer derivative revenue increased to $27.7 million in 2005 compared to the $7.8 million in 2004, as penetration of the legacy Union Planters customer base continued to produce sales of customer derivative products and as customers increasingly swapped floating-rate loans for fixed-rate loans in a flattening yield curve environment.

 

Non-interest expense totaled $3.0 billion in 2005 compared to $2.5 billion in 2004. Included in non-interest expense in 2005 are merger-related charges of $168.8 million. Largely offsetting these charges, Regions realized $135.5 million in cost savings in 2005 in connection with the Union Planters merger.

Salaries and benefits increased 22 percent in 2005, primarily due to salaries and benefits of associates added in connection with the Union Planters merger, as well as incremental incentive costs related to increased revenue production. Excluding $73.6 million of merger-related charges in 2006 and $16.1 million in 2005, salaries and benefits increased 18 percent in 2005.

Net occupancy increased 40 percent to $224.1 million in 2005, primarily attributable to expenses added in connection with the Union Planters acquisition, new and acquired branch offices, expenses incurred in connection with Hurricane Katrina and a general rise in price levels. Furniture and equipment expense increased 30 percent to $132.8 million in 2005 due to expenses added in connection with acquisitions, expenses incurred in connection with Hurricane Katrina, rising price levels and expenses related to equipment for new branch offices. Other expense increased to $951.1 million in 2005 primarily due to merger-related costs of $89.6 million in 2005. Other expense increased in connection with the merger due to higher legal and professional fees, increased non-credit losses, and increased amortization of identifiable intangible assets. In addition, other expense increased reflecting increased amortization of mortgage servicing rights due to rising mortgage rates and reduced prepayment speed assumptions.

Regions’ provision for income taxes in 2005 increased $69.7 million compared to 2004 due primarily to increased earnings resulting from the 2004 merger with Union Planters as well as non-merger-related earnings increases during 2005.

Non-performing assets decreased $45.4 million or 10 percent in 2005 from 2004. Non-performing assets as a percentage of loans plus foreclosed properties was 0.70 percent as of December 31, 2005, compared to 0.92 percent at year-end 2004. Non-performing metrics improved in 2005 due primarily to the disposition of a single large commercial credit and an improving economy.

Net charge-offs increased $5.2 million, or four percent, in 2005 due to the merger with Union Planters mid-2004, offset somewhat by improving credit quality. The provision for loan losses increased $36.5 million to $165.0 million, primarily as a result of the full-year impact of the Union Planters merger. The allowance for credit losses increased $28.8 million to $783.5 million in 2005. The allowance for credit losses as a percentage of loans, net of unearned income was 1.34 percent at the end of 2005 compared to 1.31 percent at the comparable previous year-end.


 

73


REGIONS FINANCIAL CORPORATION

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF

FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

 

TABLE 25 — QUARTERLY RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

 

     2006  

(In thousands, except per share data)

   Fourth
Quarter
    Third
Quarter
    Second
Quarter
   First
Quarter
 
         

Total interest income

   $ 1,893,919     $ 1,339,621     $ 1,264,986    $ 1,195,732  

Total interest expense

     823,438       561,922       502,451      453,005  
                               

Net interest income

     1,070,481       777,699       762,535      742,727  

Provision for loan losses

     60,000       25,000       30,000      27,500  
                               

Net interest income after provision for loan losses

     1,010,481       752,699       732,535      715,227  

Total non-interest income, excluding securities (losses) gains

     635,347       457,845       490,683      470,106  

Securities (losses) gains

     (20 )     8,104       28      11  

Total non-interest expense

     1,116,831       714,593       726,513      756,094  
                               

Income before income taxes

     528,977       504,055       496,733      429,250  

Income taxes

     167,426       152,398       151,476      134,570  
                               

Net income

   $ 361,551     $ 351,657     $ 345,257    $ 294,680  
                               

Earnings per share:

         

Basic

   $ 0.57     $ 0.77     $ 0.76    $ 0.65  

Diluted

     0.56       0.77       0.75      0.64  

Cash dividends declared per share

     0.35       0.35       0.35      0.35  

Market price:

         

High

     39.15       37.36       36.66      36.32  

Low

     36.25       32.37       32.66      32.89  
    

2005

 

(In thousands, except per share data)

   Fourth
Quarter
    Third
Quarter
    Second
Quarter
   First
Quarter
 
         

Total interest income

   $ 1,149,160     $ 1,113,855     $ 1,055,384    $ 991,976  

Total interest expense

     423,247       396,432       358,672      311,405  
                               

Net interest income

     725,913       717,423       696,712      680,571  

Provision for loan losses

     40,000       62,500       32,500      30,000  
                               

Net interest income after provision for loan losses

     685,913       654,923       664,212      650,571  

Total non-interest income, excluding securities (losses) gains

     440,394       471,029       456,025      464,876  

Securities (losses) gains

     (17,609 )     (20,717 )     53,400      (33,966 )

Total non-interest expense

     754,036       741,123       817,851      733,946  
                               

Income before income taxes

     354,662       364,112       355,786      347,535  

Income taxes

     100,666       107,556       107,435      105,894  
                               

Net income

   $ 253,996     $ 256,556     $ 248,351    $ 241,641  
                               

Earnings per share:

         

Basic

   $ 0.56     $ 0.56     $ 0.54    $ 0.52  

Diluted

     0.55       0.55       0.53      0.51  

Cash dividends declared per share

     0.34       0.34       0.34      0.34  

Market price:

         

High

     35.01       35.54       34.50      35.52  

Low

     29.16       30.44       31.30      31.66  

Note: Quarterly amounts may not add to year-to-date amounts due to rounding.

 

74


REGIONS FINANCIAL CORPORATION

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF

FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

 

FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

This Annual Report on Form 10-K, other periodic reports filed by Regions Financial Corporation (“Regions”) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and any other written or oral statements made by or on behalf of Regions may include forward-looking statements. The Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995 (the “Act”) provides a “safe-harbor” for forward-looking statements which are identified as such and are accompanied by the identification of important factors that could cause actual results to differ materially from the forward-looking statements. For these statements, we, together with our subsidiaries, unless the context implies otherwise, claim the protection afforded by the safe harbor in the Act. Forward-looking statements are not based on historical information, but rather are related to future operations, strategies, financial results or other developments. Forward-looking statements are based on management’s expectations as well as certain assumptions and estimates made by, and information available to, management at the time the statements are made. Those statements are based on general assumptions and are subject to various risks, uncertainties and other factors that may cause actual results to differ materially from the views, beliefs and projections expressed in such statements. These risks, uncertainties and other factors include, but are not limited to, those described below:

 

   

Regions’ ability to achieve the earnings expectations related to businesses that have been acquired, including its merger with AmSouth Bancorporation (“AmSouth”) in November 2006, or that may be acquired in the future, which in turn depends on a variety of factors, including:

 

  Regions’ ability to achieve the anticipated cost savings and revenue enhancements with respect to the acquired operations, or lower than expected revenues from continuing operations;

 

  The assimilation of the combined companies’ corporate cultures;

 

  The continued growth of the markets that the acquired entities serve, consistent with recent historical experience;

 

  Difficulties related to the integration of the businesses, including integration of information systems and retention of key personnel;

 

  The effect of required divestitures of branches operated by AmSouth prior to the merger.

 

   

Regions’ ability to expand into new markets and to maintain profit margins in the face of competitive pressures.

 

   

Regions’ ability to keep pace with technological changes.

 

   

Regions’ ability to develop competitive new products and services in a timely manner and the acceptance of such products and services by Regions’ customers and potential customers.

 

   

Regions’ ability to effectively manage interest rate risk, market risk, credit risk, operational risk and legal risk.

 

   

Regions’ ability to manage fluctuations in the value of assets and liabilities and off-balance sheet exposure so as to maintain sufficient capital and liquidity to support Regions’ business.

 

   

The cost and other effects of material contingencies, including litigation contingencies.

 

   

The effects of increased competition from both banks and non-banks.

 

   

Further easing of restrictions on participants in the financial services industry, such as banks, securities brokers and dealers, investment companies and finance companies, may increase competitive pressures.

 

   

Possible changes in interest rates may increase funding costs and reduce earning asset yields, thus reducing margins.

 

   

Possible changes in general economic and business conditions in the United States in general and in the communities Regions serves in particular.

 

   

Possible changes in the creditworthiness of customers and the possible impairment of collectibility of loans.

 

   

The effects of geopolitical instability and risks such as terrorist attacks.

 

   

Possible changes in trade, monetary and fiscal policies, laws, and regulations, and other activities of governments, agencies, and similar organizations, including changes in accounting standards, may have an adverse effect on business.

 

   

Possible changes in consumer and business spending and saving habits could affect Regions’ ability to increase assets and to attract deposits.

 

   

The effects of weather and natural disasters such as hurricanes.

The words “believe,” “expect,” “anticipate,” “project,” and similar expressions often signify forward-looking statements. You should not place undue reliance on any forward-looking statements, which speak only as of the date made. We assume no obligation to update or revise any forward-looking statements that are made from time to time.


 

75


REPORT ON MANAGEMENT’S ASSESSMENT OF INTERNAL CONTROL OVER FINANCIAL REPORTING

Management of Regions is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting. Regions’ internal control system was designed to provide reasonable assurance to the Company’s management and Board of Directors regarding the preparation and fair presentation of the Company’s financial statements for external purposes in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.

All internal controls systems, no matter how well designed, have inherent limitations and may not prevent or detect misstatements in the Company’s financial statements. Therefore, even those systems determined to be effective can provide only reasonable assurance with respect to financial statement preparation and presentation. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

Regions’ management assessed the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2006. In making this assessment, it used the criteria set forth by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO) in its Internal Control – Integrated Framework. Based on our assessment, we believe that, as of December 31, 2006, the Company’s internal control over financial reporting is effective based on those criteria.

Regions’ independent registered public accounting firm has issued an audit report on our assessment of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. This report appears on the following page.

 

76


REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

BOARD OF DIRECTORS AND SHAREHOLDERS

OF REGIONS FINANCIAL CORPORATION

We have audited management’s assessment, included in the accompanying Report on Management’s Assessment of Internal Control Over Financial Reporting, that Regions Financial Corporation maintained effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2006, based on criteria established in Internal Control – Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (the COSO criteria). Regions Financial Corporation’s management is responsible for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on management’s assessment and an opinion on the effectiveness of the company’s internal control over financial reporting based on our audit.

We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects. Our audit included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, evaluating management’s assessment, testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control, and performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.

A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (1) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

In our opinion, management’s assessment that Regions Financial Corporation maintained effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2006, is fairly stated, in all material respects, based on the COSO criteria. Also, in our opinion, Regions Financial Corporation maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2006, based on the COSO criteria.

We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) the consolidated statements of condition as of December 31, 2006 and 2005, and the related consolidated statements of income, changes in stockholders’ equity, and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2006, of Regions Financial Corporation and our report dated February 26, 2007, expressed an unqualified opinion thereon.

/s/  Ernst & Young LLP

February 26, 2007

Birmingham, Alabama

 

77


REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

BOARD OF DIRECTORS AND SHAREHOLDERS OF

REGIONS FINANCIAL CORPORATION

We have audited the accompanying consolidated statements of condition of Regions Financial Corporation and subsidiaries as of December 31, 2006 and 2005, and the related consolidated statements of income, changes in stockholders’ equity, and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2006. These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the consolidated financial position of Regions Financial Corporation and subsidiaries at December 31, 2006 and 2005, and the consolidated results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2006, in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.

We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), the effectiveness of Regions Financial Corporation’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2006, based on criteria established in Internal Control – Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission and our report dated February 26, 2007, expressed an unqualified opinion thereon.

/s/  Ernst & Young LLP

February 26, 2007

Birmingham, Alabama

 

78


REGIONS FINANCIAL CORPORATION

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CONDITION

 

       December 31  

(In thousands, except share data)

   2006     2005  

ASSETS

    

Cash and due from banks

   $ 3,550,742     $ 2,414,560  

Interest-bearing deposits in other banks

     270,601       92,098  

Federal funds sold and securities purchased under agreements to resell

     896,075       710,282  

Trading account assets

     1,442,994       992,082  

Securities available for sale

     18,514,332       11,947,810  

Securities held to maturity (aggregated estimated market value of $47,767 in 2006 and of $27,107 in 2005)

     47,728       31,464  

Loans held for sale

     3,308,064       1,531,664  

Loans held for sale – divestitures

     1,612,237       —    

Margin receivables

     570,063       527,317  

Loans, net of unearned income

     94,550,602       58,404,913  

Allowance for loan losses

     (1,055,953 )     (783,536 )
                

Net loans

     93,494,649       57,621,377  

Premises and equipment, net

     2,398,494       1,122,289  

Interest receivable

     666,410       420,818  

Excess purchase price

     11,175,647       5,027,044  

Mortgage servicing rights (MSRs)

     374,871       412,008  

Other identifiable intangible assets

     957,834       314,368  

Other assets

     4,088,280       1,620,419  
                

Total assets

   $ 143,369,021     $ 84,785,600  
                

LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY

    

Deposits:

    

Non-interest-bearing

   $ 20,175,482     $ 13,699,038  

Non-interest-bearing – divestitures

     533,295       —    

Interest-bearing

     78,281,120       46,679,329  

Interest-bearing – divestitures

     2,238,072       —    
                

Total deposits

     101,227,969       60,378,367  

Borrowed funds:

    

Short-term borrowings:

    

Federal funds purchased and securities sold under agreements to repurchase

     7,676,254       3,928,185  

Other short-term borrowings

     1,990,817       1,038,094  
                

Total short-term borrowings

     9,667,071       4,966,279  

Long-term borrowings

     8,642,649       6,971,680  
                

Total borrowed funds

     18,309,720       11,937,959  

Other liabilities

     3,129,878       1,854,991  
                

Total liabilities

     122,667,567       74,171,317  

Stockholders’ equity:

    

Common stock, par value $.01 a share:

    

Authorized 1,500,000,000 shares

    

Issued including treasury stock – 730,275,510 shares in 2006 and 473,756,429 shares in 2005

     7,303       4,738  

Additional paid-in capital

     16,339,726       7,248,855  

Undivided profits

     4,493,245       4,034,905  

Treasury stock, at cost – 200,000 shares in 2006 and 17,408,800 shares in 2005

     (7,548 )     (581,890 )

Accumulated other comprehensive loss

     (131,272 )     (92,325 )
                

Total stockholders’ equity

     20,701,454       10,614,283  
                

Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity

   $ 143,369,021     $ 84,785,600  
                

See notes to consolidated financial statements.

 

79


REGIONS FINANCIAL CORPORATION

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF INCOME

 

     Years Ended December 31

(In thousands, except per share data)

   2006    2005     2004

INTEREST INCOME:

       

Interest and fees on loans

   $ 4,710,731    $ 3,546,767     $ 2,318,684

Interest on securities:

       

Taxable interest income

     606,665      498,666       434,009

Tax-exempt interest income

     33,679      28,800       25,319
                     

Total interest on securities

     640,344      527,466       459,328

Interest on loans held for sale

     196,759      149,167       118,038

Interest on federal funds sold and securities purchased under agreements to resell

     51,445      19,301       7,701

Interest on trading account assets

     54,538      36,596       31,903

Interest on margin receivables

     37,541      29,173       19,234

Interest on time deposits in other banks

     2,900      1,905       797
                     

Total interest income

     5,694,258      4,310,375       2,955,685

INTEREST EXPENSE:

       

Interest on deposits

     1,680,167      1,004,727       496,627

Interest on short-term borrowings

     275,497      164,816       108,000

Interest on long-term borrowings

     385,152      320,213       238,024
                     

Total interest expense

     2,340,816      1,489,756       842,651
                     

Net interest income

     3,353,442      2,820,619       2,113,034

Provision for loan losses

     142,500      165,000       128,500
                     

Net interest income after provision for loan losses

     3,210,942      2,655,619       1,984,534

NON-INTEREST INCOME:

       

Brokerage and investment banking

     677,427      548,662       535,300

Service charges on deposit accounts

     649,392      518,388       418,142

Trust department income

     150,182      127,766       102,569

Mortgage servicing and origination fees

     133,171      145,304       128,845

Securities gains (losses), net

     8,123      (18,892 )     63,086

Other

     443,809      492,204       414,489
                     

Total non-interest income

     2,062,104      1,813,432       1,662,431

NON-INTEREST EXPENSE:

       

Salaries and employee benefits

     1,922,990      1,739,017       1,425,075

Net occupancy expense

     259,978      224,073       160,060

Furniture and equipment expense

     162,296      132,776       101,977

Other

     968,767      951,090       784,271
                     

Total non-interest expense

     3,314,031      3,046,956       2,471,383
                     

Income before income taxes

     1,959,015      1,422,095       1,175,582

Income taxes

     605,870      421,551       351,817
                     

Net income

   $ 1,353,145    $ 1,000,544     $ 823,765
                     

Net income available to common shareholders

   $ 1,353,145    $ 1,000,544     $ 817,745
                     

Weighted-average number of shares outstanding:

       

Basic

     501,681      461,171       368,656

Diluted

     506,989      466,183       373,732

Earnings per share – basic

   $ 2.70    $ 2.17     $ 2.22

Earnings per share – diluted

     2.67      2.15       2.19

Cash dividends declared per share

     1.40      1.36       1.33

See notes to consolidated financial statements.

 

80


REGIONS FINANCIAL CORPORATION

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY

 

     

Common

Stock

   

Additional

Paid-In

    Undivided    

Accumulated

Other

Comprehensive

   

Treasury

Stock,

   

Unearned

Restricted

       

(In thousands, except per share data)

  Shares     Amount     Capital     Profits     Income (Loss)     At Cost     Stock     Total  

BALANCE AT JANUARY 1, 2004

  221,967     $ 139,598     $ 983,669     $ 3,329,023     $ 63,540     $ (49,944 )   $ (13,771 )   $ 4,452,115  

Comprehensive income:

               

Net income

  —         —         —         823,765       —         —         —         823,765  

Unrealized losses on securities available for sale, net of tax and reclassification adjustment (1)

  —         —         —         —         (15,752 )     —         —         (15,752 )

Other comprehensive gain from derivatives, net of tax and reclassification adjustment (1)

  —         —         —         —         2,465       —         —         2,465  
                     

Comprehensive income

                  810,478  

Cash dividends declared – $1.33 per share

  —         —         —         (489,817 )     —         —         —         (489,817 )

Purchase of treasury stock

  (4,997 )     —         —         —         —         (186,276 )     —         (186,276 )

Treasury stock retired and reissued

  —         (3,464 )     (203,361 )     —         —         206,825       —         —    

Reclassification for exchange of 1.2346 shares of $.01 par value common stock for 1 share of $.625 par value common stock in connection with merger

  51,605       (134,765 )     134,765       —         —         —         —         —    

Common stock transactions:

               

Stock issued for acquisitions

  190,262       1,903       6,028,077       —         —         —         —         6,029,980  

Stock issued to employees under incentive plans, net

  1,559       482       54,404       —         —         —         (64,613 )     (9,727 )

Stock options exercised

  5,845       917       130,012       —         —         —         —         130,929  

Settlement of accelerated stock repurchase agreement

  —         —         (1,158 )     —         —         —         —         (1,158 )

Amortization of unearned restricted stock

  —         —         —         —         —         —         12,933       12,933  
                                                             

BALANCE AT DECEMBER 31, 2004

  466,241       4,671       7,126,408       3,662,971       50,253       (29,395 )     (65,451 )     10,749,457  

Comprehensive income:

               

Net income

  —         —         —         1,000,544       —         —         —         1,000,544  

Unrealized losses on securities available for sale, net of tax and reclassification adjustment (1)

  —         —         —         —         (136,881 )     —         —         (136,881 )

Other comprehensive loss from derivatives, net of tax and reclassification adjustment (1)

  —         —         —         —         (5,697 )     —         —         (5,697 )
                     

Comprehensive income

                  857,966  

Cash dividends declared – $1.36 per share

  —         —         —         (628,610 )     —         —         —         (628,610 )

Purchase of treasury stock

  (16,566 )     —         —         —         —         (552,495 )     —         (552,495 )

Common stock transactions:

               

Stock issued to employees under incentive plans, net

  875       9       31,153       —         —         —         (35,994 )     (4,832 )

Stock options exercised

  5,797       58       165,922       —         —         —         —         165,980  

Amortization of unearned restricted stock

  —         —         —         —         —         —         26,817       26,817  
                                                             

BALANCE AT DECEMBER 31, 2005

  456,347       4,738       7,323,483       4,034,905       (92,325 )     (581,890 )     (74,628 )     10,614,283  

Reclassification for adoption of FAS 123R

  —         —         (74,628 )     —         —         —         74,628       —    

Comprehensive income:

               

Net income

  —         —         —         1,353,145       —         —         —         1,353,145  

Unrealized gains on securities available for sale, net of tax and reclassification adjustment (1)

  —         —         —         —         15,527       —         —         15,527  

Other comprehensive gain from derivatives, net of tax and reclassification adjustment (1)

  —         —         —         —         9,656       —         —         9,656  

Unrealized actuarial loss and prior service credit for pension liability, net of tax (1)

  —         —         —         —         (64,130 )     —         —         (64,130 )
                     

Comprehensive income

                  1,314,198  

Cash dividends declared – $1.40 per share

  —         —         —         (894,805 )     —         —         —         (894,805 )

Purchase of treasury stock

  (13,764 )     —         —         —         —         (490,370 )     —         (490,370 )

Retirement of treasury stock

  —         (310 )     (1,064,402 )     —         —         1,064,712       —         —    

Common stock transactions:

               

Stock issued for acquisitions

  277,095       2,771       9,855,017       —         —         —         —         9,857,788  

Stock issued to employees under incentive plans, net

  1,044       10       (7,314 )     —         —         —         —         (7,304 )

Stock options exercised

  9,354       94       264,241       —         —         —         —         264,335  

Amortization of unearned restricted stock

  —         —         43,329       —         —         —         —         43,329  
                                                             

BALANCE AT DECEMBER 31, 2006

  730,076     $ 7,303     $ 16,339,726     $ 4,493,245     $ (131,272 )   $ (7,548 )   $ —       $ 20,701,454  
                                                             

(1) See disclosure of reclassification adjustment amount and tax effect, as applicable, in Note 13 to the consolidated financial statements.

See notes to consolidated financial statements.

 

81


REGIONS FINANCIAL CORPORATION

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

 

     Years Ended December 31  

(In thousands)

   2006     2005     2004  

OPERATING ACTIVITIES:

      

Net income

   $ 1,353,145     $ 1,000,544     $ 823,765  

Adjustments to reconcile net cash provided by operating activities:

      

Loss on early extinguishment of debt

     6,532       10,878       39,620  

Depreciation and amortization of premises and equipment

     144,038       111,506       82,414  

Provision for loan losses

     142,500       165,000       128,500  

Net (accretion) amortization of securities

     (1,720 )     17,057       24,673  

Amortization of loans and other assets

     178,347       186,073       139,084  

Provision for (recapture of) impairment of mortgage servicing rights

     16,000       (32,000 )     22,000  

Gain on exchange of NYSE seats for NYSE publicly traded stock

     (13,111 )     —         —    

(Amortization) accretion of deposits and borrowings

     (17,894 )     443       655  

Provision for losses on other real estate

     5,698       5,888       2,353  

Excess tax benefits from share-based payments

     (32,454 )     —         —    

Deferred income tax expense (benefit)

     61,099       (53,729 )     41,889  

Loss (gain) on sale of premises and equipment

     8,522       (3,155 )     283  

Net securities (gains) losses

     (8,123 )     18,892       (63,086 )

(Increase) decrease in trading account assets

     (423,196 )     (63,406 )     252,772  

(Increase) decrease in loans held for sale

     (788,841 )     251,667       299,821  

(Increase) decrease in margin receivables

     (42,746 )     (49,504 )     25,762  

(Increase) decrease in interest receivable

     (46,451 )     (75,255 )     4,211  

Decrease (increase) in other assets

     1,762,856       (135,734 )     (119,458 )

Increase (decrease) in other liabilities

     501,792       539,108       (636,166 )

Other

     36,028       21,954       3,206  
                        

Net cash provided by operating activities

     2,842,021       1,916,227       1,072,298  

INVESTING ACTIVITIES:

      

Net increase in loans

     (2,172,785 )     (1,014,109 )     (2,771,020 )

Proceeds from sale of securities available for sale

     3,770,572       5,014,256       3,574,799  

Proceeds from maturity of securities held to maturity

     151,939       1,040       1,544  

Proceeds from maturity of securities available for sale

     2,608,866       2,230,748       3,263,805  

Purchase of securities held to maturity

     (161,796 )     (870 )     (2,325 )

Purchase of securities available for sale

     (5,550,408 )     (6,862,448 )     (4,967,143 )

Net purchase of premises and equipment

     (94,661 )     (141,545 )     (109,041 )

Net decrease in customers’ acceptance liability

     1,316       9,058       29,071  

Acquisitions, net of cash acquired

     1,217,587       —         1,045,695  
                        

Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities

     (229,370 )     (763,870 )     65,385  

FINANCING ACTIVITIES:

      

Net increase in deposits

     3,310,923       1,710,901       3,030,569  

Net decrease in short-term borrowings

     (944,956 )     (1,029,332 )     (1,653,405 )

Proceeds from long-term borrowings

     816,048       1,038,216       1,534,987  

Payments on long-term borrowings

     (3,204,486 )     (1,316,999 )     (2,718,840 )

Net decrease in bank acceptance liability

     (1,316 )     (9,058 )     (29,071 )

Cash dividends

     (894,805 )     (628,610 )     (489,817 )

Purchase of treasury stock

     (490,370 )     (552,495 )     (187,434 )

Excess tax benefits from share-based payments

     32,454       —         —    

Proceeds from exercise of stock options, net

     264,335       165,980       130,929  
                        

Net cash used in financing activities

     (1,112,173 )     (621,397 )     (382,082 )
                        

Increase in cash and cash equivalents

     1,500,478       530,960       755,601  

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year

     3,216,940       2,685,980       1,930,379  
                        

Cash and cash equivalents at end of year

   $ 4,717,418     $ 3,216,940     $ 2,685,980  
                        

See notes to consolidated financial statements.

 

82


REGIONS FINANCIAL CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

NOTE 1. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

Regions Financial Corporation (“Regions” or “the Company”) provides a full range of banking and bank-related services to individual and corporate customers through its subsidiaries and branch offices located primarily in Alabama, Arkansas, Florida, Georgia, Illinois, Indiana, Iowa, Kentucky, Louisiana, Mississippi, Missouri, North Carolina, South Carolina, Tennessee, Texas and Virginia. The Company is subject to intense competition from other financial institutions, is subject to the regulations of certain government agencies, and undergoes periodic examinations by those regulatory authorities.

The accounting and reporting policies of Regions and the methods of applying those policies that materially affect the accompanying consolidated financial statements conform with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States (“GAAP”) and with general practices in the financial services industry. In preparing the financial statements, management is required to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities as of the statement of condition dates and revenues and expenses for the periods shown. Actual results could differ from the estimates and assumptions used in the consolidated financial statements including, but not limited to, the estimates and assumptions related to the allowance for credit losses, intangibles, mortgage servicing rights and income taxes.

BASIS OF PRESENTATION AND PRINCIPLES OF CONSOLIDATION

The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of Regions, its subsidiaries and certain variable interest entities (“VIEs”). Significant intercompany balances and transactions have been eliminated. Certain amounts in prior-year financial statements have been reclassified to conform to the current year presentation. These reclassifications are immaterial and have no effect on net income, total assets or stockholders’ equity. Regions considers a voting rights entity to be a subsidiary and consolidates it if Regions has a controlling financial interest in the entity. VIEs are consolidated if Regions is exposed to the majority of the VIE’s expected losses and/or residual returns (i.e., Regions is considered to be the primary beneficiary). Unconsolidated investments in voting rights entities or VIEs in which Regions has significant influence over operating and financing decisions (usually defined as a voting or economic interest of 20% to 50%) are accounted for using the equity method. Unconsolidated investments in voting rights entities or VIEs in which Regions has a voting or economic interest of less than 20% are generally carried at cost.

Regions owns the common stock of subsidiary business trusts, which have issued mandatorily redeemable preferred capital securities (“trust preferred securities”) in the aggregate of $290.5 million at the time of issuance. These trusts meet the definition of a VIE of which Regions is not the primary beneficiary; the trusts’ only assets are junior subordinated debentures issued by Regions, which were acquired by the trusts using the proceeds from the issuance of the trust preferred securities and common stock. The junior subordinated debentures are included in long-term debt and Regions’ equity interests in the business trusts are included in other assets. For regulatory reporting and capital adequacy purposes, the Federal Reserve Board has indicated that such preferred securities will continue to constitute Tier 1 capital until further notice.

Regions periodically invests in various limited partnerships that sponsor affordable housing projects, which are funded through a combination of debt and equity with equity typically comprising 30% to 50% of the total partnership capital. These partnerships meet the definition of a VIE; however, Regions is not the primary beneficiary of these partnerships. Regions’ maximum exposure to loss as of December 31, 2006 and 2005 was $321.2 million and $141.4 million, respectively, which included $84.8 million and $15.8 million in unfunded commitments to the partnerships.

CASH AND CASH FLOWS

Cash equivalents include cash and due from banks, interest-bearing deposits in other banks, and federal funds sold and securities purchased under agreements to resell. Regions paid $2.2 billion in 2006, $1.5 billion in 2005 and $760 million in 2004 for interest on deposits and borrowings. Income tax payments totaled $445 million for 2006, $172 million for 2005 and $212 million for 2004. Loans transferred to other real estate totaled $128 million in 2006, $164 million in 2005 and $261 million in 2004. In 2006, Regions reclassified $625 million of student loans from loans to loans held for sale. In 2004, Regions reclassified $430 million of indirect consumer auto loans from loans held for sale to the loan portfolio. There were no such reclassifications in 2005.

TRADING ACCOUNT ASSETS

Trading account assets, which are held for the purpose of selling at a profit, consist of debt and marketable equity securities and are carried at estimated fair value. Gains and losses, both realized and unrealized, are included in brokerage and investment banking income. Trading account net gains totaled $27.9 million (including $169,000 of net unrealized losses), $6.9 million (including $667,000 of net unrealized losses) and $9.5 million (including $3.2 million of net unrealized gains) in 2006, 2005 and 2004, respectively.


 

83


REGIONS FINANCIAL CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

SECURITIES PURCHASED UNDER AGREEMENTS

TO RESELL AND SECURITIES SOLD UNDER AGREEMENTS TO REPURCHASE

Securities purchased under agreements to resell and securities sold under agreements to repurchase are generally treated as collateralized financing transactions and are recorded at market value plus accrued interest. It is Regions’ policy to take possession of securities purchased under resell agreements.

SECURITIES

Management determines the appropriate classification of debt and equity securities at the time of purchase and periodically re-evaluates such designations. Debt securities are classified as securities held to maturity when the Company has the intent and ability to hold the securities to maturity. Securities held to maturity are stated at amortized cost. Debt securities not classified as securities held to maturity or trading account assets and marketable equity securities not classified as trading account assets are classified as securities available for sale. Securities available for sale are stated at estimated fair value, with unrealized gains and losses, net of taxes, reported as a component of other comprehensive income. The estimated fair value of securities is determined based on quoted market prices. If quoted market prices are not available, estimated fair value is determined based on quoted market prices of comparable instruments.

The amortized cost of debt securities classified as securities held to maturity or securities available for sale is adjusted for amortization of premiums and accretion of discounts to maturity, or in the case of mortgage-backed securities, over the estimated life of the security, using the effective yield method. Such amortization or accretion is included in interest on securities. Realized gains and losses are included in net securities gains (losses). The cost of securities sold is based on the specific identification method.

The Company reviews its securities portfolio on a regular basis to determine if there are any conditions indicating that a security has other-than-temporary impairment. Factors considered in this determination include the length of time that the security has been in a loss position, the ability and intent to hold the security until such time as the value recovers or the security matures, and the credit quality of the issuer. When a security has impairment that is considered to be other-than-temporary, the security is written down to fair value and a loss is reported in other non-interest expense.

LOANS HELD FOR SALE

At December 31, 2006, loans held for sale included 1-4 family real estate mortgage loans, student loans, and loans held for sale associated with divestitures, which include all commercial and consumer loan products offered by Regions. Refer to Note 2 for a discussion of assets and liabilities held for sale associ-

ated with these divestitures. At December 31, 2005, loans held for sale included only 1-4 family real estate mortgage loans. Regions primarily classifies new 1-4 family real estate mortgage loans as held for sale, but may retain some of these loans based on available liquidity, interest rate risk management and other business purposes. Mortgage loans held for sale have been designated as one of the hedged items in a fair value hedging relationship under Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 133, “Accounting for Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities” (“Statement 133”). Therefore, changes in fair value attributable to interest rate risk are recognized in income as an adjustment to the carrying amount of mortgage loans held for sale. Otherwise, mortgage loans held for sale are presented at the lower of aggregate cost or market value. The market values are based on quoted market prices of similar instruments, adjusted for differences in loan characteristics. Gains and losses on mortgage loans held for sale are included in other non-interest income.

MARGIN RECEIVABLES

Margin receivables, which represent funds advanced to brokerage customers for the purchase of securities, are carried at cost and secured by certain marketable securities in respective customers’ brokerage accounts.

LOANS

Loans are carried at the principal amount outstanding, net of premiums, discounts, unearned income and deferred loan fees and costs. Interest income on loans is accrued based on the principal amount outstanding, except for those loans classified as non-accrual. Nonrefundable loan origination and commitment fees, net of direct costs of originating or acquiring loans, are deferred and recognized over the estimated lives of the related loans as an adjustment to the effective yield.

Regions engages in both direct and leveraged lease financ-ing. The net investment in direct financing leases is the sum of all minimum lease payments and estimated residual values, less unearned income. Unearned income is recognized over the terms of the leases to produce a level yield. The net investment in leveraged leases is the sum of all lease payments (less nonrecourse debt payments), plus estimated residual values, less unearned income. Income from leveraged leases is recognized over the term of the leases based on the unrecovered equity investment.

Loans are placed on non-accrual status when management has determined that full payment of all contractual principal and interest is in doubt or the loan is past due 90 days or more as to principal and interest unless the loan is well-secured and in the process of collection. Interest previously accrued but not collected on non-accrual loans is reversed against interest income on the date of non-accrual classification. Charge-offs on commercial loans occur when available information con-


 

84


REGIONS FINANCIAL CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

firms the loan is not fully collectible and the loss is reasonably quantifiable. Consumer loans are subject to mandatory charge-off at a specified delinquency date consistent with regulatory guidelines. Interest collections on non-accrual loans for which the ultimate collectibility of principal is uncertain are applied as principal reductions. Regions determines past due or delinquency status of a loan based on contractual payment terms.

ALLOWANCE FOR CREDIT LOSSES

Through provisions charged directly to expense, Regions has established an allowance for credit losses (“allowance”). This allowance is comprised of two components: the allowance for loan losses, which is a contra-asset to loans, and a reserve for unfunded credit commitments, which is recorded in other liabilities. The allowance is reduced by actual losses and increased by charge-off recoveries, if any. It is Regions’ policy to charge losses against the allowance in the period the loss is confirmed.

The allowance is maintained at a level believed adequate by management to absorb probable losses inherent in the loan portfolio. Management’s determination of the adequacy of the allowance is an ongoing, quarterly process and is based on an evaluation of the loan portfolio, historical loan loss experience, current economic conditions, collateral values of properties securing loans, volume, growth, quality and composition of the loan portfolio, regulatory guidance and other relevant factors. Unfavorable changes in any of these, or other factors, or the availability of new information, could require that the allowance be increased in future periods. Actual losses could vary from management’s estimates. Except for allowance on loans subject to Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 114, “Accounting by Creditors for Impairment of a Loan” (“Statement 114”), no portion of the resulting allowance is restricted to any individual credits or group of credits. The remaining allowance is available to absorb losses from any and all loans.

Regions’ assessment of allowance levels is determined in accordance with regulatory guidelines, Statement 114 and Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 5, “Accounting for Contingencies” (“Statement 5”). In determining the allowance, management uses information to stratify the loan portfolio into loan pools with common risk characteristics. Loan pools in the portfolio are assigned estimated allowance amounts of loss based on various factors and analyses, including but not limited to current and historical loss experience trends and levels of problem credits, current economic conditions, changes in product mix and underwriting. Loans deemed to be impaired, which include non-accrual loans excluding consumer loans, with outstanding balances greater than $2.5 million in 2006 and $1.0 million in 2005, are evaluated individually. For these loans, Regions measures the level of impairment based on the present value of the estimated projected cash flows, the estimated value of the collateral or, if available, the observable market price.

 

In 2006, Regions reclassified portions of the allowance for loan losses related to the estimation of probable losses on binding unfunded credit commitments to other liabilities. The amount reclassified in 2006 was approximately $51.8 million.

Regions accounts for loans acquired in a transfer that are subject to the scope of American Institute of Certified Public Accountants (AICPA) Statement of Position 03-3, “Accounting for Certain Loans and Debt Securities Acquired in a Transfer” (“SOP 03-3”) at fair value, which is the net present value of all cash flows expected to be collected over the life of the loan. These cash flows are determined on the date of transfer. At December 31, 2006, the principal balance of and net investment in these loans was immaterial. At December 31, 2005, Regions had no loans subject to
SOP 03-3.

ACCOUNTING FOR TRANSFERS AND SERVICING OF FINANCIAL ASSETS

Regions may periodically sell receivables, such as commercial loans, residential mortgage loans and dealer loans, in securitizations and to third parties, including conduits. When Regions sells these receivables, it may retain a continuing interest in these receivables in the form of interest-only strips, one or more subordinated tranches, servicing rights, or cash reserve accounts. These retained interests are initially recognized based on their respective allocated cost basis on the date of transfer. Any gain or loss on the sale of the receivables depends in part on the previous carrying amount of the financial assets involved in the transfer, allocated between the assets sold and the retained interests based on their relative fair value at the date of transfer. Retained interests in the subordinated tranches and interest-only strips are recorded at fair value and included in securities available for sale. Subsequent adjustments to fair value are recorded through other comprehensive income. Quoted market prices for these assets are generally not available, so Regions estimates fair value based on the present value of expected future cash flows using management’s best estimates of the key assumptions – expected credit losses, prepayment speeds, weighted- average life, and discount rates commensurate with the inherent risks of the asset. In calculating prepayment rates, Regions utilizes a variety of prepayment models depending on the loan type and specific transaction requirements. The models used by Regions include the constant prepayment rate model (CPR), the absolute prepayment speed model (ABS) and the Bond Market Trade Association’s Mortgaged Asset-Backed Securities Division’s prepayment model (PSA).

On a quarterly basis, Regions ensures that any retained interests are valued appropriately in the consolidated financial statements. Management reviews the historical performance


 

85


REGIONS FINANCIAL CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

of each retained interest and the assumptions used to project future cash flows. Assumptions are revised if past performance and future expectations dictate. The present value of cash flows is then recalculated based on the revised assumptions.

Amounts capitalized for the right to service mortgage loans are amortized as a component of other non-interest expense over the estimated remaining servicing lives of the loans, considering appropriate prepayment assumptions. Mortgage servicing rights (“MSRs”) are presented on the consolidated statements of condition at the lower of aggregate cost or market value on a stratified basis. The fair value of mortgage servicing rights is calculated by discounting estimated future cash flows from the servicing assets, using market discount rates, as well as expected prepayment rates, servicing costs and other factors. Changes in these factors, which include interest rates, prepayment speeds, or other factors, could result in impairment of the servicing asset and a charge against earnings. For purposes of evaluating impairment, the Company stratifies its mortgage servicing portfolio on the basis of certain risk characteristics, including loan type and interest rate. Refer to Note 6 for further discussion of mortgage servicing rights.

PREMISES AND EQUIPMENT

Premises and equipment are stated at cost, less accumulated depreciation and amortization, as applicable. Depreciation expense is computed using the straight-line and declining-balance methods over the estimated useful lives of the assets. Leasehold improvements are amortized using the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the improvements (or the terms of the leases, if shorter). Generally, premises and leasehold improvements are depreciated or amortized over 10-40 years. Furniture and equipment is generally depreciated or amortized over 3-12 years.

Regions enters into lease transactions for the right to use assets. These leases vary in term and, from time to time, include incentives and/or rent escalations. Examples of incentives include periods of “free” rent and leasehold improvement incentives. Regions recognizes incentives and escalations on a straight-line basis over the lease term as a reduction of or increase to rent expense, as applicable, in net occupancy expense on the consolidated statements of income.

INTANGIBLE ASSETS

Intangible assets include excess purchase price, which is the excess of cost over the fair value of net assets of acquired businesses. Other identifiable intangible assets include the following: (1) core deposit intangible assets, which are amounts recorded related to the value of acquired indeterminate- maturity deposits, (2) amounts capitalized related to the value of acquired customer relationships and (3) amounts recorded related to employment agreements with certain individuals of

acquired entities. Core deposit intangibles are amortized on an accelerated basis, while all other identifiable intangible assets are primarily amortized on a straight-line basis.

The Company’s excess purchase price, which is primarily related to banking acquisitions, is tested for impairment on an annual basis, or more often if events or circumstances indicate that there may be impairment. Adverse changes in the economic environment, operations of the business unit, or other factors could result in a decline in the implied fair value. If the implied fair value is less than the carrying amount, a loss would be recognized in non-interest expense to reduce the carrying amount to implied fair value.

Other identifiable intangible assets are reviewed at least annually for events or circumstances that could impact the recoverability of the intangible asset. These events could include loss of core deposits, increased competition or adverse changes in the economy. To the extent an other identifiable intangible asset is deemed unrecoverable, impairment losses are recorded in non-interest expense to reduce the carrying amount to the estimated fair value.

FORECLOSED PROPERTY AND OTHER REAL ESTATE

Other real estate acquired in satisfaction of indebtedness (“foreclosure”) is carried in other assets at the lower of the recorded investment in the loan or fair value less estimated cost to sell the property at the date of transfer. In such cases where the recorded investment in the loan exceeds the property’s fair value less cost to sell, write-downs are recorded as charge-offs in the allowance. At December 31, 2006 and 2005, foreclosed property and other real estate totaled $75.6 million and $65.5 million, respectively. Gain or loss on the sale of foreclosed property and other real estate is included in other non-interest expense. From time to time, assets classified as premises and equipment are transferred to held for sale for various reasons. These assets are carried in other assets at the lower of the recorded investment in the asset or fair value less estimated cost to sell based upon the property’s appraised value at the date of transfer. Any write-downs of property held for sale are recorded as non-interest expense.

DERIVATIVE FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS AND HEDGING ACTIVITIES

The Company enters into derivative financial instruments to manage interest rate risk, facilitate asset/liability management strategies and manage other exposures. These instruments primarily include interest rate swaps, options on interest rate swaps, and interest rate caps and floors. All derivative financial instruments are recognized on the consolidated statements of condition as assets or liabilities at fair value as required by Statement 133. It is Regions’ policy to enter into master netting agreements with counterparties and/or to require collateral based on counterparty credit ratings to cover exposures.


 

86


REGIONS FINANCIAL CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

Derivative financial instruments that qualify under Statement 133 in a hedging relationship are designated, based on the exposure being hedged, as either fair value or cash flow hedges. For derivative financial instruments not designated as fair value or cash flow hedges, gains and losses related to the change in fair value are recognized in earnings during the period of change in fair value.

Fair value hedge relationships mitigate exposure to the change in fair value of an asset, liability or firm commitment. Under the fair value hedging model, gains or losses attributable to the change in fair value of the derivative instrument, as well as the gains and losses attributable to the change in fair value of the hedged item, are recognized in earnings in the period in which the change in fair value occurs. Hedge ineffectiveness is recognized to the extent the changes in fair value of the derivative do not offset the changes in fair value of the hedged item as non-interest expense. The corresponding adjustment to the hedged asset or liability is included in the basis of the hedged item, while the corresponding change in the fair value of the derivative instrument is recorded as an adjustment to other assets or other liabilities, as applicable.

Cash flow hedge relationships mitigate exposure to the variability of future cash flows or other forecasted transactions. For cash flow hedge relationships, the effective portion of the gain or loss related to the derivative instrument is recognized as a component of other comprehensive income. The ineffective portion of the gain or loss related to the derivative instrument, if any, is recognized in earnings as non-interest expense during the period of change. Amounts recorded in other comprehensive income are amortized to earnings in the period or periods during which the hedged item impacts earnings.

The Company formally documents all hedging relationships between hedging instruments and the hedged items, as well as its risk management objective and strategy for entering into various hedge transactions. Depending on the hedged item, the Company performs periodic assessments to determine whether the hedging relationship has been highly effective in offsetting changes in fair values or cash flows of hedged items and whether the relationship is expected to continue to be highly effective in the future.

When a hedge is terminated or hedge accounting is discontinued because the hedged item no longer meets the definition of a firm commitment, or because it is probable that the forecasted transaction will not occur by the end of the specified time period, the derivative will continue to be recorded in the consolidated statements of condition at its fair value, with changes in fair value recognized currently in non-interest income. Any asset or liability that was recorded pursuant to recognition of the firm commitment is removed from the consolidated statements of condition and recognized currently in non-interest income. Gains and losses that were accumulated in other comprehensive income pursuant to the

hedge of a forecasted transaction are recognized immediately in non-interest income.

Regions also enters into interest rate lock commitments, which are commitments to originate loans whereby the interest rate on the loan is determined prior to funding and the customers have locked into that interest rate. Accordingly, such commitments are recorded at fair value with changes in fair value recorded in non-interest income. Fair value is based on fees currently charged to enter into similar agreements and, for fixed-rate commitments, considers the difference between current levels of interest rates and the committed rates. Regions also has corresponding forward sales commitments related to these interest rate lock commitments, which are recorded at fair value with changes in fair value recorded in non-interest income.

Regions enters into various derivative agreements with customers desiring protection from possible future market fluctuations. Regions generally maintains a portfolio of offsetting derivative agreements. These contracts do not qualify for hedge accounting and are marked-to-market through earnings and included in other assets and other liabilities.

INCOME TAXES

Regions and its subsidiaries file various federal and state income tax returns, including some returns that are consolidated with subsidiaries. Regions accounts for the current and future tax effects of such returns using the asset and liability method, recording deferred tax assets and liabilities and applying federal and state tax rates currently in effect to its cumulative temporary differences. Temporary differences are differences between financial statement carrying amounts and the corresponding tax bases of assets and liabilities.

From time to time, Regions engages in business plans that may also have an effect on its tax liabilities. If the tax effects of a plan are significant, Regions’ practice is to obtain the opinion of advisors that the tax effects of such plans should prevail if challenged. The examination of Regions’ income tax returns or changes in tax law may impact the tax benefits of these plans. Regions believes adequate provisions for income tax have been recorded for all years open for review.

TREASURY STOCK

The purchase of the Company’s common stock is recorded at cost. At the date of retirement or subsequent reissuance, treasury stock is reduced by the cost of such stock with differences recorded in additional paid-in capital or undivided profits, as applicable.


 

87


REGIONS FINANCIAL CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

SHARE-BASED PAYMENTS

Regions accounts for share-based payments in accordance with Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 123 (revised 2004), “Share-Based Payments” (“Statement 123(R)”), which was adopted under the modified prospective method on January 1, 2006 and, therefore, results for prior periods have not been restated. The effect of the adoption of Statement 123(R) on Regions’ financial condition and results of operations was not material, because on December 20, 2005, Regions accelerated vesting of certain non-qualified, outstanding, unvested stock options previously awarded. Therefore, there were no unvested stock options outstanding at December 31, 2005. Refer to Note 15 for further discussion of share-based payments.

Compensation cost is measured based on the fair value of the award, which most commonly includes restricted stock (i.e., unvested common stock) and stock options, at the grant date and is recognized in the consolidated financial statements on a straight-line basis over the requisite service period. The fair value of restricted stock is determined based on the average of the high and low price of Regions’ common stock on the date of grant. The fair value of stock options is estimated at the date of grant using a Black-Scholes option pricing model and

 

related assumptions. Expected volatility considers implied volatility from traded options on the Company’s stock and historical volatility of the Company’s stock. Regions considers historical data to estimate future option exercise behavior, which is used to derive an option’s expected term. The expected term represents the period of time that options are expected to be outstanding from the grant date. Historical data is also used to estimate future employee attrition, which is used to calculate an expected forfeiture rate. Groups of employees that have similar historical exercise behavior are reviewed and considered for valuation purposes. The risk-free rate is based on the U.S. Treasury yield curve in effect at the time of grant and the weighted-average expected life of the grant.

Prior to the adoption of Statement 123(R), Regions followed the disclosure-only provisions of Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 123, “Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation” (“Statement 123”) as amended, which allowed an entity to measure compensation cost for those plans using the intrinsic value-based method of accounting prescribed by Accounting Principles Board Opinion 25, “Accounting for Stock Issued to Employees” (“Opinion 25”) as amended and interpreted. Regions’ pro forma information for the years ended December 31, 2005 and 2004 are as follows:


 

(In thousands, except per share data)

   2005     2004  

Net income available to common shareholders

   $ 1,000,544     $ 817,745  

Add: Stock-based compensation expense included in net income, net of related tax effects

     17,830       8,407  

Less: Total stock-based compensation expense based on the fair value method for all awards, net of related tax effects

     (39,745 )     (19,206 )
                

Pro forma net income available to common shareholders

   $ 978,629     $ 806,946  
                

EARNINGS PER SHARE:

    

Basic

   $ 2.17     $ 2.22  

Diluted

     2.15       2.19  

Pro forma – basic

     2.12       2.19  

Pro forma – diluted

     2.10       2.16  

The above pro forma information includes expenses related to stock options and restricted stock granted during 2005 and 2004, as well as the expense related to the unvested portion of prior years’ grants and assumes that the fair value for these option grants was estimated at the date of grant using a Black-Scholes option pricing model. The estimated fair value of the options is then amortized over the options’ original vesting period to determine the pro forma expense for the period.

 

88


REGIONS FINANCIAL CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

REVENUE RECOGNITION

The largest source of revenue for Regions is interest revenue. Interest revenue is recognized on an accrual basis driven by nondiscretionary formulas based on written contracts, such as loan agreements or securities contracts. Credit-related fees, including letter of credit fees, are recognized in non-interest income when earned. Regions recognizes commission revenue and brokerage, exchange and clearance fees on a trade-date basis. Other types of non-interest revenues, such as service charges on deposits and trust revenues, are accrued and recognized into income as services are provided and the amount of fees earned are reasonably determinable.

PER SHARE AMOUNTS

Earnings per share computations are based upon the weighted-average number of shares outstanding during the periods. Diluted earnings per share computations are based upon the weighted-average number of shares outstanding during the period, plus the dilutive effect of outstanding stock options and stock performance awards.

RECENT ACCOUNTING PRONOUNCEMENTS AND ACCOUNTING CHANGES

In December 2004, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued Statement 123(R), which revises Statement 123 and supersedes Opinion 25. Statement 123(R) requires all share-based payments to employees, including grants of employee stock options, to be recognized in the financial statements based on their fair values. Statement 123(R) was adopted by the Company as of January 1, 2006; see Note 15 to the consolidated financial statements for additional discussion.

In June 2005, the FASB issued Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 154, “Accounting Changes and Error Corrections” (“Statement 154”), a replacement of Accounting Principles Board Opinion No. 20, “Accounting Changes,” and Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 3, “Reporting Accounting Changes in Interim Financial Statements.” The Statement applies to all voluntary changes in accounting principle, and changes the requirements for accounting for and reporting a change in accounting principle. In the absence of specific transition requirements to the contrary in the adoption of an accounting principle, Statement 154 requires retrospective application to prior periods’ financial statements of a voluntary change in accounting principle unless it is impracticable for comparability and consistency of financial information between periods. Statement 154 is effective for accounting changes and corrections of errors made in fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2005. The adoption of Statement 154 did not have a material impact on the consolidated financial statements.

 

In September 2006, the FASB issued Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 158, “Employers’ Accounting for Defined Benefit Pension and Other Postretirement Plans, an amendment of FASB Statements No. 87, 88, 106, and 132(R)” (“Statement 158”). Statement 158 requires employers to fully recognize in their financial statements the obligations associated with single-employer defined benefit pension plans, retiree healthcare plans, and other postretirement plans. Specifically, it requires a company to (1) recognize on its balance sheet an asset for a plan’s overfunded status or a liability for a plan’s underfunded status, (2) measure a plan’s assets and its obligations that determine its funded status as of the end of the employer’s fiscal year, and (3) recognize changes in the funded status of a plan through other comprehensive income in the year in which the changes occur. Companies with publicly traded equity securities are required to prospectively adopt the recognition and disclosure provisions of Statement 158 effective for fiscal years ending after December 15, 2006. Refer to Note 16 for the results of adoption of Statement 158.

In November 2005, the FASB issued FASB Staff Position Statement of Financial Accounting Standards 115-1 and 124-1 (“FSP 115-1”). This FSP codified existing guidance addressing the determination as to when an investment security is considered impaired, whether that impairment is other-than-temporary, and the measurement of an impairment loss. FSP 115-1 was effective for reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2005. Regions considers FSP 115-1 in its quarterly testing for other-than-temporary impairment.

FUTURE APPLICATION OF ACCOUNTING STANDARDS

In February 2006, the FASB issued Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 155, “Accounting for Certain Hybrid Financial Instruments” (“Statement 155”), which amends existing GAAP by permitting hybrid financial instruments that contain an embedded derivative to be remeasured at fair value. Statement 155 requires entities to evaluate interests in securitized financial assets to identify interests that are derivatives (freestanding or embedded) and eliminates the prohibition on a qualifying special purpose entity from holding certain derivative financial instruments. Statement 155 is effective for financial instruments acquired, issued, or subject to remeasurement (as defined by Statement 155) for fiscal annual periods beginning after September 15, 2006. Regions is currently reviewing the potential impact of this Statement, but does not believe the adoption of Statement 155 will have a material impact on the consolidated financial statements.

In March 2006, the FASB issued Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 156, “Accounting for Servicing of Financial Assets, an amendment of FASB Statement No. 140” (“Statement 156”). The Statement requires that all


 

89


REGIONS FINANCIAL CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

servicing assets and liabilities be initially measured at fair value and allows for two alternatives in the subsequent accounting for servicing assets and liabilities: the amortization method and the fair value method. The amortization method requires that the servicing assets and liabilities be amortized over the remaining estimated lives of the serviced assets with impairment testing to be performed periodically. The fair value method requires the servicing assets and liabilities to be measured at fair value each period with an offset to income. This Statement is to be adopted in the first fiscal year that begins after September 15, 2006 and early adoption is permitted. Once the fair value election is made, an entity cannot revert back to the amortization method. Regions has adopted the amortization method, which is consistent with Regions’ current accounting policies.

In July 2006, the FASB issued Interpretation No. 48, “Accounting for Uncertainty in Income Taxes” (“Interpretation 48”), an interpretation of Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 109, “Accounting for Income Taxes” (“Statement 109”). The interpretation requires that only benefits from tax positions that are more-likely-than-not of being sustained upon examination should be recognized in the financial statements. These benefits would be recorded at amounts considered to be the maximum amounts more-likely-than-not of being sustained. At the time these positions become more-likely-than-not to be disallowed, their recognition would be reversed. Any cumulative effect associated with the allocation of the provisions of the interpretation will be reported as a change in accounting principle in the period in which the interpretation is adopted. Interpretation 48 is effective as of the beginning of the first annual period beginning after December 15, 2006. Regions is still evaluating the impact of the adoption of Interpretation 48.

In July 2006, the FASB issued FASB Staff Position Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 13-2, “Accounting for a Change or Projected Change in the Timing of Cash Flows Relating to Income Taxes Generated by a Leveraged Lease Transaction” (“FSP 13-2”), which addresses how a change or projected change in the timing of cash flows relating to income taxes generated by a leveraged lease transaction affects the accounting by a lessor for that lease. This FSP requires the projected timing of income tax cash flows generated by a leveraged lease transaction to be reviewed annually or more frequently if changes in circumstances indicate that a change in timing has occurred or is projected to occur. If the projected timing of the income tax cash flows is revised during the lease term, the rate of return and the allocation of income shall be recalculated from the inception of the lease as provided in Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 13, “Accounting for Leases.” FSP 13-2 is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2006, and the cumulative effect of applying the provisions of this FSP shall be reported as an adjustment to the beginning balance of undivided profits. Regions does not believe the adoption of FSP 13-2 will have a material impact on the consolidated financial statements.

 

In September 2006, the FASB issued Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 157, “Fair Value Measurements” (“Statement 157”), which provides guidance for using fair value to measure assets and liabilities. This Statement also requires expanded disclosures about the extent to which a company measures assets and liabilities at fair value, the information used to measure fair value, and the effect of fair value measurements on earnings. This Statement applies whenever other standards require or permit assets and liabilities to be measured at fair value. This Statement does not expand the use of fair value in any new circumstance. Statement 157 is effective for financial statements issued for fiscal years beginning after November 15, 2007, and interim periods within those fiscal years, with early adoption permitted. Regions is currently reviewing the potential impact of Statement 157.

NOTE 2. BUSINESS COMBINATIONS

On November 4, 2006, the Company completed its merger with AmSouth Bancorporation (“AmSouth”), headquartered in Birmingham, Alabama. The combined company has leading positions in some of the fastest growing markets in the United States as well as a broad, balanced mix of businesses including retail and commercial banking, trust and asset management, securities brokerage, mortgage and insurance services. The primary reasons for the merger were as follows:

 

   

To provide superior customer service through expanded distribution network and product offerings;

 

   

To strengthen presence in Regions’ core markets;

 

   

To enhance revenue composition, growth prospects and capital efficiency; and

 

   

To create potential earnings per share accretion and value enhancement for all stockholders.

In the transaction, AmSouth was merged with and into Regions Financial Corporation. In the transaction, each share of AmSouth common stock was converted into 0.7974 of a share of Regions common stock. The merger was accounted for as a purchase of 100% of the voting interests of AmSouth by Regions for accounting and financial reporting purposes. As a result, the historical financial statements of Regions are the historical financial statements of the combined Company.


 

90


REGIONS FINANCIAL CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

The table below provides a summary of the number of shares issued upon the completion of the merger. The purchase price was allocated to the assets acquired and liabilities assumed based on their estimated fair values at the merger date, which is also summarized below. Regions has not completed its full purchase price allocation, as the Company is still awaiting additional information regarding the fair value of the assets acquired and liabilities assumed. Therefore, the reported excess purchase price related to the AmSouth merger is preliminary and the assignment of AmSouth excess purchase price by segment has not been completed.

 

(In millions, except share and per share data)

            

PURCHASE PRICE:

    

AmSouth common shares outstanding

     347,511,796    

Exchange ratio

     0.7974    
          
     277,105,906    

Less: Fractional shares

     (10,448 )  
          

Total Regions common stock issued

       277,095,458  

Average Regions share price over four days surrounding announcement of merger

     $ 35.00  
          

Purchase price for AmSouth common shares

     $ 9,698.3  

Estimated fair value of AmSouth stock options

       159.4  

Transaction costs

       85.0  
          

Purchase price

     $ 9,942.7  

NET ASSETS ACQUIRED:

    

AmSouth stockholders’ equity

   $ 3,864.2    

Less: AmSouth excess purchase price and core deposit intangibles

     (286.9 )     3,577.3  
                

Excess of purchase price over carrying value of assets acquired

     $ 6,365.4  

ESTIMATED ADJUSTMENTS TO REFLECT FAIR VALUE OF ASSETS ACQUIRED AND LIABILITIES ASSUMED:

    

Securities held to maturity

       144.2  

Loans, net of unearned income

       459.6  

Leases

       1,323.7  

Allowance for loan losses

       (23.0 )

Premises and equipment

       6.1  

Core deposit intangibles

       (704.0 )

Premium on divested branches

       (334.8 )

Other assets

       219.7  

Deferred income taxes

       (1,525.4 )

Other liabilities

       139.9  

Interest-bearing time deposits

       60.7  

Long-term borrowings

       82.4  
          

Preliminary excess purchase price

     $ 6,214.5  
          

 

91


REGIONS FINANCIAL CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

Regions’ consolidated financial statements include the results of operations of acquired companies only from their respective dates of acquisition. The following unaudited summary information presents the consolidated results of operations of Regions on a pro forma basis for the years ended December 31, 2006 and 2005, as if AmSouth had been acquired on January 1, 2006 and 2005, respectively. The pro forma summary information does not necessarily reflect the results of operations that would have occurred if the acquisition had occurred at the beginning of the periods presented, or of results which may occur in the future.

 

     Year Ended December 31

(In thousands, except per share data)

   2006    2005
     Unaudited

Net interest income

   $ 4,885,223    $ 4,617,043

Provision for loan losses

     235,300      258,950

Non-interest income

     2,836,136      2,728,612

Non-interest expense

     4,602,057      4,492,334
             

Income before income taxes

     2,884,002      2,594,371

Income taxes

     922,983      817,920
             

Net income

   $ 1,961,019    $ 1,776,451
             

Earnings per share – basic

   $ 2.68    $ 2.41

Earnings per share – diluted

     2.66      2.39

Weighted-average number of shares outstanding:

     

Basic

     732,594      738,266

Diluted

     737,902      743,278

The following table summarizes the assets acquired and liabilities assumed in connection with the AmSouth acquisition:

 

(In thousands)

 

Cash and due from banks

   $ 1,149,696  

Interest-bearing deposits

     97,762  

Federal funds sold and securities purchased under agreements to resell

     55,075  

Trading account assets

     5,651  

Securities available for sale

     2,333,137  

Securities held to maturity

     5,034,967  

Loans held for sale

     305,389  

Loans held for sale – divestitures

     1,665,641  

Loans, net of unearned income

     34,793,759  

Allowance for loan and lease losses

     (335,833 )

Premises and equipment

     1,334,104  

Excess purchase price

     6,214,537  

Other identifiable intangible assets

     704,012  

Other assets

     4,490,383  

Deposits

     34,822,276  

Deposits – divestitures

     2,734,297  

Borrowings

     9,698,623  

Other liabilities

     650,350  

 

92


REGIONS FINANCIAL CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

RESTRUCTURING LIABILITIES

During the fourth quarter of 2006, $139.9 million of liabilities were recorded related to AmSouth as purchase accounting adjustments, resulting in an increase in excess purchase price. Included in this balance was $42.1 million for severance and change-in-control provisions and $22.8 million for contract terminations related to the acquisition. As more information becomes available regarding the Company’s finalization of its plans to exit certain activities related to AmSouth and/or involuntarily terminate former AmSouth employees, additional restructuring liabilities may be accrued and reflected in excess purchase price. The remaining $75.0 million relates to valuation adjustments recorded for various AmSouth liabilities.

 

BRANCH DIVESTITURES

In order to receive approval from the Department of Justice and the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve, AmSouth entered into definitive agreements to sell 52 branches in markets where the merger would affect competition. These branch sales are expected to be completed in the first quarter of 2007. The assets and liabilities related to these branches are reflected as held-for-sale in the consolidated statements of condition. The estimated premium to be received from these sales is reflected in excess purchase price.


NOTE 3. SECURITIES

The amortized cost and estimated fair value of securities available for sale and securities held to maturity at December 31 are as follows:

 

    

2006

(In thousands)

  

Cost

  

Gross

Unrealized

Gains

  

Gross

Unrealized

Losses

   

Estimated

Fair

Value

          
          

SECURITIES AVAILABLE FOR SALE:

          

U.S. Treasury securities

   $ 388,225    $ 32    $ (4,824 )   $ 383,433

Federal agency securities

     3,759,303      12,414      (44,790 )     3,726,927

Obligations of states and political subdivisions

     780,553      7,841      (1,307 )     787,087

Mortgage-backed securities

     12,863,048      48,353      (134,043 )     12,777,358

Other debt securities

     76,478      562      (218 )     76,822

Equity securities

     762,049      664      (8 )     762,705
                            
   $ 18,629,656    $ 69,866    $ (185,190 )   $ 18,514,332
                            

SECURITIES HELD TO MATURITY:

          

U.S. Treasury securities

   $ 16,632    $ 34    $ (189 )   $ 16,477

Federal agency securities

     25,289      215      (90 )     25,414

Obligations of states and political subdivisions

     1,649      26            1,675

Other debt securities

     4,158      50      (7 )     4,201
                            
   $ 47,728    $ 325    $ (286 )   $ 47,767
                            

 

93


REGIONS FINANCIAL CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

     2005

(In thousands)

   Cost   

Gross

Unrealized

Gains

  

Gross

Unrealized

Losses

   

Estimated

Fair

Value

          
          

SECURITIES AVAILABLE FOR SALE:

          

U.S. Treasury securities

   $ 243,050    $    $ (4,324 )   $ 238,726

Federal agency securities

     3,178,403      10,389      (42,809 )     3,145,983

Obligations of states and political subdivisions

     436,020      12,014      (839 )     447,195

Mortgage-backed securities

     7,543,118      18,910      (134,142 )     7,427,886

Other debt securities

     107,793      707      (337 )     108,163

Equity securities

     579,013      869      (25 )     579,857
                            
   $ 12,087,397    $ 42,889    $ (182,476 )   $ 11,947,810
                            

SECURITIES HELD TO MATURITY:

          

U.S. Treasury securities

   $ 23,711    $    $ (2,335 )   $ 21,376

Federal agency securities

     7,753           (2,022 )     5,731
                            
   $ 31,464    $    $ (4,357 )   $ 27,107
                            

The following tables present the age of gross unrealized losses and fair value by investment category for securities available for sale at December 31:

 

     2006  
     Less Than Twelve Months     Twelve Months or More     Total  

(In thousands)

  

Estimated

Fair Value

  

Unrealized

Losses

   

Estimated

Fair Value

  

Unrealized

Losses

   

Estimated

Fair Value

  

Unrealized

Losses

 
               

U.S. Treasury securities

   $ 123,734    $ (185 )   $ 212,385    $ (4,639 )   $ 336,119    $ (4,824 )

Federal agency securities

     774,028      (6,262 )     1,570,128      (38,528 )     2,344,156      (44,790 )

Mortgage-backed securities

     1,386,427      (5,624 )     5,092,069      (128,419 )     6,478,496      (134,043 )

All other securities

     381,110      (780 )     63,328      (753 )     444,438      (1,533 )
                                             
   $ 2,665,299    $ (12,851 )   $ 6,937,910    $ (172,339 )   $ 9,603,209    $ (185,190 )
                                             
     2005  
     Less Than Twelve Months     Twelve Months or More     Total  

(In thousands)

  

Estimated

Fair Value

  

Unrealized

Losses

   

Estimated

Fair Value

  

Unrealized

Losses

   

Estimated

Fair Value

  

Unrealized

Losses

 
               

U.S. Treasury securities

   $ 191,953    $ (3,758 )   $ 19,414    $ (566 )   $ 211,367    $ (4,324 )

Federal agency securities

     1,290,714      (23,071 )     749,885      (19,738 )     2,040,599      (42,809 )

Mortgage-backed securities

     3,896,822      (46,356 )     2,519,528      (87,786 )     6,416,350      (134,142 )

All other securities

     119,975      (1,131 )     1,933      (70 )     121,908      (1,201 )
                                             
   $ 5,499,464    $ (74,316 )   $ 3,290,760    $ (108,160 )   $ 8,790,224    $ (182,476 )
                                             

 

94


REGIONS FINANCIAL CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

Regions evaluates securities in a loss position for other-than-temporary impairment, considering such factors as the length of time and the extent to which the market value has been below cost, the credit standing of the issuer, and Regions’ ability and intent to hold the security until its market value recovers. Management does not believe any individual unrealized loss, which was comprised of 507 securities and 104 securities, as of December 31, 2006 and 2005, respectively, represented an other-than-temporary impairment. The unrealized losses related primarily to the impact of changes in interest rates on U.S. Treasury securities, Federal agency securities and mortgage-backed securities.

The cost and estimated fair value of securities held to maturity and securities available for sale at December 31, 2006, by contractual maturity, are shown below. Expected maturities will differ from contractual maturities because borrowers may have the right to call or prepay obligations with or without call or prepayment penalties.

 

(In thousands)

  

Cost

  

Estimated

Fair Value

     

SECURITIES AVAILABLE FOR SALE:

     

Due in one year or less

   $ 401,640    $ 396,966

Due after one year through five years

     1,515,145      1,497,125

Due after five years through ten years

     2,925,123      2,917,208

Due after ten years

     162,651      162,970

Mortgage-backed securities

     12,863,048      12,777,358

Equity securities

     762,049      762,705
             
   $ 18,629,656    $ 18,514,332
             

SECURITIES HELD TO MATURITY:

     

Due in one year or less

   $ 6,231    $ 6,228

Due after one year through five years

     23,512      23,512

Due after five years through ten years

     8,207      8,226

Due after ten years

     9,778      9,801
             
   $ 47,728    $ 47,767
             

 

Proceeds from sales of securities available for sale in 2006 were $3.8 billion, with gross realized gains and losses of $8.2 million and $50,000, respectively. Proceeds from sales of securities available for sale in 2005 were $5.0 billion, with gross realized gains and losses of $61.6 million and $80.5 million, respectively. Proceeds from sales of securities available for sale in 2004 were $3.6 billion, with gross realized gains and losses of $63.6 million and $463,000, respectively.

 

Equity securities included $624.5 million and $574.5 million of Federal Reserve Bank stock and Federal Home Loan Bank (“FHLB”) stock as of December 31, 2006 and 2005, respectively, the cost of which approximated fair value.

Securities with carrying values of $15.8 billion and $8.2 billion at December 31, 2006 and 2005, respectively, were pledged to secure public funds, trust deposits and certain borrowing arrangements.


 

95


REGIONS FINANCIAL CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

NOTE 4. LOANS

The loan portfolio at December 31 consisted of the following:

 

(In thousands)

   2006     2005  

Commercial

   $ 26,450,071     $ 14,887,448  

Real estate – mortgage

     38,631,277       27,032,273  

Real estate – construction

     14,143,656       7,376,750  

Consumer

     17,653,686       9,295,345  
                
     96,878,690       58,591,816  

Unearned income

     (2,328,088 )     (186,903 )
                
   $ 94,550,602     $ 58,404,913  
                

 

The loan portfolio is diversified geographically, primarily within Alabama, Arkansas, Florida, Georgia, Illinois, Indiana, Iowa, Kentucky, Louisiana, Mississippi, Missouri, North Carolina, South Carolina, Tennessee, Texas and Virginia.

Included in loans net of unearned income at December 31, 2006 and 2005 were $70.8 million and $44.3 million, respectively, of net deferred loan costs. Unamortized premiums and discounts on loans net of unearned income totaled $252.6 million and $8.9 million at December 31, 2006 and 2005, respectively.

Included in commercial loans was $2,372.1 million and $215.3 million of rentals receivable on leveraged leases and $508.9 million and $0 of estimated residuals on leveraged leases, net of $2,110.2 million and $123.1 million of unearned income on leveraged leases at December 31, 2006 and 2005, respectively. Pre-tax income from leveraged leases for the years ending December 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004 was $12.2 million, $7.0 million and $7.1 million, respectively. The tax effect of this income was an expense of $8.6 million, $2.6 million and $2.7 million for the years ending December 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004, respectively.

At December 31, 2006, non-accrual loans totaled $306.5 million compared to $341.2 million at December 31, 2005. The amount of interest income recognized in 2006, 2005 and 2004 on non-accrual loans was approximately $9.5 million, $11.7 million and $11.4 million, respectively. If these loans had been current in accordance with their original terms, approximately $29.0 million, $36.7 million and $27.2 million, respectively, would have been recognized on these loans in 2006, 2005 and 2004. At December 31, 2006 and 2005, Regions had loans contractually past due 90 days or more and still accruing of approximately $143.9 million and $87.5 million, respectively.

The recorded investment in impaired loans, which includes all commercial (excluding leases) and commercial real estate loans on non-accrual status, was $237.5 million at December 31, 2006 and $64.3 million at December 31, 2005. The average amount of impaired loans was $212.3 million during 2006, $111.0 million during 2005 and $69.9 million during 2004. The allowance related to impaired loans totaled $17.6 million at December 31, 2006 and $5.5 million at December 31, 2005, respectively, specifically allocated to $70.1 million and $61.3 million, respectively, of specifically reviewed impaired loans. No material amount of interest income was recognized on impaired loans for the years ended December 31, 2006, 2005 or 2004.

Regions’ recorded recourse liability, which primarily relates to residential mortgage loans, totaled $76.4 million and $67.6 million at December 31, 2006 and 2005, respectively.

At December 31, 2006 and 2005, approximately $4.9 billion and $6.0 billion, respectively, of first mortgage loans on 1-4 family dwellings held by Regions were pledged to secure borrowings from the FHLB (see Note 11 for further discussion).

Directors and executive officers of Regions and its principal subsidiaries, including the directors’ and officers’ families and affiliated companies, are loan and deposit customers and have other transactions with Regions in the ordinary course of business. Total loans to these persons (excluding loans which in the aggregate do not exceed $60,000 to any such person) at December 31, 2006 and 2005, were approximately $320 million and $131 million, respectively. These loans were made in the ordinary course of business and on substantially the same terms, including interest rates and collateral, as those prevailing at the same time for comparable transactions with other persons and involve no unusual risk of collectibility.


 

96


REGIONS FINANCIAL CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

NOTE 5. ALLOWANCE FOR CREDIT LOSSES

An analysis of the allowance for credit losses for the years ended December 31 follows:

 

(In thousands)

   2006     2005     2004  

Balance at beginning of year

   $ 783,536     $ 754,721     $ 454,057  

Allowance of purchased institutions at acquisition date

     335,833       —         303,144  

Allowance allocated to sold loans and loans transferred to loans held for sale

     (14,140 )     —         —    

Provision for loan losses

     142,500       165,000       128,500  

Loan losses:

      

Charge-offs

     (219,479 )     (211,730 )     (188,372 )

Recoveries

     79,538       75,545       57,392  
                        

Net loan losses

     (139,941 )     (136,185 )     (130,980 )
                        

Balance at end of year

   $ 1,107,788     $ 783,536     $ 754,721  
                        

COMPONENTS:

      

Allowance for loan losses

   $ 1,055,953     $ 783,536     $ 754,721  

Reserve for unfunded credit commitments

     51,835       —         —    
                        

Allowance for credit losses

   $ 1,107,788     $ 783,536     $ 754,721  
                        

The allowance for credit losses consists of the allowance for loan losses, which is presented on the consolidated statements of condition, and the reserve for unfunded credit commitments, which is included in other liabilities in the consolidated statements of condition.

 

NOTE 6. TRANSFERS AND SERVICING OF FINANCIAL ASSETS

In connection with the AmSouth merger, Regions became the seller of commercial loans to third-party, multi-issuer conduits, in which Regions retained servicing responsibilities. As part of the sale and securitization of commercial loans to conduits, Regions provides credit enhancements to the conduits in the form of letters of credit totaling $50.0 million at December 31, 2006. Regions also provides liquidity lines of credit to support the issuance of commercial paper under 364-day loan

commitments. These liquidity lines can be drawn upon in the unlikely event of a commercial paper market disruption or other factors, which could prevent the asset-backed commercial paper issuers from being able to issue commercial paper. Regions had liquidity lines of credit supporting these conduit transactions of $431.7 million at December 31, 2006. No gains or losses were recognized on commercial loans sold to third-party conduits nor was any retained interest recorded due to the relatively short life of the commercial loans sold into the conduits (average life of 30 days).


 

97


REGIONS FINANCIAL CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

A summary of managed commercial (including real estate) and indirect consumer auto loans, which represent both owned securitized loans, along with information about delinquencies and net credit losses follows:

 

(Dollars in millions)

   Commercial
and Real
Estate
Loans
   

Indirect
Auto

Loans

 
    

Outstanding as of December 31, 2006:

    

Loans, net of unearned income held in portfolio

   $ 62,767.6     $ 4,037.5  

Loans securitized/sold

     431.7       199.4  
                

Total managed loans

   $ 63,199.3     $ 4,236.9  
                

Total delinquencies as of December 31, 2006

   $ 972.1     $ 11.4  

Delinquencies as a percent of ending managed loans

     1.54 %     0.27 %

Net credit losses during 2006

   $ 114.3     $ 3.1  

Net credit losses as a percent of ending managed loans

     0.18 %     0.07 %

An analysis of mortgage servicing rights for the years ended December 31 is presented below:

 

(In thousands)

   2006     2005  

Balance at beginning of year

   $ 441,508     $ 458,053  

Amounts capitalized

     53,777       71,968  

Sale of servicing assets

     (4,786 )     (4,007 )

Permanent impairment

     (3,719 )     —    

Amortization

     (70,563 )     (84,506 )
                
     416,217       441,508  

Valuation allowance

     (41,346 )     (29,500 )
                

Balance at end of year

   $ 374,871     $ 412,008  
                

The changes in the valuation allowance for servicing assets were as follows for the years ended December 31:

 

(In thousands)

   2006     2005  

Balance at beginning of year

   $ 29,500     $ 61,500  

Permanent impairment

     (3,719 )     —    

Release of impairment – sale of MSRs

     (435 )     —    

Provisions for (recapture of) impairment valuation

     16,000       (32,000 )
                

Balance at end of year

   $ 41,346     $ 29,500  
                

Data and assumptions used in the fair value calculation related to mortgage servicing rights for the years ended December 31 are as follows:

 

       2006     2005  

Weighted-average prepayment rate (PSA)

   364     250  

Weighted-average discount rate

   9.30 %   9.40 %

Weighted-average coupon interest rate

   6.10 %   6.04 %

Weighted-average remaining maturity (months)

   276     278  

Weighted-average service fee (basis points)

   31.00     31.25  

The estimated fair values of capitalized mortgage servicing rights were $374.9 million and $412.0 million at December 31, 2006 and 2005, respectively. In 2006, 2005 and 2004, Regions’ amortization of mortgage servicing rights was $70.6 million, $84.5 million and $62.8 million, respectively.

 

98


REGIONS FINANCIAL CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

NOTE 7. PREMISES AND EQUIPMENT

A summary of premises and equipment as of December 31 is as follows:

 

(In thousands)

   2006     2005  

Land

   $ 449,538     $ 235,566  

Premises

     1,317,429       873,387  

Furniture and equipment

     993,409       676,649  

Leasehold improvements

     200,955       76,589  

Construction in progress

     298,810       49,981  
                
     3,260,141       1,912,172  

Accumulated depreciation and amortization

     (861,647 )     (789,883 )
                
   $ 2,398,494     $ 1,122,289  
                

Net occupancy expense for the years ended December 31 is summarized as follows:

 

(In thousands)

   2006    2005    2004

Gross occupancy expense

   $ 281,042    $ 235,633    $ 170,248

Less: rental income

     21,064      11,560      10,188
                    

Net occupancy expense

   $ 259,978    $ 224,073    $ 160,060
                    

NOTE 8. INTANGIBLE ASSETS

Regions’ excess purchase price is allocated primarily to the General Banking segment. In the case of the AmSouth merger, the excess purchase price of $6.2 billion has not yet been allocated to the reporting units because the purchase price allocation is not yet finalized.

A summary of excess purchase price at December 31 is presented as follows:

 

(In thousands)

   2006     2005  

Balance at beginning of year

   $ 5,027,044     $ 4,992,563  

Amounts recorded in connection with business combinations

     6,214,537       1,460  

Other adjustments

     (65,934 )     33,021  
                

Balance at end of year

   $ 11,175,647     $ 5,027,044  
                
A summary of core deposit intangible assets at December 31 is presented as follows:     

(In thousands)

   2006     2005  

Balance at beginning of year

   $ 301,391     $ 347,441  

Amounts recorded in connection with business combinations

     704,012       —    

Accumulated amortization, beginning of year

     (75,037 )     (28,987 )

Amortization

     (63,523 )     (46,050 )
                

Accumulated amortization, end of year

     (138,560 )     (75,037 )
                

Balance at end of year

   $ 941,880     $ 301,391  
                

Regions’ core deposit intangible assets are being amortized over a ten-year period. The aggregate amount of amortization expense is estimated to be $164.9 million in 2007, $146.8 million in 2008, $131.3 million in 2009, $117.3 million in 2010 and $103.4 million in 2011.

Regions has other intangible assets totaling $16.0 million and $13.0 million at December 31, 2006 and 2005, respectively. These other intangible assets resulted from customer relationships and employment agreements related to various small acquisitions and are being amortized on a straight-line basis over a period ranging from two to five years.

 

99


REGIONS FINANCIAL CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

NOTE 9. DEPOSITS

The following schedule presents the detail of interest-bearing deposits at December 31:

 

(In thousands)

   2006    2005

Interest-bearing transaction accounts

   $ 8,950,404    $ 2,756,556

Savings accounts

     3,882,533      3,037,687

Money market accounts

     25,595,559      15,414,325

Certificates of deposits of $100,000 or more

     12,776,086      7,412,359

Time deposits of $100,000 or more

     832,492      387,193

Interest-bearing accounts in foreign offices

     8,559,884      4,442,565

Interest-bearing deposits – divestitures

     2,238,072      —  

Other interest-bearing deposits

     17,684,162      13,228,644
             
   $ 80,519,192    $ 46,679,329
             

The following schedule details interest expense on deposits for the years ended December 31:

 

(In thousands)

   2006    2005    2004

Interest-bearing transaction accounts

   $ 70,447    $ 52,842    $ 30,665

Savings accounts

     12,356      7,992      4,718

Money market accounts

     271,187      104,693      51,382

Certificates of deposits of $100,000 or more

     394,844      255,787      106,034

Interest-bearing accounts in foreign offices

     256,681      144,896      54,351

Interest-bearing deposits – divestitures

     11,974      —        —  

Other interest-bearing deposits

     662,678      438,517      249,477
                    
   $ 1,680,167    $ 1,004,727    $ 496,627
                    

The aggregate amount of maturities of all time deposits (deposits with stated maturities, consisting primarily of certificates of deposit and IRAs) in each of the next five years is as follows: 2007–$27.2 billion; 2008–$2.0 billion; 2009–$876.0 million; 2010–$686.7 million; 2011–$311.6 million; and thereafter–$58.6 million.

NOTE 10. SHORT-TERM BORROWINGS

Following is a summary of short-term borrowings at December 31:

 

(In thousands)

   2006    2005

Federal funds purchased

   $ 3,709,080    $ 1,195,790

Securities sold under agreements to repurchase

     3,967,174      2,732,395

Federal Home Loan Bank advances

     500,000      —  

Senior bank notes

     250,000      —  

Brokerage customer liabilities

     492,631      547,666

Short-sale liability

     587,747      338,191

Other short-term borrowings

     160,439      152,237
             
   $ 9,667,071    $ 4,966,279
             

 

100


REGIONS FINANCIAL CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

Federal funds purchased and securities sold under agreements to repurchase are used to satisfy daily funding needs. Federal funds purchased and securities sold under agreements to repurchase had weighted-average maturities of 8 days and 42 days at December 31, 2006 and 2005, respectively. Weighted-average rates on these dates were 4.6% and 4.0%, respectively.

See Note 11 to the consolidated financial statements for further discussion of Regions’ borrowing capacity with the FHLB. The senior bank notes outstanding were assumed in the AmSouth acquisition, and have floating rates based on the federal funds effective rate and the 90-day London Interbank Offered (LIBOR) index.

 

The short-sale liability represents Regions’ trading obligation to deliver certain securities at a predetermined date and price. Through Morgan Keegan, Regions maintains a liability for its brokerage customer position, which represents liquid funds in the customers’ brokerage accounts.

Morgan Keegan maintains certain lines of credit with unaffiliated banks that provide for maximum borrowings of $250.0 million as of December 31, 2006. Amounts outstanding under these lines of credit as of December 31, 2006 and 2005 are included in other short-term borrowings.

As of December 31, 2006 and 2005, the weighted-average interest rate at year-end on total short-term borrowings was 4.6% and 3.8%, respectively.


NOTE 11. LONG-TERM BORROWINGS

Long-term borrowings at December 31 consist of the following:

 

(In thousands)

   2006    2005

Federal Home Loan Bank structured advances

   $ 2,102,356    $ 1,035,000

Other Federal Home Loan Bank advances

     285,195      837,300

6.375% subordinated notes due 2012

     599,060      600,000

7.75% subordinated notes due 2011

     546,066      557,156

7.00% subordinated notes due 2011

     499,017      500,000

4.85% subordinated notes due 2013 (Regions Bank)

     485,718     

5.20% subordinated notes due 2015 (Regions Bank)

     344,032     

6.45% subordinated notes due 2018 (Regions Bank)

     323,227     

6.50% subordinated notes due 2018 (Regions Bank)

     312,617      313,779

6.125% subordinated notes due 2009

     178,118     

6.75% subordinated debentures due 2025

     164,269     

7.75% subordinated notes due 2024

     100,000      100,000

Senior bank notes

     703,204      1,010,182

4.375% senior debt notes due 2010

     489,386      486,668

LIBOR floating-rate senior debt notes due 2008

     399,390      400,000

4.50% senior debt notes due 2008

     349,212      350,000

Junior subordinated notes

     225,768      524,143

Other long-term debt

     530,280      247,331

Valuation adjustments on hedged long-term debt

     5,734      10,121
             
   $ 8,642,649    $ 6,971,680
             

 


 

101


REGIONS FINANCIAL CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

Long-term FHLB structured advances have various stated maturities, but are convertible between one and two years. The convertible feature provides that after a specified date in the future, the advances will remain at a fixed rate, or Regions will have the option to either pay off the advance or convert from a fixed rate to a variable rate based on the LIBOR index. The structured FHLB advances had a weighted-average interest rate of 5.3% at December 31, 2006. Other FHLB advances at December 31, 2006, had a weighted-average interest rate of 4.3%, with maturities of one to eighteen years. The acquisition of AmSouth added approximately $1.6 billion of FHLB borrowings. Under the Blanket Agreement for Advances and Security Agreement with the FHLB, Regions can borrow a maximum amount of approximately $27.7 billion from the FHLB. Borrowings are contingent upon collateral pledges to the FHLB. Regions has pledged certain residential first mortgage loans on 1-4 family dwellings as collateral for the FHLB advances outstanding. See Note 4 for loans pledged to the FHLB at December 31, 2006 and 2005. Additionally, membership in the FHLB requires an institution to hold FHLB stock. FHLB stock was $159.0 million at December 31, 2006 and $342.7 million at December 31, 2005.

As of December 31, 2006, Regions had subordinated notes of $3.6 billion, including ten issuances with interest rates ranging from 4.85% to 7.75%. The 2006 acquisition of AmSouth added approximately $1.5 billion in subordinated notes. All issues of these notes are subordinated and subject in right of payment of principal and interest to the prior payment in full of all senior indebtedness of the Company, generally defined as all indebtedness and other obligations of the Company to its creditors, except subordinated indebtedness. Payment of the principal of the notes may be accelerated only in the case of certain events involving bankruptcy, insolvency proceedings or reorganization of the Company. The subordinated notes described above qualify as Tier 2 capital under Federal Reserve guidelines.

The 6.50% and the 6.45% subordinated notes due 2018 are callable in 2008. The 6.50% subordinated notes due 2018 were issued with embedded put and call options that could require Regions Bank to repurchase the notes at face value on March 15, 2008. If the bank does not repurchase the debt, the interest rate on the notes will be reset on March 15, 2008, based on a set formula. The 6.45% subordinated notes due 2018 were issued with embedded put and call options that could require Regions Bank to repurchase the notes at face value on February 1, 2008. If the bank does not repurchase the debt, the interest rate on the notes will be reset on February 1, 2008, based on a set formula. The 6.125% subordinated notes due 2009 may be redeemed by Regions prior to March 1, 2009, at the greater of 100% of the principal amount or an amount based on a preset formula. All other subordinated notes and the senior notes are not redeemable prior to maturity.

 

The acquisition of Union Planters in 2004 added $617 million of 5.125% senior bank notes due 2007. The acquisition of AmSouth added $100 million of senior bank notes due 2007 with floating rates based on the 90-day LIBOR rate.

In February 2001, Regions issued $288 million of 8.00% trust preferred securities. Junior subordinated notes were issued by Regions to two subsidiary business trusts, which issued the trust preferred securities. In connection with the acquisition of Union Planters, Regions assumed $224.3 million of 8.2% junior subordinated notes which were issued to subsidiary business trusts. During 2006, Regions called the $288 million of trust preferred securities, and the related junior subordinated notes were extinguished.

Other long-term debt at December 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004 had weighted-average interest rates of 6.4%, 7.9% and 7.7%, respectively, and a weighted-average maturity of 8.3 years at December 31, 2006. Regions has $86.2 million included in other long-term debt in connection with a seller-lessee transaction with continuing involvement (see Note 22 to the consolidated financial statements).

Regions uses derivative instruments, primarily interest rate swaps and options, to manage interest rate risk by converting a portion of its fixed-rate debt to variable-rate. The effective rate adjustments related to these hedges are included in interest expense on long-term borrowings. Further discussion of derivative instruments is included in Note 19 to the consolidated financial statements.

The aggregate amount of contractual maturities of all long-term debt in each of the next five years and thereafter is as follows: 2007–$961.3 million; 2008–$821.5 million; 2009–$775.2 million; 2010–$1.1 billion; 2011–$1.7 billion; and thereafter–$3.3 billion.

At December 31, 2006, unused capacity under Regions’ shelf registration statement filed with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission totaled $1.25 billion. This shelf registration can be utilized by Regions to issue debt and/or equity securities up to the available capacity.


 

102


REGIONS FINANCIAL CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

NOTE 12. REGULATORY CAPITAL REQUIREMENTS AND RESTRICTIONS

Regions and its banking subsidiaries are subject to regulatory capital requirements administered by Federal banking agencies. These regulatory capital requirements involve quantitative measures of the Company’s assets, liabilities and certain off-balance sheet items, and also qualitative judgments by the regulators. Failure to meet minimum capital requirements can subject the Company to a series of increasingly restrictive regulatory actions. As of December 31, 2006 and 2005, the most recent notification from Federal banking agencies categorized Regions and its significant subsidiaries as “well capitalized” under the regulatory framework.

Minimum capital requirements for all banks are Tier 1 Capital of at least 4% of risk-weighted assets, Total Capital of at least 8%

of risk-weighted assets and a Leverage Ratio of 3%, plus an additional 100- to 200- basis point cushion in certain circumstances, of adjusted quarterly average assets. Tier 1 Capital consists principally of stockholders’ equity, excluding unrealized gains and losses on securities available for sale and the effective portion of cash flow hedges, less excess purchase price and certain other intangibles. Total Capital consists of Tier 1 Capital plus certain debt instruments and the allowance for credit losses, subject to limitation. The Company believes that no changes in conditions or events have occurred since December 31, 2006, which would result in changes that would cause Regions or Regions Bank to fall below the well capitalized level.

Regions’ and its banking subsidiaries’ capital levels at December 31, 2006 and 2005, exceeded the “well capitalized” levels, as shown below:


 

     December 31, 2006    

To Be Well

Capitalized

 

(Dollars in thousands)

   Amount    Ratio    

TIER 1 CAPITAL:

       

Regions Financial Corporation

   $ 9,375,388    8.07 %   6.00 %

Regions Bank

     11,095,684    9.77     6.00  

TOTAL CAPITAL:

       

Regions Financial Corporation

   $ 13,404,126    11.54 %   10.00 %

Regions Bank

     13,353,401    11.76     10.00  

LEVERAGE:

       

Regions Financial Corporation

   $ 9,375,388    8.30 %   5.00 %

Regions Bank

     11,095,684    10.55     5.00  
     December 31, 2005    

To Be Well

Capitalized

 

(Dollars in thousands)

   Amount    Ratio    

TIER 1 CAPITAL:

       

Regions Financial Corporation

   $ 5,922,450    8.60 %   6.00 %

Regions Bank

     6,951,188    10.43     6.00  

TOTAL CAPITAL:

       

Regions Financial Corporation

   $ 8,785,529    12.76 %   10.00 %

Regions Bank

     7,996,316    12.00     10.00  

LEVERAGE:

       

Regions Financial Corporation

   $ 5,922,450    7.42 %   5.00 %

Regions Bank

     6,951,188    9.09     5.00  

 

103


REGIONS FINANCIAL CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

Regions Bank is required to maintain reserve balances with the Federal Reserve Bank. The average amount of the reserve balances maintained for the years ended December 31, 2006 and 2005, was approximately $51.1 million and $174.8 million, respectively.

Substantially all net assets are owned by subsidiaries. The primary source of operating cash available to Regions is provided by dividends from subsidiaries. Statutory limits are placed on the amount of dividends the subsidiary bank can pay without prior regulatory approval. In addition, regulatory authorities require the maintenance of minimum capital-to-asset ratios at banking subsidiaries. At December 31, 2006, Regions Bank could pay approximately $858.8 million in dividends without prior approval.

Management believes that none of these dividend restrictions will materially affect Regions’ dividend policy. In addition to dividend restrictions, Federal statutes also prohibit unsecured loans from banking subsidiaries to the parent company. Because of these limitations, substantially all of the net assets of Regions’ subsidiaries are restricted, except for the amount that can be paid to the parent in the form of dividends.

In addition, Regions’ subsidiaries engaged in mortgage banking must adhere to various U.S. Department of Housing and Urban Development (“HUD”) regulatory guidelines including required minimum capital to maintain their Federal Housing Administration approved status. Failure to comply with the HUD guidelines could result in withdrawal of this certification. As of December 31, 2006, Regions Bank, on behalf of Regions Mortgage and EquiFirst, were in compliance with HUD guidelines. Regions Mortgage and EquiFirst are also subject to various capital requirements by secondary market investors.

NOTE 13. STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY AND COMPREHENSIVE INCOME

On October 20, 2005, Regions’ Board of Directors authorized the repurchase of 25 million shares of Regions’ common stock from time to time through open market or in privately negotiated transactions. This authorization was in addition to the 19.2 million shares available for repurchase under previous authorizations. During 2006 and 2005, Regions repurchased 13.8 million and 16.6 million shares, respectively, at a cost of $490.4 million and $552.5 million, respectively. At December 31, 2006, there were approximately 13.8 million shares remaining under the 2005 authorization.

On January 18, 2007, Regions’ Board of Directors approved the repurchase of an additional 50 million shares of the Company’s outstanding common stock. The common shares may be repurchased in the open market or in privately negotiated transactions and will be taken into treasury. This new authorization represents approximately 7% of the Company’s outstanding shares at December 31, 2006. Had this authorization been effective at December 31, 2006, a total of 63.8 million shares would be authorized for repurchase.

At December 31, 2006, there were 52,001,000 shares reserved for issuance under stock compensation plans (48,805,000 shares represent stock options outstanding) and 705,000 shares reserved for issuance under deferred compensation plans, for a total of 52,706,000 shares.

In 2006, Regions increased its dividend to $1.40 per common share, compared to $1.36 in 2005 and $1.33 in 2004. In 2006 and 2004, Regions retired 31.0 million and 5.5 million shares, respectively, of treasury stock, with a cost of $1.1 billion and $207 million, respectively. There were no retirements of treasury stock during 2005.

Comprehensive income is the total of net income and all other non-owner changes in equity. Items that are to be recognized under accounting standards as components of comprehensive income are displayed in the consolidated statements of changes in stockholders’ equity.

In the calculation of comprehensive income, certain reclassification adjustments are made to avoid double-counting items that are displayed as part of net income for a period that also had been displayed as part of other comprehensive income in that period or earlier periods.


 

104


REGIONS FINANCIAL CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

The disclosure of the reclassification amount for the years ended December 31 is as follows:

 

       2006  

(In thousands)

   Before Tax     Tax Effect     Net of Tax  

Net income

   $ 1,959,015     $ (605,870 )   $ 1,353,145  

Net unrealized holding gains and losses on securities available for sale arising during the period

     32,386       (11,607 )     20,779  

Less: reclassification adjustments for net securities gains realized in net income

     8,123       (2,871 )     5,252  
                        

Net change in unrealized gains and losses on securities available for sale

     24,263       (8,736 )     15,527  

Net unrealized holding gains and losses on derivatives arising during the period

     21,088       (11,161 )     9,927  

Less: reclassification adjustments for net gains realized in net income

     417       (146 )     271  
                        

Net change in unrealized gains and losses on derivative instruments

     20,671       (11,015 )     9,656  

Net unrealized actuarial loss and prior service credit for pension liability

     (103,594 )     39,464       (64,130 )
                        

Comprehensive income

   $ 1,900,355     $ (586,157 )   $ 1,314,198  
                        
      

2005

 

(In thousands)

   Before Tax     Tax Effect     Net of Tax  

Net income

   $ 1,422,095     $ (421,551 )   $ 1,000,544  

Net unrealized holding gains and losses on securities available for sale arising during the period

     (237,531 )     88,370       (149,161 )

Less: reclassification adjustments for net securities losses realized in net income

     (18,892 )     6,612       (12,280 )
                        

Net change in unrealized gains and losses on securities available for sale

     (218,639 )     81,758       (136,881 )

Net unrealized holding gains and losses on derivatives arising during the period

     (8,604 )     3,303       (5,301 )

Less: reclassification adjustments for net gains realized in net income

     609       (213 )     396  
                        

Net change in unrealized gains and losses on derivative instruments

     (9,213 )     3,516       (5,697 )
                        

Comprehensive income

   $ 1,194,243     $ (336,277 )   $ 857,966  
                        
      

2004

 

(In thousands)

   Before Tax     Tax Effect     Net of Tax  

Net income

   $ 1,175,582     $ (351,817 )   $ 823,765  

Net unrealized holding gains and losses on securities available for sale arising during the period

     37,441       (12,187 )     25,254  

Less: reclassification adjustments for net securities gains realized in net income

     63,086       (22,080 )     41,006  
                        

Net change in unrealized gains and losses on securities available for sale

     (25,645 )     9,893       (15,752 )

Net unrealized holding gains and losses on derivatives arising during the period

     4,945       (1,834 )     3,111  

Less: reclassification adjustments for net gains realized in net income

     994       (348 )     646  
                        

Net change in unrealized gains and losses on derivative instruments

     3,951       (1,486 )     2,465  
                        

Comprehensive income

   $ 1,153,888     $ (343,410 )   $ 810,478  
                        

 

105


REGIONS FINANCIAL CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

NOTE 14. EARNINGS PER SHARE

The following table sets forth the computation of basic earnings per share and diluted earnings per share for the years ended December 31:

 

(In thousands, except per share data)

   2006    2005    2004

Numerator:

        

For earnings per share – basic and diluted, net income available to common stockholders

   $ 1,353,145    $ 1,000,544    $ 817,745
                    

Denominator:

        

For earnings per share – basic –weighted-average shares outstanding

     501,681      461,171      368,656

Effect of dilutive securities:

        

Stock options

     5,164      5,009      5,076

Performance restricted stock

     144      3      —  
                    
     5,308      5,012      5,076
                    

For earnings per share – diluted

     506,989      466,183      373,732
                    

Earnings per share – basic

   $ 2.70    $ 2.17    $ 2.22

Earnings per share – diluted

     2.67      2.15      2.19

The effect from the assumed exercise of 412,000, 7,708,000 and 412,000 stock options was not included in the above computation of diluted earnings per share for 2006, 2005 and 2004, respectively, because such amounts would have an antidilutive effect on earnings per share.

 

NOTE 15. SHARE-BASED PAYMENTS

Regions has stock option and long-term incentive compensation plans which permit the granting of incentive awards in the form of stock options, restricted stock, and stock appreciation rights. While Regions has the ability to issue stock appreciation rights, as of December 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004, there were no outstanding stock appreciation rights. The terms of all awards issued under these plans are determined by the Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors, but no options may be granted after the tenth anniversary of the plans’ adoption. Options and restricted stock granted usually vest based on employee service and generally vest within three years from the date of the grant. Grants of performance-based restricted stock typically have a one-year performance period, after which shares vest within three years after the grant date. Generally, the terms of these plans stipulate that the exercise price of options may not be less than the fair market value of Regions’ common stock at the date the options are granted; however, under prior stock option plans, non-qualified options could be granted with a lower exercise price than the fair market value of Regions common stock on the date of grant. The contractual life of options granted under these plans range from seven to ten years from the date of grant. Regions issues new shares from authorized reserves upon exercise. Grantees of restricted stock

must either remain employed with the Company for certain periods from the date of grant in order for shares to be released or retire after meeting the standards of a retiree, at which time shares would be prorated and released. Upon adoption of a new long-term incentive plan in 2006, Regions amended all other open stock and long-term incentive plans, such that no new awards may be granted under those plans subsequent to the amendment date. The outstanding awards were unaffected by this plan amendment. The plan adopted in 2006 provides that 20,000,000 common share equivalents are subject to and available for distribution to recipients. Each share of restricted stock granted under the 2006 plan is assigned a share equivalent factor of 4.0, as compared to the stock option equivalent factor of 1.0. The number of remaining share equivalents authorized for issuance under long-term compensation plans was approximately 18,846,000 share equivalents at December 31, 2006.


 

106


REGIONS FINANCIAL CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

In connection with the AmSouth acquisition, Regions assumed AmSouth’s long-term incentive plans. The awards issued under these plans are consistent with the awards issued under Regions’ plans; however, in determining shares authorized, restricted stock grants are equally weighted with stock options. At December 31, 2006, approximately 18,438,000 shares were authorized for issuance under these plans. In other business combinations prior to 2006, Regions assumed stock options that were previously granted by those companies and converted those options, based on the appropriate exchange ratio, into options to acquire Regions’ common stock. The common stock for such options has been registered under the Securities Act of 1933 by Regions and is not included in the maximum number of shares that may be granted by Regions under its existing stock option plans.

The following tables summarize the impact of adoption of Statement 123(R) and the elements of compensation costs recognized in the consolidated financial statements for the years ended December 31:

 

(In thousands, except per share data)

               2006  

Income before income taxes

       $ (3,842 )

Net income

         (3,070 )

Earnings per share – basic

          

Earnings per share – diluted

          

Cash flows from operating activities

         (32,454 )

Cash flows from financing activities

         32,454  

(In thousands)

   2006     2005     2004  

Compensation cost of share-based compensation awards:

      

Restricted stock

   $ 53,389     $ 27,032     $ 12,934  

Stock options

     3,842       399        

Tax benefits related to compensation cost

     (21,060 )     (9,601 )     (4,527 )
                        

Compensation cost of share-based compensation awards, net of tax

   $ 36,171     $ 17,830     $ 8,407  
                        

The following table summarizes the weighted-average assumptions used and the estimated fair values related to stock options granted during the years ended December 31:

 

       2006     2005     2004  

Expected dividend yield

     4.0 %     4.1 %     4.1 %

Expected volatility

     19.5 %     21.5 %     21.2 %

Risk-free interest rate

     4.7 %     4.2 %     3.5 %

Expected option life

     4.0  yrs.     5.0  yrs.     5.0  yrs.

Fair value

   $   4.99     $   5.09     $   4.43  

 

Refer to Note 1 for a discussion of the methodologies used to derive the underlying assumptions used in the Black-Scholes option pricing model. During the first quarter of 2006, the Company made refinements to the expected volatility and expected option life assumptions used in valuing stock option grants as part of its adoption of Statement 123(R). Expected volatility decreased based upon the consideration of historical

and implied volatility measurements upon the adoption of Statement 123(R); historically, the Company considered only historical stock price changes over a specified period of time. The expected option life declined based upon the decrease in contractual life on new grants from ten years (historically) to seven years.


 

107


REGIONS FINANCIAL CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

In connection with the AmSouth acquisition, Regions assumed and converted the outstanding stock options of AmSouth, all of which were vested at the date of acquisition. The number and strike price of these options were subject to the same exchange ratio as the common stockholders of AmSouth. No other terms of these awards were modified. Regions accounted for this conversion as a modification of the terms of the original award, thus canceling the AmSouth award and issuing a Regions award as required by Statement 123(R) for accounting purposes. The fair value of the AmSouth awards surrendered exceeded the fair value of the Regions awards conveyed, resulting in a $159.4 million increase to excess purchase price and no additional compensation cost. Refer to Note 2 for further discussion of the AmSouth acquisition and the financial statement impact of the assumption of AmSouth’s outstanding options.

On December 20, 2005, the Company approved the acceleration of vesting of certain unvested non-qualified stock options outstanding as of that date and recognized approximately $399,000 in compensation expense in conjunction with the acceleration of vesting. The decision to accelerate the vesting of the unvested non-qualified options primarily was made to reduce non-cash compensation expense that would otherwise have been recorded in Regions’ financial statements in future periods, in accordance with Statement 123(R). The expense that otherwise would have been recorded in future periods, absent the accelerated vesting, totaled approximately $14.7 million (pre-tax).

Stock option activity (including assumed options) prior to the adoption of Statement 123(R) is summarized as follows:

 

    

Number of

Options

   

Option Price

Per Share

  

Weighted-Average

Exercise Prices

Balance at January 1, 2004

   24,793,821     $ 5.90    -    $  33.52    $ 23.71

Options assumed through acquisitions

   17,878,107       7.07    -      44.42      28.24

Granted

   5,667,102       28.17    -      35.42      31.39

Exercised

   (7,537,788 )     5.90    -      33.49      23.10

Canceled

   (305,039 )     8.97    -      33.49      26.95
                 

Outstanding at December 31, 2004

   40,496,203       5.90    -      44.42      26.89

Granted

   3,027,354       31.73    -      35.29      33.72

Exercised

   (7,686,586 )     5.90    -      33.49      25.03

Canceled

   (2,246,891 )     8.69    -      42.42      29.46
                 

Outstanding at December 31, 2005

   33,590,080     $ 8.96    -    $ 44.42    $ 27.76
                             

The following table summarizes the option activity after the adoption of Statement 123(R):

 

     Number of
Options
   

Weighted-

Average

Exercise
Prices

  

Aggregate

Intrinsic

Value (In

Thousands)

  

Weighted-Average

Remaining
Contractual Term

Outstanding at December 31, 2005

   33,590,080     $ 27.76      

Options assumed through acquisitions

   25,663,411       29.20      

Granted

   968,706       35.14      

Exercised

   (10,981,946 )     26.62      

Canceled/Forfeited

   (435,104 )     22.17      
                  

Outstanding at December 31, 2006

   48,805,147     $ 28.97    $ 413,288    6.02 yrs.
                        

Exercisable at December 31, 2006

   47,410,018     $ 28.82    $ 413,115    5.67 yrs.
                        

For the year ended December 31, 2006 the total intrinsic value of options exercised was $104.0 million.

 

108


REGIONS FINANCIAL CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

During 2005 and 2004, Regions granted 1,285,389 and 2,097,555 shares, respectively, as restricted stock. Restricted stock activity for 2006 is summarized as follows:

 

    

Number of

Shares

   

Weighted-

Average

Fair Value

(Grant Date)

    
    
    

Non-vested at December 31, 2005

   3,362,995     $ 31.39

Granted

   1,740,227       35.21

Vested

   (1,524,579 )     31.38

Forfeited

   (288,054 )     32.25
            

Non-vested at December 31, 2006

   3,290,589     $ 33.34
            

As of December 31, 2006, the amount of non-vested stock options and restricted stock awards not yet recognized was $78.5 million, which will be recognized over a weighted-average period of 2.46 years. No share-based compensation costs were capitalized during the year ended December 31, 2006.

 

NOTE 16. PENSION AND OTHER EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLANS

Regions has a defined-benefit pension plan (the “Regions pension plan”) covering substantially all employees employed at or before December 31, 2000. After January 1, 2001, the Regions pension plan was closed to new entrants. Benefits under the Regions pension plan are based on years of service and the employee’s highest five years of compensation during the last ten years of employment. Regions’ funding policy is to contribute annually at least the amount required by Internal Revenue Service minimum funding standards. Contributions are intended to provide not only for benefits attributed to service to date, but also for those expected to be earned in the future. The Company also sponsors a supplemental executive retirement program (the “Regions SERP”), which is a non-qualified plan that provides certain senior executive officers defined pension benefits in relation to their compensation.

Regions also sponsors a defined-benefit postretirement health care plan that covers certain retired employees. Currently, the Company pays a portion of the costs of certain health care benefits for all eligible employees who retired before January 1, 1989. No health care benefits are provided for employees retiring at normal retirement age after December 31, 1988. For employees retiring before normal retirement age, the Company currently pays a portion of the costs of certain health care benefits until the retired employee becomes eligible for Medicare. Certain retirees, participating in plans of acquired entities, are offered a Medicare supplemental benefit. The plan is contributory and contains other cost-sharing features such as deductibles and co-payments. Retiree health care benefits, as well as similar benefits for active employees, are provided

through a group insurance program in which premiums are based on the amount of benefits paid. The Company’s policy is to fund the Company’s share of the cost of health care benefits in amounts determined at the discretion of management.

As a result of the merger with AmSouth, Regions assumed the obligations related to AmSouth’s employee benefit plans. One of these assumed plans is a defined-benefit pension plan (the “AmSouth pension plan”) covering substantially all regular full-time employees and part-time employees who regularly work one thousand hours or more each year and were employed at AmSouth at or before the merger. Subsequent to the merger, the AmSouth pension plan was closed to new participants. Regions also assumed AmSouth’s non-qualified supplemental executive retirement plan (the “AmSouth SERP”), which provides additional benefits to certain senior executives. The features of both of these plans are substantially similar to the Regions plans discussed above.

Regions also assumed postretirement medical plans from AmSouth. These plans provide postretirement medical benefits to all legacy AmSouth employees who retire between the ages of 55 and 65 with five or more calendar years of service and provide certain retired and grandfathered retired participants with postretirement benefits past age 65. Postretirement life insurance is also provided to a grandfathered group of employees and retirees.

Actuarially determined pension expense is charged to current operations using the projected unit credit method. Expense associated with both SERP plans and postretirement benefit plans is charged to current operations based on actuarial calculations.


 

109


REGIONS FINANCIAL CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

The following table sets forth the plans’ change in benefit obligation, plan assets and the funded status of the pension and other postretirement benefits plans, using a September 30 measurement date, and amounts recognized in the consolidated statements of condition at December 31:

 

     Pension     Other Postretirement
Benefits
 

(In thousands)

   2006     2005     2006     2005  

CHANGE IN BENEFIT OBLIGATION

        

Projected benefit obligation, beginning of period

   $ 465,174     $ 393,235     $ 40,499     $ 43,960  

Service cost

     16,493       15,369       398       580  

Interest cost

     26,023       24,464       2,131       2,535  

Actuarial (gains) losses

     (31,377 )     50,038       (843 )     (2,117 )

Benefit payments

     (21,550 )     (17,932 )     (5,026 )     (4,459 )

Special termination benefits

     12,239       —         —         —    
                                

Projected benefit obligation, end of period

   $ 467,002     $ 465,174     $ 37,159     $ 40,499  
                                

CHANGE IN PLAN ASSETS

        

Fair value of plan assets, beginning of period

   $ 402,031     $ 345,420     $ 8,303     $ 12,016  

Actual return on plan assets

     21,311       47,588       763       746  

Company contributions

     3,093       26,955       —         —    

Benefit payments

     (21,550 )     (17,932 )     (5,026 )     (4,459 )
                                

Fair value of plan assets, end of period

   $ 404,885     $ 402,031     $ 4,040     $ 8,303  
                                

Funded status of plan

   $ (62,117 )   $ (63,143 )   $ (33,119 )   $ (32,196 )

Unrecognized net actuarial loss

     —         135,360       —         5,651  

Unamortized prior service credit

     —         (575 )     —         (1,659 )
                                

(Accrued) prepaid pension cost at September 30

     (62,117 )     71,642       (33,119 )     (28,204 )

Company contributions from October 1 to December 31

     304       291       —         —    

AmSouth balance, November 4, 2006

     (27,725 )     —         (24,923 )     —    
                                

(Accrued) prepaid pension cost at December 31

   $ (89,538 )   $ 71,933     $ (58,042 )   $ (28,204 )
                                

AMOUNTS RECOGNIZED IN THE

        

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CONDITION:

        

Other assets

   $ 63,176       —       $ —       $ —    

Other liabilities

     (152,714 )     —         (58,042 )     —    

Prepaid benefit cost

     —         101,244       —         —    

Accrued benefit liability

     —         (29,311 )     —         —    
                                
   $ (89,538 )   $ 71,933     $ (58,042 )   $ —    
                                

AMOUNTS RECOGNIZED IN ACCUMULATED

        

OTHER COMPREHENSIVE INCOME:

        

Net actuarial loss

   $ 101,009     $ —       $ 4,055     $ —    

Prior service credit

     (227 )     —         (1,243 )     —    
                                
   $ 100,782     $ —       $ 2,812     $ —    
                                

The special termination benefits charge reflected in the table above represents benefit enhancements under the Regions SERP for certain executive officers.

 

110


REGIONS FINANCIAL CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

The accumulated benefit obligation for all defined benefit pension plans was $431.4 million and $424.2 million as of September 30, 2006 and 2005, respectively. Information for the pension plans with an accumulated benefit obligation in excess of plan assets, as of December 31, 2006 and 2005, was as follows:

 

(In thousands)

   2006    2005

Projected benefit obligation

   $ 139,654    $ 37,181

Accumulated benefit obligation

     128,317      34,489

Fair value of plan assets

     —        —  

Net periodic pension expense included the following components for the years ended December 31:

 

     Pension     Other Postretirement
Benefits
 

(In thousands)

   2006     2005     2004     2006     2005     2004  

Service cost

   $ 16,493     $ 15,369     $ 15,366     $ 398     $ 580     $ 2,162  

Interest cost

     26,023       24,464       22,965       2,131       2,535       2,454  

Expected return on plan assets

     (31,539 )     (28,772 )     (24,743 )     (246 )     (388 )     (367 )

Amortization of actuarial loss

     13,202       11,641       9,518       235       626       654  

Amortization of prior service credit

     (348 )     (398 )     (541 )     (416 )     (417 )     —    

Transition (asset) obligation

     —         (19 )     (88 )     —         —         275  
                                                
   $ 23,831     $ 22,285     $ 22,477     $ 2,102     $ 2,936     $ 5,178  
                                                

The estimated amounts that will be amortized from accumulated other comprehensive income into net periodic pension expense in 2007 are as follows:

 

(In thousands)

  

Pension

   

Other

Postretirement

Benefits

 
    
    

Actuarial loss

   $ 7,450     $ 48  

Prior service credit

     (266 )     (417 )
                
   $ 7,184     $ (369 )
                

The weighted-average assumptions used to determine benefit obligations at September 30 (the measurement date) follows:

 

     Pension    

Other
Postretirement

Benefits

 
       2006     2005     2006     2005  

Discount rate

   5.95 %   5.50 %   5.75 %   5.50 %

Rate of annual compensation increase

   4.95     4.50     N/A     N/A  

In connection with the AmSouth merger, the plans of former AmSouth were remeasured through purchase accounting on November 4, 2006, using a discount rate of 5.90% and a compensation rate increase of 5.00%.

 

111


REGIONS FINANCIAL CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

The weighted-average assumptions used to determine net periodic benefit cost for the years ended December 31 are as follows:

 

     Pension     Other Postretirement Benefits  
     2006     2005     2004     2006     2005     2004  

Discount rate

   5.50 %   6.00 %   6.25 %   5.50 %   6.00 %   6.25 %

Expected long-term rate of return on plan assets

   8.00     8.50     8.50     4.00     4.00     8.50  

Rate of annual compensation increase

   4.50     4.50     4.50     N/A     N/A     N/A  

The assumed health care cost trend rate was 8.0% for 2006 and is assumed to decrease gradually to 5.0% by 2015 and remain at that level thereafter. Increasing the assumed health care cost trend rates by one percentage point in each year would increase the accumulated postretirement benefit obligation at December 31, 2006, by $1.8 million and the aggregate of the service and interest expense components of net periodic postretirement benefit expense for 2006 by $116,000. Decreasing the assumed health care cost trend rates by one percentage point in each year would decrease the accumulated postretirement benefit obligation at December 31, 2006, by $2.0 million and the aggregate of the service and interest expense components of net periodic postretirement benefit expense for 2006 by $106,000.

The asset allocation for the Regions pension plan at the end of 2006 and 2005, and the target allocation for 2007, by asset category, are as follows:

 

     Target
Allocation
    Percentage of Plan Assets  

ASSET CATEGORY

   2007     2006     2005  

Equity securities

   60-75 %   66 %   63 %

Debt securities

   25-30 %   31 %   33 %

Other

   0-10 %   3 %   4 %

Regions’ investment strategy is to invest primarily in large-cap equity securities and intermediate term investment grade domestic fixed-income securities. Regions will invest in small-cap, mid-cap, and international equities in smaller concentrations depending on the Company’s outlook for growth in those sectors. The expected long-term return on plan assets assumption is determined using the plan asset mix, historical returns and expert opinions.

The asset allocation for the AmSouth pension plan at the end of 2006 and the target allocation for 2007, by asset category, are as follows:

 

     Target
Allocation
    Percentage of
Plan Assets
 

ASSET CATEGORY

   2007     2006  

Equity securities

   55 %   60 %

Debt securities

   25 %   25 %

Other

   20 %   15 %

The AmSouth pension plan has a portion of its investments in Regions common stock. The number of shares held by the plan was 861,436, which represents approximately 3.0% of the plan assets, at December 31, 2006, for a total market value of $31.2 million.

 

112


REGIONS FINANCIAL CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

Information about the expected cash flows for the pension and other postretirement benefits plans is as follows:

 

(In thousands)

   Pension    Other
Postretirement
Benefits

EXPECTED EMPLOYER CONTRIBUTIONS:

     

2007

   $ 1,434    $ 1,661

EXPECTED BENEFIT PAYMENTS:

     

2007

   $ 82,070    $ 5,974

2008

     61,298      6,308

2009

     64,186      6,425

2010

     67,946      6,426

2011

     72,116      6,254

2012-2016

     436,884      24,188

Regions adopted Statement 158 at December 31, 2006. See Note 1 for a summary of the requirements of Statement 158. As a result of Regions’ adoption of Statement 158, the following table summarizes the effect on retirement benefit-related amounts reported in the consolidated statements of condition:

 

      

Effect of Adopting Statement 158
December 31, 2006

 

(In thousands)

   Before
Adoption
   Adjustments     After
Adoption
 

OTHER ASSETS

       

Prepaid pension cost

   $ 82,854    $ (82,854 )   $  

Deferred tax asset

          39,464       39,464  

OTHER LIABILITIES

       

Benefit liability

     74,192      20,740       94,932  

STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY

       

Accumulated other comprehensive loss

          (64,130 )     (64,130 )

OTHER PLANS

Regions’ profit sharing plan was discontinued as of January 1, 2005; thus, there were no contributions in 2006 or 2005. Contributions in 2004 totaled $7.0 million.

Regions’ 401(k) plans include a company match of eligible employee contributions. At December 31, 2006, this match totaled 100% of the eligible employee contribution (up to 6% of compensation) after one year of service and was invested in Regions common stock. Regions’ contribution to the 401(k) plans on behalf of employees totaled $36.6 million, $34.2 million and $25.7 million in 2006, 2005 and 2004, respectively. Regions’ 401(k) plans held 31,399,964 and 29,315,952 shares of Regions common stock at December 31, 2006 and 2005, respectively. For the years ended December 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004, the 401(k) plan received $12.8 million, $6.7 million and $7.4 million, respectively, in dividends on Regions common stock.

 

113


REGIONS FINANCIAL CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

NOTE 17. OTHER NON-INTEREST INCOME AND EXPENSE

Other non-interest income consists of the following:

 

    

Year Ended December 31

(In thousands)

   2006    2005    2004

Fees and commissions

   $ 160,688    $ 136,271    $ 100,946

Insurance premiums and commissions

     85,547      79,730      86,000

Gains on sale of mortgages, net

     43,086      157,621      136,860

Other miscellaneous income

     154,488      118,582      90,683
                    
   $ 443,809    $ 492,204    $ 414,489
                    

Other non-interest expense consists of the following:

 

    

Year Ended December 31

(In thousands)

   2006    2005     2004

Legal and other professional fees

   $ 101,838    $ 120,043     $ 70,903

Advertising and business development

     74,453      78,023       38,007

Amortization of mortgage servicing rights

     70,563      84,507       62,817

Amortization of identifiable intangible assets

     66,645      48,305       26,980

Communications

     62,213      62,651       45,752

Impairment (recapture) of mortgage servicing rights

     16,000      (32,000 )     22,000

Loss on early extinguishment of debt

     6,532      10,878       39,620

Other miscellaneous expenses

     570,523      578,683       478,192
                     
   $ 968,767    $ 951,090     $ 784,271
                     

 

114


REGIONS FINANCIAL CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

NOTE 18. INCOME TAXES

At December 31, 2006, Regions has deferred tax on state net operating loss carryforwards of $568.6 million that expire in years 2007 through 2026. Management does not believe that it is more-likely-than-not to realize all of its state net operating loss carryforwards. Accordingly, it has set up a valuation allowance of $16.1 million against such benefits.

Deferred income taxes reflect the net tax effect of temporary differences between the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities for financial reporting purposes and the amounts used for income tax purposes. Significant components of Regions’ deferred tax assets and liabilities as of December 31 are listed below:

 

(In thousands)

   2006     2005  

DEFERRED TAX ASSETS:

    

Loan loss allowance

   $ 439,149     $ 312,744  

Purchase accounting basis differences

     297,622       57,346  

Capital loss carryforward

     3,284       64,913  

Deferred compensation

     60,221       50,183  

Pension and other postretirement benefits

     41,219       (16,480 )

Other employee and director benefits

     62,732       54,182  

Net operating loss carryforwards

     29,021       14,786  

Unrealized losses included in equity adjustments

     75,097       55,403  

Other

     183,302       73,894  
                

Total deferred tax assets

     1,191,647       666,971  

Less: valuation allowance on capital loss carryforward

           (55,240 )

Less: valuation allowance on net operating loss carryforwards

     (16,092 )     (12,615 )
                

Total deferred tax assets less valuation allowance

     1,175,555       599,116  

DEFERRED TAX LIABILITIES:

    

Lease financing

     231,800       160,696  

Excess purchase price and intangibles

     400,634       141,975  

Book over/(under) tax basis of depreciable assets

     113,754       (15,396 )

Basis difference of FHLB stock

     2,708       37,171  

Originated mortgage servicing rights

     90,320       101,173  

Other

     49,818       25,749  
                

Total deferred tax liabilities

     889,034       451,368  
                

Net deferred tax asset

   $ 286,521     $ 147,748  
                

 

115


REGIONS FINANCIAL CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

Income taxes for financial reporting purposes differs from the amount computed by applying the statutory federal income tax rate of 35% for the years ended December 31, for the reasons below:

 

(In thousands)

   2006     2005     2004  

Tax on income computed at statutory federal income tax rate

   $ 685,655     $ 497,733     $ 411,454  

Increase (decrease) in taxes resulting from:

      

Tax-exempt income from obligations of states and political subdivisions

     (20,642 )     (17,598 )     (13,863 )

State income tax, net of federal tax benefit

     24,110       28,011       20,467  

Effect of recapitalization of subsidiary

     (59,150 )     (41,909 )     (33,600 )

Tax credits

     (31,201 )     (47,649 )     (35,439 )

Other, net

     7,098       2,963       2,798  
                        
   $ 605,870     $ 421,551     $ 351,817  
                        

Effective tax rate

     30.9 %     29.6 %     29.9 %

 

From time to time Regions engages in business plans that may also have an effect on its tax liabilities. While Regions has obtained the opinion of advisors that the tax aspects of these strategies should prevail, examination of Regions’ income tax returns or changes in tax law may impact the tax benefits of these plans.

During the fourth quarter of 2000, Regions recapitalized a mortgage-related subsidiary by raising Tier 2 capital through the issuance of a new class of participating preferred stock of this subsidiary. Regions is not subject to tax on the portion of the subsidiary’s income allocated to the holders of the preferred stock for federal income tax purposes.

Regions’ federal and state income tax returns for the years 1998 through 2005 are open for review and examination by governmental authorities. In the normal course of these examinations, Regions is subject to challenges from governmental authorities regarding amounts of taxes due. Regions has received notices of proposed adjustments

relating to taxes due for the years 1999 through 2003, which include proposed adjustments beginning in 2000 that would increase taxable income of the mortgage-related subsidiary discussed above and to the tax treatment of certain leveraged lease transactions that were entered into during the years under examination. Management believes that Regions’ treatment of these transactions was in compliance with existing tax case law, applicable statutes, and regulations in effect at the time these transactions were entered into and intends to vigorously defend its positions. Regions believes adequate provision for income taxes has been recorded for all years open for review. To the extent that final resolution of the proposed adjustments results in significantly different conclusions from Regions’ current assessment of the proposed adjustments, Regions’ effective tax rate in any given financial reporting period may be materially different from its current effective tax rate.


 

(In thousands)

  

Current

Tax Expense

  

Deferred Tax

Expense (Benefit)

    Total

2006

       

Federal

   $ 517,195    $ 59,031     $ 576,226

State

     27,576      2,068       29,644
                     

Total

   $ 544,771    $ 61,099     $ 605,870
                     

2005

       

Federal

   $ 437,584    $ (51,770 )   $ 385,814

State

     37,696      (1,959 )     35,737
                     

Total

   $ 475,280    $ (53,729 )   $ 421,551
                     

2004

       

Federal

   $ 281,327    $ 39,008     $ 320,335

State

     28,601      2,881       31,482
                     

Total

   $ 309,928    $ 41,889     $ 351,817
                     

 

116


REGIONS FINANCIAL CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

NOTE 19. DERIVATIVE FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS AND HEDGING ACTIVITIES

Regions maintains positions in derivative financial instruments to manage interest rate risk, to facilitate asset/liability management strategies and to serve the risk management needs of customers. These derivative instruments include forward rate contracts, interest rate swaps, put and call option contracts, and interest rate floors. For those derivative contracts that qualify for hedge accounting, according to Statement 133, Regions designates hedging instruments as either a fair value or cash flow hedge. Derivative contracts that do not qualify for hedge accounting are classified as trading. The accounting policies associated with derivative financial instruments are discussed further in Note 1 to the consolidated financial statements.

Forward rate contracts are commitments to buy or sell financial instruments at a future date at a specified price or

 

yield. Regions primarily enters into forward rate contracts on money market instruments, which expose Regions to market risk associated with changes in the value of the underlying financial instrument as well as the risk that the other party will fail to perform. Interest rate swaps are agreements to exchange interest payments based upon notional amounts. Interest rate swaps subject Regions to market risk associated with changes in interest rates, as well as the credit risk that the counterparty will fail to perform. Option contracts involve rights to buy or sell financial instruments on a specified date or period at a specified price. These rights do not have to be exercised. Some option contracts such as interest rate floors, involve the exchange of cash based on changes in specified indices. Interest rate floors are contracts to hedge interest rate declines based on a notional amount. Interest rate floors subject Regions to market risk associated with changes in interest rates, as well as the credit risk that the counterparty will fail to perform.


HEDGING DERIVATIVES

The following tables summarize the hedging derivative positions utilized by Regions to manage interest rate risk and facilitate asset/liability strategies as of December 31:

 

     2006

(Dollars in millions)

  

Notional

Amount

   Fair Value    Hedged Item   

Weighted-

Average

Maturity

   Pay Structure

FAIR VALUE HEDGES

              

Forward sale commitments

   $ 872    $ 0.5    Loans Held for Sale    0.1 yrs.    N/A

Interest rate swaps (a)

     3,910      5.7    Debt    5.0 yrs.    Variable
                      
   $ 4,782    $ 6.2         
                      

CASH FLOW HEDGES

              

Interest rate swaps (a)

   $ 5,830    $ 19.7    Loans    3.5 yrs.    Variable

Interest rate options

     2,185      16.4    Loans    4.1 yrs.    N/A
                      
   $ 8,015    $ 36.1         
                      

(a) The weighted-average pay and receive rates on interest rate swaps were 6.59% and 6.39%, respectively.

 

     2005

(Dollars in millions)

  

Notional

Amount

   Fair Value     Hedged Item   

Weighted-

Average

Maturity

   Pay Structure

FAIR VALUE HEDGES

             

Forward sale commitments

   $ 841    $ (2.4 )   Loans Held for Sale    0.1 yrs.    N/A

Interest rate swaps (b)

     4,298      2.0     Debt    5.7 yrs.    Variable
                       
   $ 5,139    $ (0.4 )        
                       

CASH FLOW HEDGES

             

Interest rate swaps (b)

   $ 725    $ (8.3 )   Loans    0.8 yrs.    Variable
                       

(b) The weighted-average pay and receive rates on interest rate swaps were 4.72% and 4.88%, respectively.

 

117


REGIONS FINANCIAL CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

The ineffectiveness recognized on both fair value hedges and cash flow hedges was immaterial for years ending December 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004.

Regions also reported a $1.7 million and $2.2 million loss in other comprehensive income at December 31, 2006 and 2005, respectively, related to cash flow hedges of debt instruments, which will be amortized into earnings in conjunction with the recognition of interest payments through 2011. The income impact of this amortization was immaterial. During 2007, Regions expects to reclassify out of other comprehensive income and into earnings approximately $12.9 million in expense due to the variable interest on its floors, prime swaps and LIBOR swaps.

TRADING AND OTHER DERIVATIVES

Regions designates forward contracts to hedge the fair value of specific pools of mortgage loans held for sale against changes in interest rates. In addition to the forward contracts treated as hedges, Regions’ derivative portfolio also included forward contracts entered into to offset the impact of changes in interest rates on Regions’ mortgage pipeline designated for future sale, also referred to as interest rate lock commitments. At December 31, 2006 and 2005, Regions had $277.4 million and $243.8 million, respectively, of forward contracts with a negative fair value of $1,338,000 and positive fair value of $331,000 of forward commitments, respectively.

In the normal course of business, Morgan Keegan enters into underwriting and forward and future commitments on U.S. Government and municipal securities. For the years ended December 31, 2006 and 2005, the contract amount of future contracts to purchase such securities was approximately $49.9 million and $65.4 million, respectively. For the years ended December 31, 2006 and 2005, the contract amount of future contracts to sell such securities was $35.2 million and $129.3 million, respectively. The brokerage subsidiary typically settles its position by entering into equal but opposite contracts and, as such, the contract amounts do not necessarily represent future cash requirements. Settlement of the

transactions relating to such commitments is not expected to have a material effect on the subsidiary’s financial position. Transactions involving future settlement give rise to market risk, which represents the potential loss that can be caused by a change in the market value of a particular financial instrument. The exposure to market risk is determined by a number of factors, including size, composition and diversification of positions held, the absolute and relative levels of interest rates, and market volatility.

Additionally, in the normal course of business, Morgan Keegan enters into transactions for delayed delivery, to-be-announced securities, which are recorded on the consolidated statements of condition at fair value. Risks arise from the possible inability of counterparties to meet the terms of their contracts and from unfavorable changes in interest rates or the market values of the securities underlying the instruments. The credit risk associated with these contracts is typically limited to the cost of replacing all contracts on which the Company has recorded an unrealized gain. For exchange-traded contracts, the clearing organization acts as the counterparty to specific transactions and, therefore, bears the risk of delivery to and from counterparties.

The Company also maintains a derivatives trading portfolio of interest rate swaps, option contracts and futures and forward commitments used to meet the needs of its customers. The portfolio is used to generate trading profit and help clients manage risk. The Company is subject to the risk that a counterparty will fail to perform. These trading derivatives are recorded in other assets and other liabilities. The net fair value of the trading portfolio at December 31, 2006 and 2005 was $18.6 million and $12.1 million, respectively.

Foreign currency contracts involve the exchange of one currency for another on a specified date and at a specified rate. These contracts are executed on behalf of the Company’s customers and are used to manage fluctuations in foreign exchange rates. The Company is subject to the risk that another party will fail to perform.


 

The following table summarizes the trading and other derivative positions utilized by Regions as of December 31:

 

       2006    2005

(In millions)

  

Contract or

Notional

Amount

  

Credit Risk

Amount (1)

  

Contract or

Notional

Amount

  

Credit Risk

Amount (1)

Interest rate swaps

   $ 21,904    $ 5.6    $ 9,814    $ 6.0

Interest rate options

     3,008      —        934      —  

Futures and forward commitments

     2,076      —        7,199      —  

Other

     188      —        127      —  
                           
   $ 27,176    $ 5.6    $ 18,074    $ 6.0
                           

(1) Credit Risk Amount is defined as all positive exposures not collateralized with cash on deposit. Any credit risk arising under option contracts is combined with swaps to reflect netting agreements.

 

118


REGIONS FINANCIAL CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

NOTE 20. FAIR VALUE OF FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS

The following methods and assumptions were used by the Company in estimating its fair value disclosures for financial instruments.

Cash and cash equivalents: The carrying amount reported in the consolidated statements of condition and cash flows approximates the estimated fair value.

Trading account assets: Estimated fair values, which are the amounts recognized in the consolidated statements of condition, are based on quoted market prices, where available. If quoted market prices are not available, estimated fair values are based on quoted market prices of comparable instruments.

Securities available for sale: Estimated fair values, which are the amounts recognized in the consolidated statements of condition, are based on quoted market prices, where available. If quoted market prices are not available, estimated fair values are based on quoted market prices of comparable instruments.

Securities held to maturity: Estimated fair values are based on quoted market prices, where available. If quoted market prices are not available, estimated fair values are based on quoted market prices of comparable instruments.

Loans held for sale: Loans held for sale include 1-4 family real estate mortgage loans and in 2005, factored accounts receivables and asset-based loans. The fair values of mortgage loans held for sale are based on quoted market prices of similar instruments, adjusted for differences in loan characteristics. In the prior year, the fair values of factored accounts receivable were based on cash flow models.

Margin receivables: The carrying amount reported in the consolidated statements of condition approximates the estimated fair value.

Loans: The fair value of the loan portfolio, excluding leases and including loans held for sale – divestitures, was estimated based on various factors related to the portfolio. Estimated fair values for variable-rate loans, which reprice frequently and have no significant credit risk, are based on carrying value. Estimated fair values for all other loans, including loans held for sale – divestitures, are estimated using discounted cash flow analyses, based on interest rates currently offered on loans with similar terms to borrowers of similar credit quality. The carrying amount of accrued interest reported in the consolidated statements of condition approximates the fair value.

 

Derivative assets and liabilities: Estimated fair values for derivative instruments, which are the amounts recognized in the consolidated statements of condition, are based either on cash flow projection models or observable market prices.

Deposit liabilities: The fair value of non-interest-bearing demand accounts, interest-bearing transaction accounts, savings accounts, money market accounts and certain other time open accounts is the amount payable on demand at the reporting date (i.e., the carrying amount). Fair values for certificates of deposit and interest-bearing deposits – divestitures are estimated by using discounted cash flow analyses, using the interest rates currently offered for deposits of similar maturities.

Short-term borrowings: The carrying amount reported in the consolidated statements of condition approximates the estimated fair value.

Long-term borrowings: Fair values are estimated using discounted cash flow analyses, based on the current rates offered for similar borrowing arrangements.

Loan commitments, standby and commercial letters of credit: Estimated fair values for these off-balance sheet instruments are based on standard fees currently charged to enter into similar agreements.


 

119


REGIONS FINANCIAL CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

The carrying amounts and estimated fair values of the Company’s financial instruments as of December 31 are as follows:

 

     2006     2005  

(In thousands)

   Carrying
Amount
   Estimated
Fair Value
    Carrying
Amount
   Estimated
Fair Value
 

FINANCIAL ASSETS:

          

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 4,717,418    $ 4,717,418     $ 3,216,940    $ 3,216,940  

Trading account assets

     1,442,994      1,442,994       992,082      992,082  

Securities available for sale

     18,514,332      18,514,332       11,947,810      11,947,810  

Securities held to maturity

     47,728      47,767       31,464      27,107  

Loans held for sale

     3,308,064      3,313,882       1,531,664      1,543,561  

Margin receivables

     570,063      570,063       527,317      527,317  

Loans, net (excluding leases)

     93,706,937      93,718,205       56,693,938      56,523,237  

Derivative assets

     215,659      215,659       83,102      83,102  

FINANCIAL LIABILITIES:

          

Deposits

     101,227,969      91,507,223       60,378,367      54,627,420  

Short-term borrowings

     9,667,071      9,667,071       4,966,279      4,966,279  

Long-term borrowings

     8,642,649      8,759,717       6,971,680      7,091,170  

Derivative liabilities

     155,329      155,329       41,822      41,822  

Loan commitments and letters of credit

     —        (442,631 )     —        (207,662 )

 

NOTE 21. BUSINESS SEGMENT INFORMATION

Regions’ segment information is presented based on Regions’ primary segments of business. Each segment is a strategic business unit that serves specific needs of Regions’ customers. The Company’s primary segment is General Banking/Treasury, which represents the Company’s branch banking functions and has separate management that is responsible for the operation of that business unit. This segment also includes the Company’s Treasury function, including the Company’s bond portfolio, indirect mortgage lending division, and other wholesale activities. In addition, Regions has designated

as distinct reportable segments the activity of its mortgage banking, investment banking/brokerage/trust and insurance divisions. Mortgage banking consists of origination and servicing functions of Regions’ mortgage subsidiaries. Investment banking includes trust activities and all brokerage and investment activities associated with Morgan Keegan. Insurance includes all business associated with commercial insurance, in addition to credit life products sold to consumer customers. The reportable segment designated “Other” primarily includes activity of Regions’ indirect consumer lending division, merger charges and the parent company including eliminations.


 

120


REGIONS FINANCIAL CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

The following tables present financial information for each reportable segment for the years ended December 31:

 

(In thousands)

   General Banking/
Treasury
   Mortgage
Banking
    Investment
Banking/
Brokerage/Trust

2006

       

Net interest income

   $ 3,127,344    $ 75,013     $ 52,698

Provision for loan losses

     140,933      86       —  

Non-interest income

     835,715      280,318       888,928

Non-interest expense

     1,974,319      357,995       702,920

Income taxes (benefit)

     692,928      (1,031 )     87,619
                     

Net income (loss)

   $ 1,154,879    $ (1,719 )   $ 151,087
                     

Revenues from external customers

   $ 3,900,947    $ 455,072     $ 903,882

Average assets

   $ 85,658,470    $ 4,287,826     $ 3,314,361

(In thousands)

   Insurance    Other    

Total

Company

Net interest income

   $ 5,638    $ 92,749     $ 3,353,442

Provision for loan losses

     —        1,481       142,500

Non-interest income

     84,949      (27,806 )     2,062,104

Non-interest expense

     64,827      213,970       3,314,031

Income taxes (benefit)

     10,095      (183,741 )     605,870
                     

Net income

   $ 15,665    $ 33,233     $ 1,353,145
                     

Revenues from external customers

   $ 90,702    $ 64,943     $ 5,415,546

Average assets

   $ 203,789    $ 2,335,831     $ 95,800,277

(In thousands)

   General Banking/
Treasury
   Mortgage
Banking
    Investment
Banking/
Brokerage/Trust

2005

       

Net interest income

   $ 2,592,072    $ 73,199     $ 29,998

Provision for loan losses

     156,491      25       —  

Non-interest income

     620,295      372,508       723,205

Non-interest expense

     1,793,185      320,941       592,490

Income taxes (benefit)

     473,672      48,701       59,019
                     

Net income

   $ 789,019    $ 76,040     $ 101,694
                     

Revenues from external customers

   $ 3,167,837    $ 502,677     $ 740,763

Average assets

   $ 76,696,761    $ 3,520,586     $ 2,748,807

(In thousands)

   Insurance    Other    

Total

Company

Net interest income

   $ 3,230    $ 122,120     $ 2,820,619

Provision for loan losses

     —        8,484       165,000

Non-interest income

     80,296      17,128       1,813,432

Non-interest expense

     59,276      281,064       3,046,956

Income taxes (benefit)

     8,448      (168,289 )     421,551
                     

Net income

   $ 15,802    $ 17,989     $ 1,000,544
                     

Revenues from external customers

   $ 83,526    $ 139,248     $ 4,634,051

Average assets

   $ 174,184    $ 1,956,129     $ 85,096,467
       

 

121


REGIONS FINANCIAL CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

(In thousands)

  

General Banking/

Treasury

  

Mortgage

Banking

   

Investment

Banking/

Brokerage/Trust

2004

       

Net interest income

   $ 2,049,843    $ 97,650     $ 27,223

Provision for loan losses

     122,370      185       —  

Non-interest income

     525,199      377,512       671,089

Non-interest expense

     1,325,993      383,454       564,420

Income taxes (benefit)

     403,772      36,404       50,257
                     

Net income (loss)

   $ 722,907    $ 55,119     $ 83,635
                     

Revenues from external customers

   $ 2,506,881    $ 519,237     $ 721,087

Average assets

   $ 56,996,477    $ 2,519,781     $ 2,635,384

(In thousands)

   Insurance    Other    

Total

Company

Net interest income

   $ 2,424    $ (64,106 )   $ 2,113,034

Provision for loan losses

     —        5,945       128,500

Non-interest income

     85,540      3,091       1,662,431

Non-interest expense

     65,787      131,729       2,471,383

Income taxes (benefit)

     8,027      (146,643 )     351,817
                     

Net income (loss)

   $ 14,150    $ (52,046 )   $ 823,765
                     

Revenues from external customers

   $ 89,275    $ (61,015 )   $ 3,775,465

Average assets

   $ 138,022    $ 4,548,484     $ 66,838,148

NOTE 22. COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES

COMMERCIAL COMMITMENTS

Regions issues off-balance sheet financial instruments in connection with lending activities. The credit risk associated with these instruments is essentially the same as that involved in extending loans to customers and is subject to Regions’ credit policies. Collateral is obtained based on management’s assessment of the customer.

Credit risk associated with these instruments is represented by the contractual amounts indicated in the following table:

 

     December 31

(In millions)

   2006    2005

Unused commitments to extend credit

   $ 41,926    $ 19,802

Standby letters of credit

     7,161      3,093

Commercial letters of credit

     98      73

 

122


REGIONS FINANCIAL CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

Unused commitments to extend credit – To accommodate the financial needs of its customers, Regions makes commitments under various terms to lend funds to consumers, businesses and other entities. These commitments include (among others) revolving credit agreements, term loan commitments and short-term borrowing agreements. Many of these loan commitments have fixed expiration dates or other termination clauses and may require payment of a fee. Since many of these commitments are expected to expire without being funded, the total commitment amounts do not necessarily represent future liquidity requirements.

Standby letters of credit – Standby letters of credit are also issued to customers, which commit Regions to make payments on behalf of customers if certain specified future events occur. Regions has recourse against the customer for any amount required to be paid to a third party under a standby letter of credit. Historically, a large percentage of standby letters of credit expire without being funded.

 

Commercial letters of credit – Commercial letters of credit are issued to facilitate foreign or domestic trade transactions for customers. As a general rule, drafts will be drawn when the goods underlying the transaction are in transit.

LEASES

Operating leases – Regions and its subsidiaries lease land, premises and equipment under cancelable and noncancelable leases, some of which contain renewal options under various terms. The leased properties are used primarily for banking purposes. See Note 7 for a detail of rental expense and income recognized during 2006, 2005 and 2004.


The approximate future minimum rental commitments as of December 31, 2006, for all non-cancelable leases with initial or remaining terms of one year or more are shown in the following table. Included in these amounts are all renewal options reasonably assured of being exercised.

 

(In thousands)

   Premises    Equipment    Total

2007

   $ 134,450    $ 3,166    $ 137,616

2008

     124,082      2,289      126,371

2009

     112,064      1,163      113,227

2010

     90,084      —        90,084

2011

     76,856      —        76,856

Thereafter

     473,177      —        473,177
                    
   $ 1,010,713    $ 6,618    $ 1,017,331
                    

 

Sale-leaseback transaction – In 2005, Regions sold 111 properties to a third party with an agreement to lease back a portion of 99 of these properties. The remaining 12 properties were not leased back by Regions. For those properties with no associated leaseback, a gain of approximately $1.1 million was recorded at closing. Total sales proceeds were allocated to individual properties based on relative fair market value determined by independent third-party individual property appraisals at the time of the sale. Of the 99 properties that included a leaseback, 20 of the properties qualified for sale-leaseback accounting under Statement of Financial Accounting Standard No. 98 (“Statement 98”), “Accounting for Leases.” Accordingly, these transactions were also reflected as sales with $0.2 million of immediate gain and $2.6 million in gain to be amortized on a straight-line basis over the fifteen-year operating lease term. The $0.2 million represents the amount of gain that exceeded the present value of the future minimum rent payments. There were no losses recognized for any of the properties subject to the sale-leaseback.

 

The other 79 properties included lease terms that require lease payments that are significantly more heavily weighted toward the early years of the fifteen-year lease term (approximately 60% in excess of the calculated straight-line rental amount). This constituted additional collateral or financing to the buyer-lessor and effectively resulted in Regions having a continuing involvement in these 79 properties, requiring Regions to account for these properties as a financing arrangement under Statement 98. Accordingly, the properties continue to be reflected on the Company’s balance sheet and depreciated based on their current carrying value. Proceeds of $83.1 million attributable to these properties were reflected as a financing obligation with monthly rental payments due, reflected as a component of principal reduction and interest expense the Company’s incremental borrowing rate. The approximate total future minimum rental commitment as of December 31, 2006, for all leases related to this transaction is $100.1 million, including $12.2 million annually in 2007 through 2009, $8.4 million in 2010 and $5.2 million in 2011.


 

123


REGIONS FINANCIAL CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

LEGAL

The Company and its affiliates are subject to litigation, including class action litigation, and claims arising in the ordinary course of business. Punitive damages are routinely claimed in these cases. Regions continues to be concerned about the general trend in litigation involving large damage awards against financial service company defendants. Regions evaluates these contingencies based on information currently available, including advice of counsel and assessment of available insurance coverage. Although it is not possible to predict the ultimate resolution or financial liability with respect to these litigation contingencies, management is of the opinion that the outcome of pending and threatened litigation would not have a material effect on Regions’ consolidated financial position or results of operations.

NOTE 23. PARENT COMPANY ONLY FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Presented below are condensed financial statements of Regions Financial Corporation:

Statements of Condition

 

     December 31  

(In thousands)

   2006     2005  

ASSETS

    

Cash and due from banks

   $ 543,426     $ 999,351  

Loans to subsidiaries

     215,000       115,000  

Securities available for sale

     62,223       71,922  

Premises and equipment

     32,568       9,781  

Investments in subsidiaries:

    

Banks

     22,210,636       11,614,413  

Non-banks

     1,366,019       1,221,188  
                
     23,576,655       12,835,601  

Other assets

     481,826       430,942  
                
   $ 24,911,698     $ 14,462,597  
                

LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY

    

Long-term borrowings

   $ 3,560,145     $ 3,549,383  

Other liabilities

     650,099       298,931  
                

Total liabilities

     4,210,244       3,848,314  

Stockholders’ equity:

    

Common stock

     7,303       4,738  

Additional paid-in capital

     16,339,726       7,248,855  

Undivided profits

     4,493,245       3,941,074  

Treasury stock

     (7,548 )     (581,890 )

Accumulated other comprehensive (loss) income

     (131,272 )     1,506  
                

Total stockholders’ equity

     20,701,454       10,614,283  
                
   $ 24,911,698     $ 14,462,597  
                

 

124


REGIONS FINANCIAL CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

Statements of Income

 

       Years Ended December 31  

(In thousands)

   2006     2005     2004  

INCOME:

      

Dividends received from subsidiaries

   $ 900,276     $ 200,000     $ 495,556  

Service fees from subsidiaries

     201,354       142,312       106,842  

Interest from subsidiaries

     42,839       32,699       13,069  

Other income

     13,253       6,925       7,717  
                        
     1,157,722       381,936       623,184  

EXPENSES:

      

Salaries and employee benefits

     167,531       67,963       43,051  

Interest

     192,300       137,694       63,204  

Net occupancy expense

     13,232       2,349       2,512  

Furniture and equipment expense

     2,371       824       1,145  

Legal and other professional fees

     17,852       29,259       15,991  

Other expenses

     32,689       30,873       25,998  
                        
     425,975       268,962       151,901  

Income before income taxes and equity in undistributed earnings of subsidiaries

     731,747       112,974       471,283  

Income tax benefit

     (57,060 )     (33,106 )     (12,374 )
                        

Income before equity in undistributed earnings of subsidiaries

     788,807       146,080       483,657  

Equity in undistributed earnings of subsidiaries:

      

Banks

     429,009       748,966       258,726  

Non-banks

     135,329       105,498       81,382  
                        
     564,338       854,464       340,108  
                        

Net Income

   $ 1,353,145     $ 1,000,544     $ 823,765  
                        

 

125


REGIONS FINANCIAL CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

Statements of Cash Flows

 

       Years Ended December 31  

(In thousands)

   2006     2005     2004  

OPERATING ACTIVITIES:

      

Net income

   $ 1,353,145     $ 1,000,544     $ 823,765  

Adjustments to reconcile net cash provided by operating activities:

      

Equity in undistributed earnings of subsidiaries

     (564,338 )     (854,464 )     (340,108 )

Depreciation and amortization

     38,156       22,387       6,882  

Increase (decrease) in other liabilities

     292,762       26,607       (21,893 )

Loss (gain) on sale of premises and equipment

     100       (4 )     59  

(Increase) decrease in other assets

     (33,407 )     105,729       (186,203 )
                        

Net cash provided by operating activities

     1,086,418       300,799       282,502  

INVESTING ACTIVITIES:

      

Investment in subsidiaries

     (9,682 )     (41,249 )     673,391  

(Advances) principal payments on loans to subsidiaries

     (100,000 )     55,000       15,000  

Net purchase of premises and equipment

     (24,786 )     (147 )     (388 )

Maturity of securities held to maturity

                 750  

Maturity of securities available for sale

     87,426       67,329       66,284  

Purchase of securities available for sale

     (77,985 )     (30,199 )      

Sale of securities available for sale

                 652  
                        

Net cash (used in) provided by investing activities

     (125,027 )     50,734       755,689  

FINANCING ACTIVITIES:

      

Decrease in commercial paper borrowings

                 (5,500 )

Cash dividends

     (894,805 )     (628,610 )     (489,817 )

Purchase of treasury stock

     (490,370 )     (552,495 )     (187,434 )

Proceeds from long-term borrowings

     227,575       888,799       339,536  

Payments on long-term borrowings

     (524,051 )     (353,986 )     (192,876 )

Proceeds from exercise of stock options, net

     264,335       165,980       130,929  
                        

Net cash used in financing activities

     (1,417,316 )     (480,312 )     (405,162 )

(Decrease) increase in cash and cash equivalents

     (455,925 )     (128,779 )     633,029  

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year

     999,351       1,128,130       495,101  
                        

Cash and cash equivalents at end of year

   $ 543,426     $ 999,351     $ 1,128,130  
                        

NOTE 24. SUBSEQUENT EVENTS

On January 19, 2007, Regions and Barclays Bank PLC announced the signing of a definitive agreement for the purchase of Regions’ non-prime mortgage origination affiliate, EquiFirst Corporation, for an estimated purchase price of approximately $225 million (the final purchase price is contingent on the closing book value of assets and liabilities). Completion of the sale is expected in the first half of 2007, subject to the receipt of the required licenses and applicable regulatory approval.

 

126

EXHIBIT 21

List of Subsidiaries of Registrant at December 31, 2006

Regions Bank (1)

Morgan Keegan & Company, Inc. (5)

MK Assets, Inc.(7)

MK Licensing, Inc. (7)

Southpoint Structured Assets, Inc. (7)

MK Holding, Inc. (2)

Athletic Resource Management, Inc. (5)

Morgan Keegan Fund Management, Inc. (5)

Morgan Asset Management, Inc. (5)

Wealthtrust, Inc. (5)

Merchant Bankers, Inc. (5)

Morgan Keegan Mortgage Company, Inc. (5)

Morgan Keegan Municipal Products, Inc. (7)

Morgan Keegan Municipal Products II, Inc. (7)

Morgan Properties, LLC (5)

Morgan Keegan Insurance Agency of Alabama, Inc. (2)

Morgan Keegan Insurance Agency of Louisiana, Inc. (6)

Morgan Keegan Insurance Agency of Arkansas, Inc. (8)

Morgan Keegan Financial Products, Inc. (5)

MK Investment Management, Inc. (7)

Morgan Keegan Funding Corporation (5)

Cumberland Securities Company, Inc. (5)

Regions Financial Leasing, Inc. (2)

Regions Agency, Inc. (2)

Regions Acceptance, LLC (2)

Regions Life Insurance Company (3)

Regions Agency, Inc. (Louisiana) (6)

Regions Title Company, Inc. (5)

MCB Life Insurance Company (5)

Credit Source, Inc. (5)

Regions Interstate Billing Service, Inc. (2)

Regions Asset Management Company, Inc. (2)

RAMCO - FL Holding, Inc. (2)

Regions Asset Holding Company (2)

Regions Asset Company (7)

Regions Licensing Company (7)

Regions Investment Management Holding Company (7)

Regions Investment Management Company (7)

Regions Financial (DE), Inc. (7)

Regions Insurance Agency of Arkansas (8)

Regions Insurance Group, Inc. (5)

Rebsamen Insurance, Inc. (8)

Crockett Adjustment, Inc. (8)

ICT Insurance Agency, Inc. (5)

Regions Insurance Services, Inc. (5)

Regions Insurance Services of Alabama, Inc. (2)

EFC Holdings Corporation (10)

EquiFirst Corporation (10)

EquiFirst Mortgage Corporation of Minnesota (11)

Regions Reinsurance Corporation (12)

Fundexpress, Inc. (7)

UP Energy Investments, Inc. (7)

Union Planters Mortgage Finance Corporation (7)


Quatre Corporation (14)

Magna Data Services, Inc. (15)

UPTENCO, Inc. (5)

UPARTCO, LP (5)

UP Mortgages GP (13)

UPBNA Holdings, Inc. (7)

UPB Holdings, Inc. (7)

Union Planters Preferred Funding Corp. (7)

Union Planters Preferred Funding II Corp. (7)

UPB Investments, Inc. (5)

UPIB, Inc. (7)

MICB, Inc. (7)

PFIC Corporation (5)

PFIC Pennsylvania Agency, Inc. (16)

Union Planters Insurance Agency of Georgia, Inc. (4)

PFIC Florida Agency, Inc. (13)

Union Planters Insurance Agency of Texas (17)

PFIC Arizona Agency, Inc. (18)

Union Planters Agency, Inc. (8)

Union Planters Insurance Agency of Florida, Inc. (13)

Union Planters Agency, Inc. (2)

PFIC Tennessee Agency, Inc. (5)

Union Planters Insurance of North Carolina, Inc. (10)

PFIC New York Agency, Inc. (19)

PFIC Indiana Agency DBA Union Planters Insurance Agency, Inc. (20)

Union Planters Insurance Agency of Mississippi, Inc. (22)

PFIC Mississippi Agency, Inc. (22)

Navigator Agency Incorporated (17)

PFIC Michigan Agency, Inc. (23)

PFIC Securities Corporation (5)

PFIC Investment Advisors (5)

PFIC Arkansas Agency, Inc. (8)

PFIC Ohio Agency, Inc. (24)

PFIC Agency, Inc. (15)

PFIC Agency New Mexico, Inc. (28)

PFIC Missouri Agency, Inc. (14)

PFIC Louisiana Agency, Inc. (6)

PFIC Alabama Agency, Inc. (2)

PFIC Wisconsin Agency, Inc. (29)

PFIC California Agency, Inc. (33)

PFIC New Hampshire Agency, Inc. (34)

Union Planters Insurance Agency, Inc. (5)

CID Holding Company (5)

Union Planters Home Equity Corp. (7)

UP Investments LP (5)

Union Planters Hong Kong, Inc. (5)

Union Planters Hong Kong Trade Services Limited (30)

Planters Enterprise Holding, Inc. (15)

Planters Enterprise of Illinois, Inc. (15)

Capital Factors Holdings, Inc. (13)

CF One, Inc. (7)

CF Investor Corporation (7)

CF Two LLC (7)

Capital Factors, Inc. (13)

Capital Tempfunds, Inc. (10)

CF Funding Corporation (7)

Albrecht & Associates, Inc. (7)

ASB Affordable Housing, Inc. (2)

AmSouth Auto Receivables LLC (2)


Regions Business Capital Corporation (7)

AmSouth Investment Management Company LLC (2)

AmSouth Finance Corporation (2)

AmSouth Investment Services, Inc. (2)

AmSouth Leasing Corporation (2)

AmSouth Leasing, Ltd. (2)

A-F Leasing, Ltd.(2)

Cahaba Holdings, Inc. (7)

Cahaba Corporation (7)

AmSouth Asset Management, Inc. (2)

Cahaba International, Inc. (7)

GTC Title, Inc. (2)

AmSouth Reinsurance Company, Ltd. (31)

Cahaba International, Ltd.(32)

MCC Holdings, Inc. (2)

Meriwether Capital Corporation

FMLS, Inc. (5)

First AmTenn Life Insurance Company (3)

OakBrook Investments, LLC (49%)

Southern Equity Mortgage, LLC (50.1%)

Leader Holding Company, LLC (5)

First Service Corporation (17)

RF Trust Company, Inc. (2)

AmSouth Community Development Corporation (non profit)(5)

 

(1) Affiliate state bank in Alabama chartered under the banking laws of Alabama.

 

(2) Organized under the laws of the state of Alabama.

 

(3) Incorporated under the laws of the state of Arizona.

 

(4) Incorporated under the laws of the state of Georgia.

 

(5) Incorporated under the laws of the state of Tennessee.

 

(6) Incorporated under the laws of the state of Louisiana.

 

(7) Incorporated under the laws of the state of Delaware.

 

(8) Incorporated under the laws of the state of Arkansas.

 

(9) Formed under the Delaware Limited Liability Company Act.

 

(10) Incorporated under the laws of the state of North Carolina.

 

(11) Incorporated under the laws of the state of Minnesota.

 

(12) Incorporated under the laws of the state of Vermont.

 

(13) Incorporated under the laws of the state of Florida.

 

(14) Incorporated under the laws of Missouri.

 

(15) Incorporated under the laws of Illinois.

 

(16) Incorporated under the laws of Pennsylvania.

 

(17) Incorporated under the laws of Texas.

 

(18) Incorporated under the laws of Arizona.

 

(19) Incorporated under the laws of New York.

 

(20) Incorporated under the laws of Indiana.

 

(21) Incorporated under the laws of Iowa.

 

(22) Incorporated under the laws of Mississippi.

 

(23) Incorporated under the laws of Michigan.


(24) Incorporated under the laws of Ohio.

 

(25) Incorporated under the laws of Oregon.

 

(26) Incorporated under the laws of Kentucky.

 

(27) Incorporated under the laws of Virginia.

 

(28) Incorporated under the laws of New Mexico.

 

(29) Incorporated under the laws of Wisconsin.

 

(30) Incorporated under the laws of the Peoples’ Republic of China.

 

(31) Incorporated under the laws of the Turks and Cacios Islands.

 

(32) Incorporated under the laws of Bermuda.

 

(33) Incorporated under the laws of California.

 

(34) Incorporated under the laws of New Hampshire.

EXHIBIT 23

Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

We consent to the incorporation by reference in the following Registration Statements and in the related Prospectuses of our reports dated February 26, 2007, with respect to the consolidated financial statements of Regions Financial Corporation and subsidiaries, Regions Financial Corporation management’s assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, and the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting of Regions Financial Corporation, included in the 2006 Annual Report to Shareholders of Regions Financial Corporation and incorporated by reference in this Annual Report (Form 10-K) for the year ended December 31, 2006:

Form S-8 No. 333-135604 pertaining to the stock options and other equity interests issuable

    under the Regions Financial Corporation 2006 Long Term Incentive Plan;

Form S-8 No. 333-138460 pertaining to the stock options and other equity interests issued,

    issuable, or assumed under:

AmSouth Bancorporation 2006 Long Term Incentive Compensation Plan

AmSouth Bancorporation 1996 Long Term Incentive Compensation Plan

First American Corporation 1999 Broad-Based Employee Stock Option Plan

Deposit Guaranty Corporation Long Term Incentive Plans

First American Corporation 1991 Employee Stock Incentive Plan

AmSouth Bancorporation Amended and Restated 1991 Employee Stock Incentive Plan

Pioneer Bancshares, Inc. Long Term Incentive Plan

AmSouth Bancorporation Stock Option Plan for Outside Directors

AmSouth Bancorporation Thrift Plan

AmSouth Bancorporation Deferred Compensation Plan and Amended and Restated Deferred Compensation Plan for Directors of AmSouth Bancorporation

AmSouth Bancorporation Employee Stock Purchase Plan

Form S-3 No. 33-59735 pertaining to the registration of $200,000,000 subordinated debt securities;

Form S-3 No. 333-54552 pertaining to the registration of $1,000,000,000 debt and equity securities;

Form S-3 No. 333-74102-01 pertaining to the registration of $1,500,000,000 debt and equity securities;

Form S-8 No. 333-117272 pertaining to the stock options and other equity interests issued, issuable, or assumed under:

Regions Financial Corporation 1999 Long-Term Incentive Plan

Regions Financial Corporation Amended and Restated 1991 Long-Term Incentive Plan

Regions Financial Corporation Amended and Restated Directors’ Stock Investment Plan

Regions Financial Corporation 401 (K) Plan

Regions Financial Corporation Supplemental 401 (K) Plan

First Alabama Bancshares, Inc. 1988 Stock Option Plan

Union Planters Corporation 1998 Stock Incentive Plan for Officers and Employees

Union Planters Corporation Amended and Restated 1992 Stock Incentive Plan

Union Planters Corporation 401 (K) Retirement Savings Plan

 


Union Planters Corporation Amended and Restated 1996 Deferred Compensation Plan

    for Executives

and pertaining to options assumed by Regions Financial resulting from the acquisitions by

former Regions Financial Corporation of

First Community Banking Services, Inc.

First Bancshares, Inc.

First Commercial Corporation

Florida First Bancshares, Inc.

First State Corporation

First National Bancorp

GF Bancshares, Inc.

Greenville Financial Corporation

Minden Bancshares, Inc.

Morgan Keegan, Inc.

PALFED, Inc.

Park Meridian Financial Corporation

Bullsboro Bancshares, Inc.

VB&T Bancshares Corp.

and pertaining to options assumed by Regions Financial resulting from the acquisitions by

Union Planters Corporation of

Capital Bancorporation, Inc.

Capital Factors Holding, Inc.

Capital Savings Bancorp, Inc.

Grenada Sunburst System Corporation

Leader Financial Corporation

Magna Group, Inc.

People’s First Corporation

Ready State Bank

Strategic Outsourcing, Inc.

Valley Federal Savings Bank

Form S-3 No. 333-124337 pertaining to the registration of $2,000,000,000 debt and equity securities; and

Form S-3 No. 333-126797 pertaining to the securities registered on Form S-3 No. 333-124337.

/s/ Ernst & Young LLP

Birmingham, Alabama

February 26, 2007

EXHIBIT 24

DIRECTOR’S

POWER OF ATTORNEY

KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS, that the undersigned Director of Regions Financial Corporation, a Delaware corporation (“Company”), by his execution hereof or upon an identical counterpart hereof, does hereby constitute and appoint John D. Buchanan or Carl L. Gorday and either of them, his true and lawful attorney-in-fact and agent, for him and in his name, place and stead, to execute and sign the Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2006 to be filed by the Company with the Securities and Exchange Commission, and, further, to execute and sign any and all amendments to such Form 10-K and any and all other documents in connection therewith, and to cause any and all such documents to be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission, granting unto said attorney-in-fact and agent, full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite and necessary to be done in and about the premises, as fully to all intents and purposes as the undersigned might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all the acts of said attorney-in-fact and agent which he may lawfully do in the premises or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has hereunto set his hand this 26 th day of February, 2007.

 

/s/ Samuel W. Bartholomew, Jr.
Samuel W. Bartholomew, Jr.


DIRECTOR’S

POWER OF ATTORNEY

KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS, that the undersigned Director of Regions Financial Corporation, a Delaware corporation (“Company”), by his execution hereof or upon an identical counterpart hereof, does hereby constitute and appoint John D. Buchanan or Carl L. Gorday and either of them, his true and lawful attorney-in-fact and agent, for him and in his name, place and stead, to execute and sign the Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2006 to be filed by the Company with the Securities and Exchange Commission, and, further, to execute and sign any and all amendments to such Form 10-K and any and all other documents in connection therewith, and to cause any and all such documents to be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission, granting unto said attorney-in-fact and agent, full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite and necessary to be done in and about the premises, as fully to all intents and purposes as the undersigned might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all the acts of said attorney-in-fact and agent which he may lawfully do in the premises or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has hereunto set his hand this 28 th day of February, 2007.

 

/s/ George W. Bryan
George W. Bryan


DIRECTOR’S

POWER OF ATTORNEY

KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS, that the undersigned Director of Regions Financial Corporation, a Delaware corporation (“Company”), by his execution hereof or upon an identical counterpart hereof, does hereby constitute and appoint John D. Buchanan or Carl L. Gorday and either of them, his true and lawful attorney-in-fact and agent, for him and in his name, place and stead, to execute and sign the Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2006 to be filed by the Company with the Securities and Exchange Commission, and, further, to execute and sign any and all amendments to such Form 10-K and any and all other documents in connection therewith, and to cause any and all such documents to be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission, granting unto said attorney-in-fact and agent, full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite and necessary to be done in and about the premises, as fully to all intents and purposes as the undersigned might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all the acts of said attorney-in-fact and agent which he may lawfully do in the premises or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has hereunto set his hand this 27 th day of February, 2007.

 

/s/ David J. Cooper, Sr.
David J. Cooper, Sr.


DIRECTOR’S

POWER OF ATTORNEY

KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS, that the undersigned Director of Regions Financial Corporation, a Delaware corporation (“Company”), by his execution hereof or upon an identical counterpart hereof, does hereby constitute and appoint John D. Buchanan or Carl L. Gorday and either of them, his true and lawful attorney-in-fact and agent, for him and in his name, place and stead, to execute and sign the Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2006 to be filed by the Company with the Securities and Exchange Commission, and, further, to execute and sign any and all amendments to such Form 10-K and any and all other documents in connection therewith, and to cause any and all such documents to be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission, granting unto said attorney-in-fact and agent, full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite and necessary to be done in and about the premises, as fully to all intents and purposes as the undersigned might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all the acts of said attorney-in-fact and agent which he may lawfully do in the premises or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has hereunto set his hand this 28 th day of February, 2007.

 

/s/ Earnest W. Deavenport, Jr.
Earnest W. Deavenport, Jr.


DIRECTOR’S

POWER OF ATTORNEY

KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS, that the undersigned Director of Regions Financial Corporation, a Delaware corporation (“Company”), by his execution hereof or upon an identical counterpart hereof, does hereby constitute and appoint John D. Buchanan or Carl L. Gorday and either of them, his true and lawful attorney-in-fact and agent, for him and in his name, place and stead, to execute and sign the Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2006 to be filed by the Company with the Securities and Exchange Commission, and, further, to execute and sign any and all amendments to such Form 10-K and any and all other documents in connection therewith, and to cause any and all such documents to be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission, granting unto said attorney-in-fact and agent, full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite and necessary to be done in and about the premises, as fully to all intents and purposes as the undersigned might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all the acts of said attorney-in-fact and agent which he may lawfully do in the premises or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has hereunto set his hand this 19 th day of February, 2007.

 

/s/ Don DeFosset
Don DeFosset


DIRECTOR’S

POWER OF ATTORNEY

KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS, that the undersigned Director of Regions Financial Corporation, a Delaware corporation (“Company”), by her execution hereof or upon an identical counterpart hereof, does hereby constitute and appoint John D. Buchanan or Carl L. Gorday and either of them, her true and lawful attorney-in-fact and agent, for her and in her name, place and stead, to execute and sign the Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2006 to be filed by the Company with the Securities and Exchange Commission, and, further, to execute and sign any and all amendments to such Form 10-K and any and all other documents in connection therewith, and to cause any and all such documents to be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission, granting unto said attorney-in-fact and agent, full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite and necessary to be done in and about the premises, as fully to all intents and purposes as the undersigned might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all the acts of said attorney-in-fact and agent which he may lawfully do in the premises or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has hereunto set her hand this 26 th day of February, 2007.

 

/s/ Martha R. Ingram
Martha R. Ingram


DIRECTOR’S

POWER OF ATTORNEY

KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS, that the undersigned Director of Regions Financial Corporation, a Delaware corporation (“Company”), by his execution hereof or upon an identical counterpart hereof, does hereby constitute and appoint John D. Buchanan or Carl L. Gorday and either of them, his true and lawful attorney-in-fact and agent, for him and in his name, place and stead, to execute and sign the Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2006 to be filed by the Company with the Securities and Exchange Commission, and, further, to execute and sign any and all amendments to such Form 10-K and any and all other documents in connection therewith, and to cause any and all such documents to be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission, granting unto said attorney-in-fact and agent, full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite and necessary to be done in and about the premises, as fully to all intents and purposes as the undersigned might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all the acts of said attorney-in-fact and agent which he may lawfully do in the premises or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has hereunto set his hand this 19 th day of February, 2007.

 

/s/ Ronald L. Kuehn, Jr.
Ronald L. Kuehn, Jr.


DIRECTOR’S

POWER OF ATTORNEY

KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS, that the undersigned Director of Regions Financial Corporation, a Delaware corporation (“Company”), by his execution hereof or upon an identical counterpart hereof, does hereby constitute and appoint John D. Buchanan or Carl L. Gorday and either of them, his true and lawful attorney-in-fact and agent, for him and in his name, place and stead, to execute and sign the Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2006 to be filed by the Company with the Securities and Exchange Commission, and, further, to execute and sign any and all amendments to such Form 10-K and any and all other documents in connection therewith, and to cause any and all such documents to be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission, granting unto said attorney-in-fact and agent, full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite and necessary to be done in and about the premises, as fully to all intents and purposes as the undersigned might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all the acts of said attorney-in-fact and agent which he may lawfully do in the premises or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has hereunto set his hand this 27 th day of February, 2007.

 

/s/ James R. Malone
James R. Malone


DIRECTOR’S

POWER OF ATTORNEY

KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS, that the undersigned Director of Regions Financial Corporation, a Delaware corporation (“Company”), by her execution hereof or upon an identical counterpart hereof, does hereby constitute and appoint John D. Buchanan or Carl L. Gorday and either of them, her true and lawful attorney-in-fact and agent, for her and in her name, place and stead, to execute and sign the Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2006 to be filed by the Company with the Securities and Exchange Commission, and, further, to execute and sign any and all amendments to such Form 10-K and any and all other documents in connection therewith, and to cause any and all such documents to be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission, granting unto said attorney-in-fact and agent, full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite and necessary to be done in and about the premises, as fully to all intents and purposes as the undersigned might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all the acts of said attorney-in-fact and agent which he may lawfully do in the premises or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has hereunto set her hand this 27th day of February, 2007.

 

/s/ Susan W. Matlock
Susan W. Matlock


DIRECTOR’S

POWER OF ATTORNEY

KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS, that the undersigned Director of Regions Financial Corporation, a Delaware corporation (“Company”), by his execution hereof or upon an identical counterpart hereof, does hereby constitute and appoint John D. Buchanan or Carl L. Gorday and either of them, his true and lawful attorney-in-fact and agent, for him and in his name, place and stead, to execute and sign the Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2006 to be filed by the Company with the Securities and Exchange Commission, and, further, to execute and sign any and all amendments to such Form 10-K and any and all other documents in connection therewith, and to cause any and all such documents to be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission, granting unto said attorney-in-fact and agent, full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite and necessary to be done in and about the premises, as fully to all intents and purposes as the undersigned might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all the acts of said attorney-in-fact and agent which he may lawfully do in the premises or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has hereunto set his hand this 27 th day of February, 2007.

 

/s/ Charles D. McCrary
Charles D. McCrary


DIRECTOR’S

POWER OF ATTORNEY

KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS, that the undersigned Director of Regions Financial Corporation, a Delaware corporation (“Company”), by his execution hereof or upon an identical counterpart hereof, does hereby constitute and appoint John D. Buchanan or Carl L. Gorday and either of them, his true and lawful attorney-in-fact and agent, for him and in his name, place and stead, to execute and sign the Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2006 to be filed by the Company with the Securities and Exchange Commission, and, further, to execute and sign any and all amendments to such Form 10-K and any and all other documents in connection therewith, and to cause any and all such documents to be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission, granting unto said attorney-in-fact and agent, full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite and necessary to be done in and about the premises, as fully to all intents and purposes as the undersigned might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all the acts of said attorney-in-fact and agent which he may lawfully do in the premises or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has hereunto set his hand this 26 th day of February, 2007.

 

/s/ Allen B. Morgan, Jr.
Allen B. Morgan, Jr.


DIRECTOR’S

POWER OF ATTORNEY

KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS, that the undersigned Director of Regions Financial Corporation, a Delaware corporation (“Company”), by his execution hereof or upon an identical counterpart hereof, does hereby constitute and appoint John D. Buchanan or Carl L. Gorday and either of them, his true and lawful attorney-in-fact and agent, for him and in his name, place and stead, to execute and sign the Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2006 to be filed by the Company with the Securities and Exchange Commission, and, further, to execute and sign any and all amendments to such Form 10-K and any and all other documents in connection therewith, and to cause any and all such documents to be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission, granting unto said attorney-in-fact and agent, full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite and necessary to be done in and about the premises, as fully to all intents and purposes as the undersigned might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all the acts of said attorney-in-fact and agent which he may lawfully do in the premises or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has hereunto set his hand this 27th day of February, 2007.

 

/s/ Claude B. Nielsen
Claude B. Nielsen


DIRECTOR’S

POWER OF ATTORNEY

KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS, that the undersigned Director of Regions Financial Corporation, a Delaware corporation (“Company”), by his execution hereof or upon an identical counterpart hereof, does hereby constitute and appoint John D. Buchanan or Carl L. Gorday and either of them, his true and lawful attorney-in-fact and agent, for him and in his name, place and stead, to execute and sign the Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2006 to be filed by the Company with the Securities and Exchange Commission, and, further, to execute and sign any and all amendments to such Form 10-K and any and all other documents in connection therewith, and to cause any and all such documents to be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission, granting unto said attorney-in-fact and agent, full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite and necessary to be done in and about the premises, as fully to all intents and purposes as the undersigned might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all the acts of said attorney-in-fact and agent which he may lawfully do in the premises or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has hereunto set his hand this 28th day of February, 2007.

 

/s/ Jorge M. Perez
Jorge M. Perez


DIRECTOR’S

POWER OF ATTORNEY

KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS, that the undersigned Director of Regions Financial Corporation, a Delaware corporation (“Company”), by his execution hereof or upon an identical counterpart hereof, does hereby constitute and appoint John D. Buchanan or Carl L. Gorday and either of them, his true and lawful attorney-in-fact and agent, for him and in his name, place and stead, to execute and sign the Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2006 to be filed by the Company with the Securities and Exchange Commission, and, further, to execute and sign any and all amendments to such Form 10-K and any and all other documents in connection therewith, and to cause any and all such documents to be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission, granting unto said attorney-in-fact and agent, full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite and necessary to be done in and about the premises, as fully to all intents and purposes as the undersigned might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all the acts of said attorney-in-fact and agent which he may lawfully do in the premises or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has hereunto set his hand this 27 th day of February, 2007.

 

/s/ Malcolm Portera
Malcolm Portera


DIRECTOR’S

POWER OF ATTORNEY

KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS, that the undersigned Director of Regions Financial Corporation, a Delaware corporation (“Company”), by his execution hereof or upon an identical counterpart hereof, does hereby constitute and appoint John D. Buchanan or Carl L. Gorday and either of them, his true and lawful attorney-in-fact and agent, for him and in his name, place and stead, to execute and sign the Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2006 to be filed by the Company with the Securities and Exchange Commission, and, further, to execute and sign any and all amendments to such Form 10-K and any and all other documents in connection therewith, and to cause any and all such documents to be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission, granting unto said attorney-in-fact and agent, full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite and necessary to be done in and about the premises, as fully to all intents and purposes as the undersigned might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all the acts of said attorney-in-fact and agent which he may lawfully do in the premises or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has hereunto set his hand this 27 th day of February, 2007.

 

/s/ John R. Roberts
John R. Roberts


DIRECTOR’S

POWER OF ATTORNEY

KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS, that the undersigned Director of Regions Financial Corporation, a Delaware corporation (“Company”), by his execution hereof or upon an identical counterpart hereof, does hereby constitute and appoint John D. Buchanan or Carl L. Gorday and either of them, his true and lawful attorney-in-fact and agent, for him and in his name, place and stead, to execute and sign the Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2006 to be filed by the Company with the Securities and Exchange Commission, and, further, to execute and sign any and all amendments to such Form 10-K and any and all other documents in connection therewith, and to cause any and all such documents to be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission, granting unto said attorney-in-fact and agent, full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite and necessary to be done in and about the premises, as fully to all intents and purposes as the undersigned might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all the acts of said attorney-in-fact and agent which he may lawfully do in the premises or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has hereunto set his hand this 27 th day of February, 2007.

 

/s/ Lee J. Styslinger, III
Lee J. Styslinger, III


DIRECTOR’S

POWER OF ATTORNEY

KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS, that the undersigned Director of Regions Financial Corporation, a Delaware corporation (“Company”), by his execution hereof or upon an identical counterpart hereof, does hereby constitute and appoint John D. Buchanan or Carl L. Gorday and either of them, his true and lawful attorney-in-fact and agent, for him and in his name, place and stead, to execute and sign the Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2006 to be filed by the Company with the Securities and Exchange Commission, and, further, to execute and sign any and all amendments to such Form 10-K and any and all other documents in connection therewith, and to cause any and all such documents to be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission, granting unto said attorney-in-fact and agent, full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite and necessary to be done in and about the premises, as fully to all intents and purposes as the undersigned might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all the acts of said attorney-in-fact and agent which he may lawfully do in the premises or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has hereunto set his hand this 26 th day of February, 2007.

 

/s/ Robert R. Waller
Robert R. Waller


DIRECTOR’S

POWER OF ATTORNEY

KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS, that the undersigned Director of Regions Financial Corporation, a Delaware corporation (“Company”), by his execution hereof or upon an identical counterpart hereof, does hereby constitute and appoint John D. Buchanan or Carl L. Gorday and either of them, his true and lawful attorney-in-fact and agent, for him and in his name, place and stead, to execute and sign the Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2006 to be filed by the Company with the Securities and Exchange Commission, and, further, to execute and sign any and all amendments to such Form 10-K and any and all other documents in connection therewith, and to cause any and all such documents to be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission, granting unto said attorney-in-fact and agent, full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite and necessary to be done in and about the premises, as fully to all intents and purposes as the undersigned might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all the acts of said attorney-in-fact and agent which he may lawfully do in the premises or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has hereunto set his hand this 28th day of February, 2007.

 

/s/ Spence L. Wilson
Spence L. Wilson


DIRECTOR’S

POWER OF ATTORNEY

KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS, that the undersigned Director of Regions Financial Corporation, a Delaware corporation (“Company”), by his execution hereof or upon an identical counterpart hereof, does hereby constitute and appoint John D. Buchanan or Carl L. Gorday and either of them, his true and lawful attorney-in-fact and agent, for him and in his name, place and stead, to execute and sign the Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2006 to be filed by the Company with the Securities and Exchange Commission, and, further, to execute and sign any and all amendments to such Form 10-K and any and all other documents in connection therewith, and to cause any and all such documents to be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission, granting unto said attorney-in-fact and agent, full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite and necessary to be done in and about the premises, as fully to all intents and purposes as the undersigned might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all the acts of said attorney-in-fact and agent which he may lawfully do in the premises or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has hereunto set his hand this 20 th day of February, 2007.

 

/s/ Harry W. Witt
Harry W. Witt

EXHIBIT 31.1

CERTIFICATIONS

I, C. Dowd Ritter, certify that:

1. I have reviewed this annual report on Form 10-K of Regions Financial Corporation;

2. Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

4. The registrant’s other certifying officer(s) and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:

(a) Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

(b) Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

(c) Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

(d) Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and

5. The registrant’s other certifying officer(s) and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

(a) All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

(b) Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.

Date: March 1, 2007

/s/ C. Dowd Ritter
C. Dowd Ritter
President and Chief Executive Officer

EXHIBIT 31.2

CERTIFICATIONS

I, D. Bryan Jordan, certify that:

1. I have reviewed this annual report on Form 10-K of Regions Financial Corporation;

2. Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

4. The registrant’s other certifying officer(s) and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:

(a) Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

(b) Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

(c) Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

(d) Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and

5. The registrant’s other certifying officer(s) and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

(a) All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

(b) Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.

Date: March 1, 2007

/s/ D. Bryan Jordan
D. Bryan Jordan
Senior Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer

EXHIBIT 32

CERTIFICATION OF THE CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER AND THE

CHIEF FINANCIAL OFFICER OF REGIONS FINANCIAL CORPORATION

PURSUANT TO 18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350

Each of the undersigned hereby certifies in his capacity as an officer of Regions Financial Corporation (the “Company”) that this Annual Report on Form 10-K for the period ended December 31, 2006, as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on the date hereof (this “Report”), fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, and the information contained in this Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company.

DATE: March 1, 2007

/s/ C. Dowd Ritter
C. Dowd Ritter
President and Chief Executive Officer

DATE: March 1, 2007

/s/ D. Bryan Jordan
D. Bryan Jordan
Senior Executive Vice President and
Chief Financial Officer

A signed original of this written statement required by Section 906, or other document authenticating, acknowledging, or otherwise adopting the signatures that appear in typed form within the electronic version of this written statement required by Section 906, has been provided to Regions Financial Corporation and will be retained by Regions Financial Corporation and furnished to the Securities and Exchange Commission or its staff upon request.